image

image


A Comprehensive Manual of Abhidhamma


A Comprehensive Manual
of Abhidhamma

The Abhidhammattha Saògaha
of Ácariya Anuruddha


Bhikkhu Bodhi, General Editor


Pali text originally edited and translated by

Maháthera Nárada


Translation revised by

Bhikkhu Bodhi


Introduction and explanatory guide by

U Rewata Dhamma & Bhikkhu Bodhi


Abhidhamma tables by

U Sìlánanda


BUDDHIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY
KANDY SRI LANKA


Buddhist Publication Society

P.O. Box 61

54, Sangharaja Mawatha
Kandy, Sri Lanka


First published, 1993

Second edition, 1999

Third edition, 2007


Copyright © 1993, 1997, 2006 by Buddhist Publication Society


ISBN-10: 955–24–0103–8

ISBN-13: 978-955-24-0103-9


Grateful acknowledgement is made to the Pali Text Society and to Ven.
U Sìlánanda for permission to use the Abhidhamma tables indicated in
“A Note on the Tables” following the Preface.

National Library of Sri Lanka - Cataloguing in Publication Data

A Comprehensive Manual of Abhidhamma:

The Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha of Ácariya Anuruddha/comp. by
Bhikkhu Bodhi Himi; Translated by Nárada Maháthera:-

Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 2006 426p.; 22 c.m.
ISBN-10: 955–24–0103–8

ISBN-13: 978-955-24-0103-9

i. 294.3829 DDC 22 ii. Title

1. Buddhism - Abhidhammapitaka


Typeset at the BPS in Times_BPS with Helvetica_BPS headings


Printed by

Ajith Printers,
Borelasgamuwa.


ABOUT THE CONTRIBUTORS


MAHÁTHERA NÁRADA was born in Colombo in 1898. At the age of 18
he was ordained as a novice under the revered teacher, Ven. Pelene
Vajirañáṇa Mahánáyaka Thera, and at the age of 20 he received the
higher ordination. During his 65 years in the Sangha, Ven. Nárada
distinguished himself by his piety, his disciplined conduct, and his
work in propagating the Buddha Dhamma both in Sri Lanka and abroad.
He passed away in Colombo in 1983. Ven. Nárada is best known for
his book
The Buddha and His Teachings, widely regarded as one of
the clearest and most detailed introductions to Theravada Buddhism
in English.

BHIKKHU BODHI is a Buddhist monk of American nationality, born
in New York City in 1944. After completing a doctorate in philosophy
at the Claremont Graduate School, he came to Sri Lanka for the purpose
of entering the Sangha. He received novice ordination in 1972 and
higher ordination in 1973, both under the eminent scholar-monk, Ven.
Balangoda Ananda Maitreya, with whom he studied Pali and Dhamma.
He is the author of several works on Theravada Buddhism and has
edited Ven. Ñáṇamoli’s translation of the Majjhima Nikáya (
Middle) and translated the Saṃyutta Nikáya
(
Connected Discourses of the Buddha). He has been the President of
the Buddhist Publication Society since 1988 and was its Editor from
1984 until 2001. He now resides at Bodhi Monastery in New Jersey in
the United States.

U REWATA DHAMMA was born in Burma and entered the monastery
at an early age. He studied Pali and Theravada Buddhism under various
eminent scholar-monks in Burma and passed the highest examination in
scriptural studies at the age of 23. In 1953 the then president of Burma
awarded him the prestigious title of
Sásanadhaja-siripavara-. He studied in India from 1956 to 1967, obtaining a
doctorate from the Benares Hindu University. In 1975 he moved to
England, where he established a Buddhist centre in Birmingham as his
base. For many years he taught meditation and Buddhism at various
centres in Europe and the United States. Ven. Rewata Dhamma edited and
published the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha with the Vibhávinì-Ṭìká in 1965
and the
Visuddhimagga with its Mahá-Ṭìká in 1970, both in Varanasi.
His translation of the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha into Hindi, with his
own commentary written in Hindi, was published in 1967 and was

awarded the Kalidasa Prize by the Hindi Academy as one of the
outstanding books of the year. It is used as a textbook in Buddhist
studies in many universities in India. In 2002 the Myanmar Government
granted him the high title of
Aggamahápaṇðita. He was a long-time
Vice President of the World Buddhist Sangha Council, as well as a
founder-member of the International Network of Engaged Buddhists.
His book, The
First Discourse of the Buddha, is published by Wisdom
Publications. Ven. Rewata Dhamma passed away in May 2004.

U SILÁNANDA was born in Burma and became a Buddhist monk
in 1947. He held two degrees of
Dhammácariya (Master of Dhamma)
and was a university lecturer in Pali and Buddhist studies in Sagaing
and Mandalay. He held a prominent position in the Sixth Buddhist
Council, convened in Rangoon in 1954, as the chief compiler of
the comprehensive Pali-Burmese Dictionary and as one of the final
editors of the Pali Canon and Commentaries. He came to the United
States in 1979, where he taught Vipassana meditation, Abhidhamma,
and various other aspects of Theravada Buddhism. Ven. Sìlánanda
founded the Dhammánanda Vihara and was the Spiritual Director
of the Theravada Buddhist Society of America, the Dhammachakka
Meditation Center, and the Tathagata Meditation Center in
California. For his outstanding contributions to Buddhism, Ven.
Sìlánanda was awarded the prestigious titles of
Aggamahápaṇðitain 1993 and Aggamahásaddhammajotikadhaja in 1999. He was also
the Rector of the Theravada Buddhist Missionary University in
Yangon. His book,
The Four Foundations of Mindfulness, is
published by Wisdom Publications. Ven. Sìlánanda passed away in
August 2005.


GENERAL CONTENTS


Detailed Contents ix
List of Tables xix
Abbreviations xxi
Preface xxiii
Introduction 1

A MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA:

  1. Compendium of Consciousness 23

  2. Compendium of Mental Factors 76

  3. Compendium of the Miscellaneous 114

  4. Compendium of the Cognitive Process 149

  5. Compendium of the Process-freed 185

  6. Compendium of Matter 234

  7. Compendium of Categories 264

  8. Compendium of Conditionality 292

  9. Compendium of Meditation Subjects 329
    Colophon 365

Notes 369

Appendix I: Textual Sources for the 89 and 121 Cittas 376
Appendix II: Textual Sources for the 52 Mental Factors 379
Bibliography 381

Glossary 387

Index 395



DETAILED CONTENTS



CHAPTER I

COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS


Para

Page

Words of Praise

1

23

The Fourfold Ultimate Reality

2

25

Four Classes of Consciousness

3

27

SENSE-SPHERE CONSCIOUSNESS

4-17


Unwholesome Consciousness

4-7


Consciousness Rooted in Greed

4

32

Consciousness Rooted in Hatred

5

36

Consciousness Rooted in Delusion

6

37

Summary of Unwholesome Consciousness

7

39

Rootless Consciousness

8-11


Unwholesome-Resultant Consciousness

8

40

Wholesome-Resultant Rootless Consciousness

9

41

Rootless Functional Consciousness

10

44

Summary of Rootless Consciousness

11

45

Beautiful Consciousness

12

45

Sense-Sphere Beautiful Consciousness

13-16


Sense-Sphere Wholesome Consciousness

13

46

Sense-Sphere Resultant Consciousness

14

48

Sense-Sphere Functional Consciousness

15

49

Summary of Sense-Sphere Beautiful Consciousness

16

51

Summary of Sense-Sphere Consciousness

17

51

FINE-MATERIAL-SPHERE CONSCIOUSNESS

18-21


Fine-material-Sphere Wholesome Consciousness

18

52

Fine-material-Sphere Resultant Consciousness

19

53

Fine-material-Sphere Functional Consciousness

20

53

Summary of Fine-material-Sphere Consciousness

21

59

IMMATERIAL-SPHERE CONSCIOUSNESS

22-25


Immaterial-Sphere Wholesome Consciousness

22

60

Immaterial-Sphere Resultant Consciousness

23

61

Immaterial-Sphere Functional Consciousness

24

61

Summary of Immaterial-Sphere Consciousness

25

63

SUPRAMUNDANE CONSCIOUSNESS

26-28


Supramundane Wholesome Consciousness

26

65

Supramundane Resultant Consciousness

27

65

Summary of Supramundane Consciousness

28

65

x A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA



Para.

Page

Comprehensive Summary of Consciousness

29

68

121 Types of Consciousness

30-32


In Brief

30

71

In Detail

31

71

Concluding Summary

32

73


CHAPTER II

COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS


Introductory Verse

1

76

THE FIFTY-TWO MENTAL FACTORS

2-9


The Ethically Variable Factors

2-3


The Universals

2

77

The Occasionals

3

81

The Unwholesome Factors

4

83

The Beautiful Factors

5-8


The Universal Beautiful Factors

5

85

The Abstinences

6

88

The Illimitables

7

89

Non-Delusion

8

90

Summary of Mental Factors

9

91

ASSOCIATION OF MENTAL FACTORS

10-17


Introductory Verse

10

91

The Ethically Variable Factors

11-12

91

The Unwholesome Factors

13-14

95

The Beautiful Factors

15-16

96

Fixed and Unfixed Adjuncts

17

99

COMBINATIONS OF MENTAL FACTORS

18-30


Introductory Verse

18

100

Supramundane Consciousness

19-20

100

Sublime Consciousness

21-22

102

Sense-Sphere Beautiful Consciousness

23-24

104

Distinctions among the Beautiful Types

25

105

Unwholesome Consciousness

26-27

106

Rootless Consciousness

28-29

108

Conclusion

30

110

CHAPTER III

COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS


Introductory Verse

1

114

Compendium of Feeling

2-4


Analysis of Feeling

2

115

Classification by way of Consciousness

3

116

Summary

4

117

CONTENTS xi

Para. Page

Compendium of Roots 5-7

Analysis of Roots

5

119

Classification by way of Consciousness

6

120

Summary

7

121

Compendium of Functions

8-11


Analysis of Functions

8

122

Classification by way of Consciousness

9

124

Classification by number of Functions

10

128

Summary

11

129

Compendium of Doors

12-15


Analysis of Doors

12

129

Classification by way of Consciousness

13

130

Classification by number of Doors

14

132

Summary

15

134

Compendium of Objects

16-19


Analysis of Objects

16

135

Classification by way of Doors

17

136

Classification by type of Consciousness

18

139

Summary

19

143

Compendium of Bases

20-22


Analysis of Bases

20

144

Classification by way of Consciousness

21

145

Summary

22

148

CHAPTER IV

COMPENDIUM OF THE COGNITIVE PROCESS


Introductory Verse

1

149

Enumeration of Categories

2-5


The Six Sixes

2

150

Six Types of Consciousness

3

150

Six Processes

4

150

Sixfold Presentation of Objects

5

152

The Five-Door Process

6-11


The Very Great Object

6

153

The Great Object

7

159

The Slight Object

8

159

The Very Slight Object

9

160

Fourfold Presentation of Objects

10

160

Summary

11

162

The Mind-Door Process

12-16


The Limited Javana Process

12

163

Summary

13

166

The Process of Absorption Javanas in the Mind Door

14-16


The Process of Absorption

14

167

Correlations in Absorption

15

169

Summary

16

170

xii A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA



Para.

Page

The Procedure of Registration

17-20


Analysis of Registration

17

171

The Adventitious Bhavaṅga

18

174

The Law of Registration

19

175

Summary

20

175

The Procedure of Javana

21-23


Sense-Sphere Javana

21

175

Javana in Attainments

22

176

Summary

23

178

Analysis by way of Individuals

24-26


Rootless and Double Rooted

24

179

Triple Rooted

25

179

Summary

26

180

Analysis by way of Planes

27-29


Analysis

27

181

Special Cases

28

183

Summary

29

183

Conclusion

30

184


CHAPTER V

COMPENDIUM OF THE PROCESS-FREED


Introductory Verse

1

185

Enumeration of Categories

2

185

The Four Planes of Existence

3-8


Overview

3

189

The Woeful Plane

4

189

The Sensuous Blissful Plane

5

190

The Fine-material-Sphere Plane

6

192

The Immaterial-Sphere Plane

7

193

By way of Individuals

8

193

The Four Types of Rebirth-Linking

9-17


Overview

9

194

Rebirth-Linking in the Woeful Plane

10

194

Rebirth-Linking in the Sensuous Blissful Plane

11

194

Sensuous Plane Life-Spans

12

196

Rebirth-Linking in the Fine-material Sphere

13

197

Life-Spans in the Fine-material Sphere

14

198

Rebirth-Linking in the Immaterial Sphere

15

199

Life-Spans in the Immaterial Sphere

16

199

Summary

17

199

Four Types of Kamma

18-21


By way of Function

18

200

By Order of Ripening

19

203

By Time of Ripening

20

205

By Place of Ripening

21

206

CONTENTS


xiii


Para.

Page

Unwholesome and Wholesome Kamma

22-26


Unwholesome Kamma

22

206

By way of Roots and Consciousness

23

208

Wholesome Kamma of the Sense Sphere

24

209

Wholesome Kamma of the Fine-material Sphere

25

210

Wholesome Kamma of the Immaterial Sphere

26

210

Results of Kamma

27-33


Results of Unwholesome Kamma

27

210

Results of Sense-Sphere Wholesome Kamma

28

211

Wholesome Results and the Roots

29

214

An Alternative View

30

215

Results of Fine-material-Sphere Wholesome Kamma

31

216

Results of Immaterial-Sphere Wholesome Kamma

32

219

Conclusion

33

219

The Process of Death and Rebirth

34-40


Four Causes of Death

34

219

The Signs at the Time of Death

35

220

The Mind at the Time of Death

36

221

Death and Rebirth-Linking

37

222

Objects of Sense-Sphere Rebirth Consciousness

38

223

Objects of Sublime Rebirth Consciousness

39

224

Determination of Rebirth

40

226

The Continuity of Consciousness

41

228

Conclusion

42

229


CHAPTER VI

COMPENDIUM OF MATTER


Introductory Verse

1

234

Enumeration of Material Phenomena

2-5


In Brief: Great Essentials and Derived Matter

2

235

In Detail: Concretely Produced Matter

3

237

In Detail: Non-Concretely Produced Matter

4

240

Twenty-eight Kinds of Matter

5

242

Classification of Matter

6-8


As Singlefold

6

243

As Manifold

7

243

Summary

8

246

The Origination of Matter

9-15


The Four Modes of Origin

9

246

Kamma as a Mode of Origin

10

247

Consciousness as a Mode of Origin

11

247

Temperature as a Mode of Origin

12

250

Nutriment as a Mode of Origin

13

250

Analysis by way of Origins

14

251

Summary

15

251

xiv A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA



The Grouping of Material Phenomena

Para.

16-22

Page

In Brief

16

252

Groups Originating from Kamma

17

253

Groups Originating from Consciousness

18

253

Groups Originating from Temperature

19

253

Groups Originating from Nutriment

20

254

The Internal and External

21

254

Summary

22

254

The Occurrence of Material Phenomena

23-29


In the Sensuous World

23

255

The Continuity of Occurrence

24

256

At the Time of Death

25

256

Verse

26

257

In the Fine-material World

27

257

Among Non-Percipient Beings

28

257

Summary

29

258

Nibbána

30-32


Definition

30

258

Analysis

31

259

Summary

32

260


CHAPTER VII

COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES


Introductory Verse

1

264

Enumeration of Categories

2

265

Compendium of the Unwholesome

3-14


Taints

3

265

Floods

4

265

Bonds

5

266

Bodily Knots

6

266

Clingings

7

266

Hindrances

8

267

Latent Dispositions

9

268

Fetters (Suttanta Method)

10

268

Fetters (Abhidhamma Method)

11

269

Defilements

12

269

A Clarification

13

269

Summary

14

271

Compendium of Mixed Categories

15-23


Roots

15

271

Jhána Factors

16

272

Path Factors

17

272

Faculties

18

273

Powers

19

274

Predominants

20

274

CONTENTS xv



Para.

Page

Nutriments

21

275

Clarifications

22

275

Summary

23

278

Compendium of Requisites of Enlightenment

24-33


Four Foundations of Mindfulness

24

278

Four Supreme Efforts

25

279

Four Means to Accomplishment

26

280

Five Faculties

27

280

Five Powers

28

280

Seven Factors of Enlightenment

29

281

Eight Path Factors

30

282

A Clarification

31

282

By way of States

32

282

By way of Occurrence

33

283

Compendium of the Whole

34-40


The Five Aggregates

34

285

The Five Aggregates of Clinging

35

286

The Twelve Sense Bases

36

286

The Eighteen Elements

37

287

The Four Noble Truths

38

289

A Clarification

39

290

Summary

40

290


CHAPTER VIII

COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY


Introductory Verse

1

292

In Brief: The Two Methods

2

293

The Method of Dependent Arising

3-10


The Basic Formula

3

294

Categories of Analysis

4

299

The Three Periods

5

299

The Twelve Factors

6

299

The Four Groups

7

299

The Three Rounds

8

300

The Two Roots

9

302

Summary

10

302

The Method of Conditional Relations

11-28


The Twenty-four Conditions

11

303

Application in Brief

12

305

Mind for Mind

13

305

Mind for Mind-and-Matter

14

307

Mind for Matter

15

313

Matter for Mind

16

314

Concepts and Mind-and-Matter for Mind

17

316

Mind-and-Matter for Mind-and-Matter

18

316

xvi A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA



Para.

Page

The Predominance Condition

19

316

The Conascence Condition

20

317

The Mutuality Condition

21

317

The Support Condition

22

318

The Nutriment Condition

23

319

The Faculty Condition

24

320

The Dissociation Condition

25

321

Presence and Non-Disappearance

26

321

The Synthesis of Conditions

27

322

Summary

28

324

Analysis of Concepts

29-32


In Brief

29

325

Concept as What is Made Known

30

326

Concept as What Makes Known

31

327

Summary

32

328


CHAPTER IX

COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS


Introductory Verse

1

329

COMPENDIUM OF CALM

2-21


Basic Categories

2-5


Meditation Subjects

2

330

Temperaments

3

330

Development

4

331

Signs

5

331

The Forty Meditation Subjects

6-12


The Kasiṇas

6

332

Foulness

7

333

The Recollections

8

333

The Illimitables

9

336

One Perception

10

337

One Analysis

11

337

The Immaterial States

12

337

Analysis of Suitability

13

338

Analysis of Development

14-15


By way of the Three Stages

14

338

By way of Jhána

15

339

Analysis of the Terrain

16-21


The Signs

16

340

Appearance of the Signs in Meditation

17

340

Attainment of Jhána

18

341

The Immaterial Attainments

19

342

Other Meditation Subjects

20

343

Direct Knowledge

21

343

CONTENTS

xvii



Para.

Page

COMPENDIUM OF INSIGHT

22-44


Basic Categories

22-27


Stages of Purification

22

344

The Three Characteristics

23

346

The Three Contemplations

24

346

The Ten Insight Knowledges

25

346

The Three Emancipations

26

347

The Three Doors to Emancipation

27

347

Analysis of Purification

28-34


Purification of Virtue

28

347

Purification of Mind

29

348

Purification of View

30

349

Purification by Overcoming Doubt

31

349

Purification of Path and Not-Path

32

350

Purification of the Way

33

352

Purification by Knowledge and Vision

34

354

Analysis of Emancipation

35-37


The Three Doors to Emancipation

35

356

Emancipation in the Path and Fruit

36

357

Emancipation in Fruition Attainment

37

358

Analysis of Individuals

38-41


The Stream-Enterer

38

358

The Once-Returner

39

359

The Non-Returner

40

361

The Arahant

41

362

Analysis of Attainments

42-44


Accessibility

42

363

The Attainment of Cessation

43

363

Emergence from Cessation

44

364

Conclusion

45

365

COLOPHON


365


LIST OF TABLES


CHAPTER I

    1. The 89 and 121 Cittas at a Glance 28

    2. The Unwholesome Cittas 35

    3. The Rootless Cittas 43

    4. The Sense-Sphere Beautiful Cittas 47

    5. The Fine-material-Sphere Cittas 55

    6. The Immaterial-Sphere Cittas 64

    7. The Eight Supramundane Cittas 66

    8. The 89 Cittas by Kind 69

    9. The 89 Cittas by Plane 70

    10. The Forty Supramundane Cittas 72

    11. Jhána Cittas—Mundane and Supramundane 74


CHAPTER II

    1. The 52 Mental Factors at a Glance 79

    2. Association of Mental Factors 92

    3. Combinations of Mental Factors 101

    4. Comprehensive Chart on Mental Factors 112-13


CHAPTER III

    1. Compendium of Feeling 118

    2. Compendium of Roots 121

    3. Compendium of Functions 127

    4. Compendium of Doors 133

    5. Compendium of Objects 141

    6. Conceptual Objects of Sublime Cittas 142

    7. The Seven Consciouness Elements 146

    8. Compendium of Bases 147


CHAPTER IV

    1. A Complete Eye-Door Process 155

    2. Grades of Sense-Door Processes 161

    3. The Limited Javana Process 166

    4. The Absorption Javana Process 169

    5. Individuals, Planes, and Cittas 182

xx A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA


CHAPTER V

    1. Planes of Existence 186-87

    2. Life-Spans in the Sense-Sphere Heavens 197

    3. Fourfold Kamma at a Glance 201

    4. Kamma and its Results 212-13

    5. Results of Sense-Sphere Wholesome Kamma 216

    6. The Process of Death and Rebirth 225

    7. Determination of Rebirth 230-33


CHAPTER VI

    1. The 28 Material Phenomena at a Glance 236

    2. Consciousness as a Cause of Material Phenomena 249

    3. Comprehensive Chart on Matter 262-63


CHAPTER VII

    1. The Defilements as Mental Factors 270

    2. Mixed Categories 277

    3. The Requisites of Enlightenment as Mental Factors 284

    4. Aggregates, Sense Bases, and Elements 288


CHAPTER VIII

    1. Dependent Arising 301

    2. The 24 Conditions and their Varieties 304

    3. Conditioning and Conditioned States of the 24 Conditions 308-11

    4. The Synthesis of Conditions 323


CHAPTER IX

    1. The Forty Meditation Subjects at a Glance 334-35

    2. The Seven Stages of Purification 345

    3. Eradication of Defilements by the Paths 360


ABBREVIATIONS


Names of Texts

A. Aòguttara Nikáya

Asl. Atthasálinì (commentary to Dhs.)

D. Dìgha Nikáya

Dhs. Dhammasaògaụì

Expos. The Expositor (trans. of Asl.)

M. Majjhima Nikáya

Pis. Paiisambhidámagga

S. Saíyutta Nikáya

Smv. Sammohavinodanì (commentary to Vibhaòga)
Vibhv. Vibhávinì-Ṭìká

Vism. Visuddhimagga

In references to Pali texts separated by a slash, the figure to the left of the slash
indicates the number of the text, the figure to the right the volume and page number
of the Pali Text Society edition. References to Vism. are to chapter and section
number of Bhikkhu Ñáụamoli’s translation,
The Path of Purification.


Terms used in Tables

advt. adverting

aggr. aggregate

Arh. Arahant, Arahantship

assoc. associated (with)

bhv. bhavaòga

btf. beautiful

cetas. cetasika

comp. compassion

conas. conascent

cons. consciousness

consness. consciousness

delus. delusion

dissoc. dissociated (from)

eqn. equanimity

exc. except

exs. course of existence

FMS fine-material sphere

fnc. functional

xxii A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA


frt. fruition

gt. great

gt. ess. great essential
in. applic. initial application
infr. inferior

IS immaterial sphere

invs. investigating

jav. javana

knwl. knowledge

mat. material, matter

m-d-advt. mind-door adverting
med. medium

mun. mundane

n.p. nor n-p. neither perception nor non-perception

N.R. non-returner, non-returning

one-ptns. one-pointedness

O.R. once-returner, once-returning

reb. rebirth-linking

recv. receiving

rst. resultant

rtd. rooted

rtls. rootless

sbl. sublime

S.E. stream-enterer, stream-entry

spm. supramundane

S S sense sphere

supr. superior

sus. applic. sustained application
univ. universal

unwh. unwholesome

w. with

wh. wholesome

wo. without


PREFACE


The present volume contains the Pali text, an English translation, and
a detailed exposition of Ácariya Anuruddha’s
Abhidhammattha, the main primer for the study of Abhidhamma used
throughout the Theravada Buddhist world. This volume began almost
four years ago as a revised version of Ven. Maháthera Nárada’s long-
standing edition and annotated translation of the
Saṅgaha, A Manual. Now, as the time approaches for it to go to press, it
has evolved into what is virtually an entirely new book published under
essentially the same title. That title has been retained partly to preserve
its continuity with its predecessor, and partly because the name
“Manual of Abhidhamma” is simply the most satisfactory English
rendering of the Pali title of the root text, which literally means “a
compendium of the things contained in the Abhidhamma.” To the
original title the qualification “comprehensive” has been added to
underscore its more extensive scope.

A brief account seems to be called for of the evolution through
which this book has gone. Although Ven. Nárada’s
Manual, in the
four editions through which it passed, had served admirably well for
decades as a beginner’s guide to the Abhidhamma, the work obviously
required upgrading both in technical exposition and in arrangement.
Thus when the need for a reprint of the
Manual became imminent in
late 1988, I contacted Ven. U Rewata Dhamma of the Buddhist Vihara,
Birmingham, requesting him to prepare a set of corrections to the
explanatory notes in the Fourth Edition. I also suggested that he should
add any further information he thought would be useful to the serious
student of Abhidhamma. I particularly wanted the assistance of Ven.
U Rewata Dhamma in this task because he sustains a rare combination
of qualifications: he is a traditionally trained bhikkhu from Burma,
the heartland of Theravada Abhidhamma studies; he has himself edited
the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha and its classical commentary, the
Vibhávinì-Ṭìká; he has written his own commentary on the work (in
Hindi); and he is fluent in English.

While Ven. Rewata Dhamma in England was compiling his revi-
sions to the notes, in Sri Lanka I set about reviewing Ven. Nárada’s
English translation of the
Saṅgaha. A close comparison with the Pali
text in several editions, and with the commentarial gloss, led to a

xxiv A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA


number of changes both in the translation and in Ven. Nárada’s Pali
edition of the root text. In revising the translation my objective was
not merely to correct minor errors but also to achieve a high degree of
consistency and adequacy in the rendering of Pali technical terms. To
facilitate cross-references to
The Path of Purification, Bhikkhu
Ñáṇamoli’s masterly translation of the
Visuddhimagga, I adopted much
of the terminology used in the latter work, though in some instances I
have allowed Ven. Nárada’s choices to stand while in others I have
opted for still different alternatives. Towards the very close of my
editorial work on the
Manual I came upon the Pali Text Society’s recent
edition of the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha, edited by Ven. Hammalawa
Saddhátissa. This enabled me to make a few additional corrections of
the Pali text, but unfortunately I encountered this edition too late to
utilize its scheme for numbering the paragraphs of the
Saṅgaha.

The major challenge in preparing this new edition was the composing
of the explanatory guide. At first, when we started work, our intention
was to retain as much as we could of Ven. Nárada’s original
annotations, making alterations in them and introducing new material
only when we thought this would be necessary or especially desirable.
However, as we proceeded, it soon became clear that far more sweeping
changes were required. The wish to provide precise and detailed
explanations of all the essential principles comprised in the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha sent both Ven. Rewata Dhamma and myself
for frequent consultations to the
Saṅgaha’s two principal commentaries,
the
Abhidhammatthavibhávinì-Ṭìká by Ácariya Sumaṅgalasámi (Sri
Lanka, late twelfth century) and the
Paramatthadìpanì-Ṭìká by Ledi
Sayádaw (Burma, first published in 1897). It is from these two
commentaries that much of the explanatory material in the guide has
been extracted.

These two commentaries, as is well known among Abhidhamma
scholars, often take opposite stands in their handling of technical ques-
tions, the Ledi Sayádaw commentary launching a sustained critique
of the older work. Since our purpose here has been to elucidate the
fundamental tenets of the Abhidhamma rather than to enter into the
fray of controversy, we have focused on the convergences between the
two commentaries or their complementary contributions. Generally we
have avoided the contentions that divide them, though on occasion,
when their differences seemed intrinsically interesting, we have cited
their mutually opposed opinions. A great amount of information has
also been drawn from the
Visuddhimagga, which includes a lengthy
Abhidhamma-style tract in its chapters on “the soil of understanding”
(
paññábhúmi, XIV-XVII).

PREFACE

xxv


From the mass of explanatory material thus collected, we have tried
to compose a detailed guide to the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha that will
at once be capable of steering the newcomer through the intricacies of
the Abhidhamma yet will also prove stimulating and illuminating to
the veteran student. The explanatory guide follows strictly the tradi-
tional methods of exposition as maintained in the Theravadin monastic
community. Thus it deliberately avoids ventures into personal inter-
pretation as well as sidelong comparisons with modern philosophy and
psychology. While such comparative studies have their indubitable
value, we felt that they should be excluded from an “inside” presenta-
tion of the Abhidhamma teaching as upheld by Theravada orthodoxy.
The entire work has been structured somewhat in the manner of a
classical commentary. Each section contains a passage from the Pali
text of the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha, followed by an exact transla-
tion and then by an explanation of the important terms and ideas
occurring in the passage cited. Such an approach is necessary because
the
Saṅgaha was composed as a concise, highly terse synopsis of the
Abhidhamma, an instruction manual which assumes that a living
teacher would flesh out the outline for his students with instruction.

Read by itself the Saṅgaha hovers at the edge of the arcane.

The Introduction, which is again the joint composition of Ven.
Rewata Dhamma and myself, is intended to introduce the reader not
only to the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha but to the entire Abhidhamma
philosophy in its broader perspectives and aims as well as to the body
of Abhidhamma literature from which the philosophy derives. In the
final stage of the preparation of this volume we were fortunate to re-
ceive permission from another Burmese Abhidhamma scholar, Ven. U
Sìlánanda, to make use of a large number of Abhidhamma tables that
he had prepared for his students in the United States. These tables,
compressing a vast amount of information into a concise schematic
arrangement, will no doubt prove highly effective study aids in grasp-
ing the details of the Abhidhamma. To Ven. Sìlánanda also belongs
credit for the lists of textual sources for the states of consciousness
and the mental factors, included here as appendices.

To conclude this Preface there remains only the pleasant task of
acknowledging the generous help which others have extended towards
the completion of this book. Both Ven. U Rewata Dhamma and I wish
to acknowledge the capable assistance of Mirko Fryba in preparing
the early portion of the Guide. In addition, Ven. Rewata Dhamma ex-
presses his gratitude to Mar Mar Lwin, Peter Kelly, Jill Robinson,
Upasaka Karuna Bodhi, and Dhamma Tilak. I myself wish to thank
Ven. U Rewata Dhamma for taking out time from a tight schedule to

xxvi A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA


compile the material that was incorporated into this book; I also ex-
press appreciation to the team of helpers who made his work easier.
Closer to home, I thank Ayyá Nyanasirì for entering onto disk, with
remarkable accuracy, the Pali text and revised English translation of
the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha; Savithri Chandraratne for typing the
handwritten manuscript of the expository guide, also with remarkable
accuracy; and Ayyá Vimalá for her perceptive comments on a draft
version of the guide, which led to significant improvements in the text.
Finally I extend thanks to Ven. U Sìlánanda for kindly permitting us
to use his valuable tables for this edition.


Bhikkhu Bodhi

Kandy, Sri Lanka
August 1992



A NOTE ON THE TABLES


The following tables were provided by Ven. U Sìlánanda, and were
originally intended by him for private instruction: 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4,

3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 6.2, 6.3,

8.2, 8.3, 9.1.

The following tables appeared in Ven. Maháthera Nárada’s Manual: 1.11, 4.1, 5.1, 7.1, 7.3.

Table 5.4 is based on U Nárada, Guide to Conditional Relations,
Part 1, Chart 7 (pp. 198-99); Table 7.4 is based on U Nárada, trans.,
Discourse on Elements, Method of Chapter I Chart (facing p. 26). Both
are used with the kind permission of the Pali Text Society.

The originals of the above tables have been modified in some re-
spects for the purposes of this edition. The other tables appearing in
this book have either been newly created or are in general use in the
study of Abhidhamma.


INTRODUCTION


The nucleus of the present book is a medieval compendium of Buddhist
philosophy entitled the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha. This work is ascribed
to Ácariya Anuruddha, a Buddhist savant about whom so little is known
that even his country of origin and the exact century in which he lived
remain in question. Nevertheless, despite the personal obscurity that
surrounds the author, his little manual has become one of the most
important and influential textbooks of Theravada Buddhism. In nine
short chapters occupying about fifty pages in print, the author provides
a masterly summary of that abstruse body of Buddhist doctrine called the
Abhidhamma. Such is his skill in capturing the essentials of that system,
and in arranging them in a format suitable for easy comprehension, that
his work has become the standard primer for Abhidhamma studies
throughout the Theravada Buddhist countries of South and Southeast
Asia. In these countries, particularly in Burma where the study of
Abhidhamma is pursued most assiduously, the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgahais regarded as the indispensable key to unlock this great treasure-store of
Buddhist wisdom.


The Abhidhamma


At the heart of the Abhidhamma philosophy is the Abhidhamma Piṭaka,
one of the divisions of the Pali Canon recognized by Theravada Bud-
dhism as the authoritative recension of the Buddha’s teachings. This
canon was compiled at the three great Buddhist councils held in India in
the early centuries following the Buddha’s demise: the first, at Rájagaha,
convened three months after the Buddha’s Parinibbána by five hundred
senior monks under the leadership of the Elder Mahákassapa; the second,
at Vesálì, a hundred years later; and the third, at Páṭaliputta, two hundred
years later. The canon that emerged from these councils, preserved in the
Middle Indian language now called Pali, is known as the Tipiṭaka, the
three “baskets” or collections of the teachings. The first collection, the
Vinaya Piṭaka, is the book of discipline, containing the rules of conduct
for the bhikkhus and bhikkhunis—the monks and nuns—and the regu-
lations governing the Sangha, the monastic order. The Sutta Piṭaka, the
second collection, brings together the Buddha’s discourses spoken by

2 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

him on various occasions during his active ministry of forty-five years.
And the third collection is the Abhidhamma Piṭaka, the “basket” of the
Buddha’s “higher” or “special” doctrine.

This third great division of the Pali Canon bears a distinctly different
character from the other two divisions. Whereas the Suttas and Vinaya
serve an obvious practical purpose, namely, to proclaim a clear-cut
message of deliverance and to lay down a method of personal training, the
Abhidhamma Piṭaka presents the appearance of an abstract and highly
technical systemization of the doctrine. The collection consists of seven
books: the
Dhammasaṅgaṇì, the Vibhaṅga, the Dhátukathá, the Puggala-, the Kathávatthu, the Yamaka, and the Paṭṭhána. Unlike the
Suttas, these are not records of discourses and discussions occurring in
real-life settings; they are, rather, full-blown treatises in which the
principles of the doctrine have been methodically organized, minutely
defined, and meticulously tabulated and classified. Though they were no
doubt originally composed and transmitted orally and only written down
later, with the rest of the canon in the first century B.C., they exhibit the
qualities of structured thought and rigorous consistency more typical of
written documents.

In the Theravada tradition the Abhidhamma Piṭaka is held in the
highest esteem, revered as the crown jewel of the Buddhist scriptures. As
examples of this high regard, in Sri Lanka King Kassapa V (tenth century
A.C.) had the whole Abhidhamma Piṭaka inscribed on gold plates and the
first book set in gems, while another king, Vijayabáhu (eleventh century)
used to study the
Dhammasaṅgaṇì each morning before taking up his
royal duties and composed a translation of it into Sinhala. On a cursory
reading, however, this veneration given to the Abhidhamma seems
difficult to understand. The texts appear to be merely a scholastic
exercise in manipulating sets of doctrinal terms, ponderous and
tediously repetitive.

The reason the Abhidhamma Piṭaka is so deeply revered only
becomes clear as a result of thorough study and profound reflection,
undertaken in the conviction that these ancient books have something
significant to communicate. When one approaches the Abhidhamma
treatises in such a spirit and gains some insight into their wide
implications and organic unity, one will find that they are attempting
nothing less than to articulate a comprehensive vision of the totality
of experienced reality, a vision marked by extensiveness of range,
systematic completeness, and analytical precision. From the standpoint
of Theravada orthodoxy the system that they expound is not a figment
of speculative thought, not a mosaic put together out of metaphysical
hypotheses, but a disclosure of the true nature of existence as

INTRODUCTION 3

apprehended by a mind that has penetrated the totality of things both
in depth and in the finest detail. Because it bears this character, the
Theravada tradition regards the Abhidhamma as the most perfect
expression possible of the Buddha’s unimpeded omniscient knowledge
(
sabbaññutá-ñáṇa). It is his statement of the way things appear to the
mind of a Fully Enlightened One, ordered in accordance with the two
poles of his teaching: suffering and the cessation of suffering.

The system that the Abhidhamma Piṭaka articulates is simultaneously
a philosophy, a psychology, and an ethics, all integrated into the
framework of a program for liberation. The Abhidhamma may be de-
scribed as a philosophy because it proposes an ontology, a perspective
on the nature of the real. This perspective has been designated the
“dhamma theory” (
dhammaváda). Briefly, the dhamma theory maintains
that ultimate reality consists of a multiplicity of elementary constituents
called
dhammas. The dhammas are not noumena hidden behind phenom-
ena, not “things in themselves” as opposed to “mere appearances,” but the
fundamental components of actuality. The dhammas fall into two broad
classes: the unconditioned dhamma, which is solely Nibbána, and the
conditioned dhammas, which are the momentary mental and material
phenomena that constitute the process of experience. The familiar world
of substantial objects and enduring persons is, according to the dhamma
theory, a conceptual construct fashioned by the mind out of the raw data
provided by the dhammas. The entities of our everyday frame of reference
possess merely a consensual reality derivative upon the foundational
stratum of the dhammas. It is the dhammas alone that possess ultimate
reality: determinate existence “from their own side” (
sarúpato) inde-
pendent of the mind’s conceptual processing of the data.

Such a conception of the nature of the real seems to be already implicit
in the Sutta Piṭaka, particularly in the Buddha’s disquisitions on the
aggregates, sense bases, elements, dependent arising, etc., but it remains
there tacitly in the background as the underpinning to the more pragmati-
cally formulated teachings of the Suttas. Even in the Abhidhamma Piṭaka
itself the dhamma theory is not yet expressed as an explicit philosophical
tenet; this comes only later, in the Commentaries. Nevertheless, though
as yet implicit, the theory still comes into focus in its role as the regulating
principle behind the Abhidhamma’s more evident task, the project of
systemization.

This project starts from the premise that to attain the wisdom that
knows things “as they really are,” a sharp wedge must be driven between
those types of entities that possess ontological ultimacy, that is, the
dhammas, and those types of entities that exist only as conceptual
constructs but are mistakenly grasped as ultimately real. Proceeding from

4 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

this distinction, the Abhidhamma posits a fixed number of dhammas as
the building blocks of actuality, most of which are drawn from the Suttas.
It then sets out to define all the doctrinal terms used in the Suttas in ways
that reveal their identity with the ontological ultimates recognized by the
system. On the basis of these definitions, it exhaustively classifies the
dhammas into a net of pre-determined categories and modes of relatedness
which highlight their place within the system’s structure. And since the
system is held to be a true reflection of actuality, this means that the
classification pinpoints the place of each dhamma within the overall
structure of actuality.

The Abhidhamma’s attempt to comprehend the nature of reality,
contrary to that of classical science in the West, does not proceed from the
standpoint of a neutral observer looking outwards towards the external
world. The primary concern of the Abhidhamma is to understand the
nature of experience, and thus the reality on which it focuses is conscious
reality, the world as given in experience, comprising both knowledge and
the known in the widest sense. For this reason the philosophical enterprise
of the Abhidhamma shades off into a phenomenological psychology. To
facilitate the understanding of experienced reality, the Abhidhamma
embarks upon an elaborate analysis of the mind as it presents itself to
introspective meditation. It classifies consciousness into a variety of
types, specifies the factors and functions of each type, correlates them
with their objects and physiological bases, and shows how the different
types of consciousness link up with each other and with material phenom-
ena to constitute the ongoing process of experience.

This analysis of mind is not motivated by theoretical curiosity but by
the overriding practical aim of the Buddha’s teaching, the attainment of
deliverance from suffering. Since the Buddha traces suffering to our
tainted attitudes—a mental orientation rooted in greed, hatred, and
delusion—the Abhidhamma’s phenomenological psychology also takes
on the character of a psychological ethics, understanding the term
“ethics” not in the narrow sense of a code of morality but as a complete
guide to noble living and mental purification. Accordingly we find that
the Abhidhamma distinguishes states of mind principally on the basis of
ethical criteria: the wholesome and the unwholesome, the beautiful
factors and the defilements. Its schematization of consciousness follows
a hierarchical plan that corresponds to the successive stages of purity to
which the Buddhist disciple attains by practice of the Buddha’s path. This
plan traces the refinement of the mind through the progression of
meditative absorptions, the fine-material-sphere and immaterial-sphere
jhánas, then through the stages of insight and the wisdom of the
supramundane paths and fruits. Finally, it shows the whole scale of ethical

INTRODUCTION 5

development to culminate in the perfection of purity attained with the
mind’s irreversible emancipation from all defilements.

All three dimensions of the Abhidhamma—the philosophical, the
psychological, and the ethical—derive their final justification from the
cornerstone of the Buddha’s teaching, the program of liberation an-
nounced by the Four Noble Truths. The ontological survey of dhammas
stems from the Buddha’s injunction that the noble truth of suffering,
identified with the world of conditioned phenomena as a whole, must be
fully understood (
pariññeyya). The prominence of mental defilements
and requisites of enlightenment in its schemes of categories, indicative
of its psychological and ethical concerns, connects the Abhidhamma to
the second and fourth noble truths, the origin of suffering and the way
leading to its end. And the entire taxonomy of dhammas elaborated by the
system reaches its consummation in the “unconditioned element”
(
asaṅkhatá dhátu), which is Nibbána, the third noble truth, that of the
cessation of suffering.


The Twofold Method


The great Buddhist commentator, Ácariya Buddhaghosa, explains the
word “Abhidhamma” as meaning “that which exceeds and is distin-
guished from the Dhamma” (
dhammátireka-dhammavisesa), the prefix
abhi having the sense of preponderance and distinction, and dhammahere signifying the teaching of the Sutta Piṭaka.1 When the Abhidhamma
is said to surpass the teaching of the Suttas, this is not intended to suggest
that the Suttanta teaching is defective in any degree or that the Abhidhamma
proclaims some new revelation of esoteric doctrine unknown to the
Suttas. Both the Suttas and the Abhidhamma are grounded upon the
Buddha’s unique doctrine of the Four Noble Truths, and all the principles
essential to the attainment of enlightenment are already expounded in the
Sutta Piṭaka. The difference between the two in no way concerns fundamen-
tals but is, rather, partly a matter of scope and partly a matter of method.

As to scope, the Abhidhamma offers a thoroughness and completeness
of treatment that cannot be found in the Sutta Piṭaka. Ácariya Buddhaghosa
explains that in the Suttas such doctrinal categories as the five aggregates,
the twelve sense bases, the eighteen elements, and so forth, are classified
only partly, while in the Abhidhamma Piṭaka they are classified fully
according to different schemes of classification, some common to the
Suttas, others unique to the Abhidhamma.
2 Thus the Abhidhamma has
a scope and an intricacy of detail that set it apart from the Sutta Piṭaka.
The other major area of difference concerns method. The discourses

6 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

contained in the Sutta Piṭaka were expounded by the Buddha under
diverse circumstances to listeners with very different capacities for
comprehension. They are primarily pedagogical in intent, set forth in the
way that will be most effective in guiding the listener in the practice of
the teaching and in arriving at a penetration of its truth. To achieve this
end the Buddha freely employs the didactic means required to make the
doctrine intelligible to his listeners. He uses simile and metaphor; he
exhorts, advises, and inspires; he sizes up the inclinations and aptitudes
of his audience and adjusts the presentation of the teaching so that it will
awaken a positive response. For this reason the Suttanta method of
teaching is described as
pariyáya-dhammadesaná, the figurative or
embellished discourse on the Dhamma.

In contrast to the Suttas, the Abhidhamma Piṭaka is intended to
divulge as starkly and directly as possible the totalistic system that
underlies the Suttanta expositions and upon which the individual dis-
courses draw. The Abhidhamma takes no account of the personal incli-
nations and cognitive capacities of the listeners; it makes no concessions
to particular pragmatic requirements. It reveals the architectonics of
actuality in an abstract, formalistic manner utterly devoid of literary
embellishments and pedagogical expedients. Thus the Abhidhamma
method is described as the
nippariyáya-dhammadesaná, the literal or
unembelished discourse on the Dhamma.

This difference in technique between the two methods also influences
their respective terminologies. In the Suttas the Buddha regularly makes
use of conventional language (
voháravacana) and accepts conventional
truth (
sammutisacca), truth expressed in terms of entities that do not
possess ontological ultimacy but can still be legitimately referred to
them. Thus in the Suttas the Buddha speaks of “I” and “you,” of “man”
and “woman,” of living beings, persons, and even self as though they were
concrete realities. The Abhidhamma method of exposition, however,
rigorously restricts itself to terms that are valid from the standpoint of
ultimate truth (
paramatthasacca): dhammas, their characteristics, their
functions, and their relations. Thus in the Abhidhamma all such concep-
tual entities provisionally accepted in the Suttas for purposes of meaning-
ful communication are resolved into their ontological ultimates, into bare
mental and material phenomena that are impermanent, conditioned, and
dependently arisen, empty of any abiding self or substance.

But a qualification is necessary. When a distinction is drawn between
the two methods, this should be understood to be based on what is most
characteristic of each Piṭaka and should not be interpreted as an absolute
dichotomy. To some degree the two methods overlap and interpenetrate.
Thus in the Sutta Piṭaka we find discourses that employ the strictly

INTRODUCTION 7

philosophical terminology of aggregates, sense bases, elements, etc., and
thus come within the bounds of the Abhidhamma method. Again, within
the Abhidhamma Piṭaka we find sections, even a whole book (the
Puggalapaññatti), that depart from the rigorous manner of expression
and employ conventional terminology, thus coming within the range of
the Suttanta method.


Distinctive Features of the Abhidhamma


Apart from its strict adherence to the philosophical method of exposition,
the Abhidhamma makes a number of other noteworthy contributions
integral to its task of systemization. One is the employment, in the main
books of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka, of a
mátiká—a matrix or schedule of
categories—as the blueprint for the entire edifice. This matrix, which
comes at the very beginning of the
Dhammasaṅgaṇì as a preface to the
Abhidhamma Piṭaka proper, consists of 122 modes of classification
special to the Abhidhamma method. Of these, twenty-two are triads (
tika),
sets of three terms into which the fundamental dhammas are to be
distributed; the remaining hundred are dyads (
duka), sets of two terms
used as a basis for classification.
3 The matrix serves as a kind of grid for
sorting out the complex manifold of experience in accordance with
principles determined by the purposes of the Dhamma. For example, the
triads include such sets as states that are wholesome, unwholesome,
indeterminate; states associated with pleasant feeling, painful feeling,
neutral feeling; states that are kamma results, productive of kamma
results, neither; and so forth. The dyads include such sets as states that are
roots, not roots; states concomitant with roots, not so concomitant; states
that are conditioned, unconditioned; states that are mundane,
supramundane; and so forth. By means of its selection of categories, the
matrix embraces the totality of phenomena, illuminating it from a variety
of angles philosophical, psychological, and ethical in nature.

A second distinguishing feature of the Abhidhamma is the dissection
of the apparently continuous stream of consciousness into a succession
of discrete evanescent cognitive events called
cittas, each a complex
unity involving consciousness itself, as the basic awareness of an object,
and a constellation of mental factors (
cetasika) exercising more special-
ized tasks in the act of cognition. Such a view of consciousness, at least
in outline, can readily be derived from the Sutta Piṭaka’s analysis of
experience into the five aggregates, among which the four mental
aggregates are always inseparably conjoined, but the conception remains
there merely suggestive. In the Abhidhamma Piṭaka the suggestion is not

  1. A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

    simply picked up, but is expanded into an extraordinarily detailed and
    coherent picture of the functioning of consciousness both in its micro-
    scopic immediacy and in its extended continuity from life to life.

    A third contribution arises from the urge to establish order among the
    welter of technical terms making up the currency of Buddhist discourse.
    In defining each of the dhammas, the Abhidhamma texts collate long lists
    of synonyms drawn mostly from the Suttas. This method of definition
    shows how a single dhamma may enter under different names into
    different sets of categories. For example, among the defilements, the
    mental factor of greed (
    lobha) may be found as the taint of sensual desire,
    the taint of (attachment to) existence, the bodily knot of covetousness,
    clinging to sensual pleasures, the hindrance of sensual desire, etc.; among
    the requisites of enlightenment, the mental factor of wisdom (
    paññá) may
    be found as the faculty and power of wisdom, the enlightenment factor of
    investigation of states, the path factor of right view, etc. In establishing
    these correspondences, the Abhidhamma helps to exhibit the intercon-
    nections between doctrinal terms that might not be apparent from the
    Suttas themselves. In the process it also provides a precision-made tool
    for interpreting the Buddha’s discourses.

    The Abhidhamma conception of consciousness further results in a new
    primary scheme for classifying the ultimate constituents of existence, a
    scheme which eventually, in the later Abhidhamma literature, takes
    precedence over the schemes inherited from the Suttas such as the
    aggregates, sense bases, and elements. In the Abhidhamma Piṭaka the
    latter categories still loom large, but the view of mind as consisting of
    momentary concurrences of consciousness and its concomitants leads to
    a fourfold method of classification more congenial to the system. This is
    the division of actuality into the four ultimate realities (
    paramattha):
    consciousness, mental factors, material phenomena, and Nibbána (
    citta, rúpa, nibbána), the first three comprising conditioned reality
    and the last the unconditioned element.

    The last novel feature of the Abhidhamma method to be noted here—
    contributed by the final book of the Piṭaka, the
    Paṭṭhána—is a set of
    twenty-four conditional relations laid down for the purpose of showing
    how the ultimate realities are welded into orderly processes. This scheme
    of conditions supplies the necessary complement to the analytical
    approach that dominates the earlier books of the Abhidhamma. The
    method of analysis proceeds by dissecting apparent wholes into their
    component parts, thereby exposing their voidness of any indivisible core
    that might qualify as self or substance. The synthetic method plots the
    conditional relations of the bare phenomena obtained by analysis to show
    that they are not isolated self-contained units but nodes in a vast multi-

    INTRODUCTION 9

    layered web of inter-related, inter-dependent events. Taken in conjunc-
    tion, the analytical method of the earlier treatises of the Abhidhamma
    Piṭaka and the synthetic method of the
    Paṭṭhána establish the essential
    unity of the twin philosophical principles of Buddhism, non-self or
    egolessness (
    anattá) and dependent arising or conditionality (paṭicca). Thus the foundation of the Abhidhamma methodology
    remains in perfect harmony with the insights that lie at the heart of the
    entire Dhamma.


    The Origins of the Abhidhamma


    Although modern critical scholarship attempts to explain the formation
    of the Abhidhamma by a gradual evolutionary process,
    4 Theravada
    orthodoxy assigns its genesis to the Buddha himself. According to the
    Great Commentary (
    mahá-aṭṭhakathá) quoted by Ácariya Buddhaghosa,
    “What is known as Abhidhamma is not the province nor the sphere of a
    disciple; it is the province, the sphere of the Buddhas.”
    5 The commen-
    tarial tradition holds, moreover, that it was not merely the spirit of the
    Abhidhamma, but the letter as well, that was already realized and
    expounded by the Buddha during his lifetime.

    The Atthasálinì relates that in the fourth week after the Enlightenment,
    while the Blessed One was still dwelling in the vicinity of the Bodhi Tree,
    he sat in a jewel house (
    ratanaghara) in the northwest direction. This
    jewel house was not literally a house made of precious stones, but was the
    place where he contemplated the seven books of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka.
    He contemplated their contents in turn, beginning with the
    Dhammasaṅgaṇì, but while investigating the first six books his body did
    not emit rays. However, upon coming to the
    Paṭṭhána, when “he began
    to contemplate the twenty-four universal conditional relations of root,
    object, and so on, his omniscience certainly found its opportunity therein.
    For as the great fish Timiratipingala finds room only in the great ocean
    84,000 yojanas in depth, so his omniscience truly finds room only in the
    Great Book. Rays of six colours—indigo, golden, red, white, tawny, and
    dazzling—issued from the Teacher’s body, as he was contemplating the
    subtle and abstruse Dhamma by his omniscience which had found such
    opportunity.”
    6

    Theravada orthodoxy thus maintains that the Abhidhamma Piṭaka is
    authentic Word of the Buddha, in this respect differing from an early rival
    school, the Sarvástivádins. This school also had an Abhidhamma Piṭaka
    consisting of seven books, considerably different in detail from the
    Theravada treatises. According to the Sarvástivádins, the books of the

    10 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

    Abhidhamma Piṭaka were composed by Buddhist disciples, several being
    attributed to authors who appeared generations after the Buddha. The
    Theravada school, however, holds that the Blessed One himself ex-
    pounded the books of the Abhidhamma, except for the detailed refutation
    of deviant views in the
    Kathávatthu, which was the work of the Elder
    Moggaliputta Tissa during the reign of Emperor Asoka.

    The Pali Commentaries, apparently drawing upon an old oral tradition,
    maintain that the Buddha expounded the Abhidhamma, not in the human
    world to his human disciples, but to the assembly of devas or gods in the
    Távatiṃsa heaven. According to this tradition, just prior to his seventh
    annual rains retreat the Blessed One ascended to the Távatiṃsa heaven
    and there, seated on the Paṇðukambala stone at the foot of the Páricchattaka
    tree, for the three months of the rains he taught the Abhidhamma to the
    devas who had assembled from the ten thousand world-systems. He made
    the chief recipient of the teaching his mother, Mahámáyá-devì, who had
    been reborn as a deva. The reason the Buddha taught the Abhidhamma
    in the deva world rather than in the human realm, it is said, is because in
    order to give a complete picture of the Abhidhamma it has to be
    expounded from the beginning to the end to the same audience in a single
    session. Since the full exposition of the Abhidhamma requires three
    months, only devas and Brahmás could receive it in unbroken continuity,
    for they alone are capable of remaining in one posture for such a length
    of time.

    However, each day, to sustain his body, the Buddha would descend to
    the human world to go on almsround in the northern region of Uttarakuru.
    After collecting almsfood he went to the shore of Anotatta Lake to partake
    of his meal. The Elder Sáriputta, the General of the Dhamma, would meet
    the Buddha there and receive a synopsis of the teaching given that day
    in the deva world: “Then to him the Teacher gave the method, saying,
    ‘Sáriputta, so much doctrine has been shown.’ Thus the giving of the
    method was to the chief disciple, who was endowed with analytical
    knowledge, as though the Buddha stood on the edge of the shore and
    pointed out the ocean with his open hand. To the Elder also the doctrine
    taught by the Blessed One in hundreds and thousands of methods became
    very clear.”
    7

    Having learnt the Dhamma taught him by the Blessed One, Sáriputta
    in turn taught it to his own circle of 500 pupils, and thus the textual
    recension of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka was established. To the Venerable
    Sáriputta is ascribed the textual order of the Abhidhamma treatises as well
    as the numerical series in the
    Paṭṭhána. Perhaps we should see in these
    admissions of the
    Atthasálinì an implicit acknowledgement that while
    the philosophical vision of the Abhidhamma and its basic architecture

    INTRODUCTION 11

    originate from the Buddha, the actual working out of the details, and
    perhaps even the prototypes of the texts themselves, are to be ascribed to
    the illustrious Chief Disciple and his entourage of students. In other early
    Buddhist schools, too, the Abhidhamma is closely connected with the
    Venerable Sáriputta, who in some traditions is regarded as the literal
    author of Abhidhamma treatises.
    8


    The Seven Books


    A brief outline of the contents of the seven canonical Abhidhamma books
    will provide some insight into the plethora of textual material to be
    condensed and summarized by the
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha. The first
    book, the
    Dhammasaṅgaṇì, is the fountainhead of the entire system. The
    title may be translated “Enumeration of Phenomena,” and the work does
    in fact undertake to compile an exhaustive catalogue of the ultimate
    constituents of existence.

    Opening with the mátiká, the schedule of categories which serves as
    the framework for the whole Abhidhamma, the text proper is divided into
    four chapters. The first, “States of Consciousness,” takes up about half of
    the book and unfolds as an analysis of the first triad in the
    mátiká, that of
    the wholesome, the unwholesome, and the indeterminate. To supply that
    analysis, the text enumerates 121 types of consciousness classified by
    way of their ethical quality.
    9 Each type of consciousness is in turn
    dissected into its concomitant mental factors, which are individually
    defined in full. The second chapter, “On Matter,” continues the inquiry
    into the ethically indeterminate by enumerating and classifying the
    different types of material phenomena. The third chapter, called “The
    Summary,” offers concise explanations of all the terms in the Abhidhamma
    matrix and the Suttanta matrix as well. Finally, a concluding “Synopsis”
    provides a more condensed explanation of the Abhidhamma matrix but
    omits the Suttanta matrix.

    The Vibhaṅga, the “Book of Analysis,” consists of eighteen chapters,
    each a self-contained dissertation, dealing in turn with the following:
    aggregates, sense bases, elements, truths, faculties, dependent arising,
    foundations of mindfulness, supreme efforts, means to accomplishment,
    factors of enlightenment, the eightfold path, jhánas, illimitables, training
    rules, analytical knowledges, kinds of knowledge, minor points (a nu-
    merical inventory of defilements), and “the heart of the doctrine”
    (
    dhammahadaya), a psycho-cosmic topography of the Buddhist uni-
    verse. Most of the chapters in the
    Vibhaṅga, though not all, involve three
    sub-sections: an analysis according to the methodology of the Suttas; an
    analysis according to the methodology of the Abhidhamma proper; and

    12 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

    an interrogation section, which applies the categories of the matrix to the
    subject under investigation.

    The Dhátukathá, the “Discourse on Elements,” is written entirely in
    catechism form. It discusses all phenomena with reference to the three
    schemata of aggregates, sense bases, and elements, seeking to determine
    whether, and to what extent, they are included or not included in them,
    and whether they are associated with them or dissociated from them.

    The Puggalapaññatti, “Concepts of Individuals,” is the one book of
    the Abhidhamma Piṭaka that is more akin to the method of the Suttas than
    to the Abhidhamma proper. The work begins with a general enumeration
    of types of concepts, and this suggests that it was originally intended as
    a supplement to the other books in order to take account of the conceptual
    realities excluded by the strict application of the Abhidhamma method.
    The bulk of the work provides formal definitions of different types of
    individuals. It has ten chapters: the first deals with single types of
    individuals; the second with pairs; the third with groups of three, etc.

    The Kathávatthu, “Points of Controversy,” is a polemical treatise
    ascribed to the Elder Moggaliputta Tissa. He is said to have compiled it
    during the time of Emperor Asoka, 218 years after the Buddha’s Pari-
    nibbána, in order to refute the heterodox opinions of the Buddhist schools
    outside the Theravadin fold. The Commentaries defend its inclusion in
    the Canon by holding that the Buddha himself, foreseeing the errors that
    would arise, laid down the outline of rebuttal, which Moggaliputta Tissa
    merely filled in according to the Master’s intention.

    The Yamaka, the “Book of Pairs,” has the purpose of resolving
    ambiguities and defining the precise usage of technical terms. It is so
    called owing to its method of treatment, which throughout employs the
    dual grouping of a question and its converse formulation. For instance,
    the first pair of questions in the first chapter runs thus: “Are all wholesome
    phenomena wholesome roots? And are all wholesome roots wholesome
    phenomena?” The book contains ten chapters: roots, aggregates, sense
    bases, elements, truths, formations, latent dispositions, consciousness,
    phenomena, and faculties.

    The Paṭṭhána, the “Book of Conditional Relations,” is probably the
    most important work of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka and thus is traditionally
    designated the “Great Treatise” (
    mahápakaraṇa). Gigantic in extent as
    well as in substance, the book comprises five volumes totalling 2500
    pages in the Burmese-script Sixth Council edition. The purpose of the
    Paṭṭhána is to apply its scheme of twenty-four conditional relations to
    all the phenomena incorporated in the Abhidhamma matrix. The main
    body of the work has four great divisions: origination according to the
    positive method, according to the negative method, according to the

    INTRODUCTION 13

    positive-negative method, and according to the negative-positive method.
    Each of these in turn has six sub-divisions: origination of triads, of dyads,
    of dyads and triads combined, of triads and dyads combined, of triads and
    triads combined, and of dyads and dyads combined. Within this pattern
    of twenty-four sections, the twenty-four modes of conditionality are
    applied in due order to all the phenomena of existence in all their
    conceivable permutations. Despite its dry and tabular format, even from
    a “profane” humanistic viewpoint the
    Paṭṭhána can easily qualify as one
    of the truly monumental products of the human mind, astounding in its
    breadth of vision, its rigorous consistency, and its painstaking attention
    to detail. To Theravada orthodoxy, it is the most eloquent testimony to
    the Buddha’s unimpeded knowledge of omniscience.


    The Commentaries


    The books of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka have inspired a voluminous mass
    of exegetical literature composed in order to fill out, by way of explana-
    tion and exemplification, the scaffoldings erected by the canonical texts.
    The most important works of this class are the authorized commentaries
    of Ácariya Buddhaghosa. These are three in number: the
    Atthasálinì,
    “The Expositor,” the commentary to the
    Dhammasaṅgaṇì; the
    Sammohavinodanì , “The Dispeller of Delusion,” the commentary to the
    Vibhaṅga; and the Pañcappakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathá, the combined com-
    mentary to the other five treatises. To this same stratum of literature also
    belongs the
    Visuddhimagga, “The Path of Purification,” also composed
    by Buddhaghosa. Although this last work is primarily an encyclopaedic
    guide to meditation, its chapters on “the soil of understanding” (XIV-
    XVII) lay out the theory to be mastered prior to developing insight and
    thus constitute in effect a compact dissertation on Abhidhamma. Each of
    the commentaries in turn has its subcommentary (
    múlaṭìká), by an elder
    of Sri Lanka named Ácariya Ánanda, and these in turn each have a sub-
    subcommentary (
    anuṭìká), by Ánanda’s pupil Dhammapála (who is to be
    distinguished from the great Ácariya Dhammapála, author of the
    ṭìkás to
    Buddhaghosa’s works).

    When the authorship of the Commentaries is ascribed to Ácariya
    Buddhaghosa, it should not be supposed that they are in any way original
    compositions, or even original attempts to interpret traditional material.
    They are, rather, carefully edited versions of the vast body of accumulated
    exegetical material that Buddhaghosa found at the Mahávihára in
    Anurádhapura. This material must have preceded the great commentator
    by centuries, representing the collective efforts of generations of erudite

    14 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

    Buddhist teachers to elucidate the meaning of the canonical Abhidhamma.
    While it is tempting to try to discern evidence of historical development
    in the Commentaries over and beyond the ideas embedded in the
    Abhidhamma Piṭaka, it is risky to push this line too far, for a great deal
    of the canonical Abhidhamma seems to require the Commentaries to
    contribute the unifying context in which the individual elements hang
    together as parts of a systematic whole and without which they lose
    important dimensions of meaning. It is thus not unreasonable to assume
    that a substantial portion of the commentarial apparatus originated in
    close proximity to the canonical Abhidhamma and was transmitted
    concurrently with the latter, though lacking the stamp of finality it was
    open to modification and amplification in a way that the canonical texts
    were not.

    Bearing this in mind, we might briefly note a few of the Abhidhammic
    conceptions that are characteristic of the Commentaries but either un-
    known or recessive in the Abhidhamma Piṭaka itself. One is the detailed
    account of the cognitive process (
    cittavìthi). While this conception seems
    to be tacitly recognized in the canonical books, it now comes to be drawn
    out for use as an explanatory tool in its own right. The functions of the
    cittas, the different types of consciousness, are specified, and in time the
    cittas themselves come to be designated by way of their functions. The
    term
    khaṇa, “moment,” replaces the canonical samaya, “occasion,” as the
    basic unit for delimiting the occurrence of events, and the duration of a
    material phenomenon is determined to be seventeen moments of mental
    phenomena. The division of a moment into three sub-moments—arising,
    presence, and dissolution—also seems to be new to the Commentaries.
    10
    The organization of material phenomena into groups (kalápa), though
    implied by the distinction between the primary elements of matter and
    derived matter, is first spelled out in the Commentaries, as is the specifi-
    cation of the heart-base (
    hadayavatthu) as the material basis for mind
    element and mind-consciousness element.

    The Commentaries introduce many (though not all) of the categories
    for classifying kamma, and work out the detailed correlations between
    kamma and its results. They also close off the total number of mental
    factors (
    cetasika). The phrase in the Dhammasaṅgaṇì, “or whatever other
    (unmentioned) conditionally arisen immaterial phenomena there are on
    that occasion,” apparently envisages an open-ended universe of mental
    factors, which the Commentaries delimit by specifying the “or-whatever
    states” (
    yevápanaká dhammá). Again, the Commentaries consummate
    the dhamma theory by supplying the formal definition of dhammas as
    “things which bear their own intrinsic nature” (
    attano sabhávaṃ dhárentì dhammá). The task of defining specific dhammas is finally rounded off

    INTRODUCTION 15

    by the extensive employment of the fourfold defining device of charac-
    teristic, function, manifestation, and proximate cause, a device derived
    from a pair of old exegetical texts, the
    Peṭakopadesa and the
    Nettipakaraṇa.


    The Abhidhammattha Saògaha


    As the Abhidhamma system, already massive in its canonical version,
    grew in volume and complexity, it must have become increasingly
    unwieldy for purposes of study and comprehension. Thus at a certain
    stage in the evolution of Theravada Buddhist thought the need must have
    become felt for concise summaries of the Abhidhamma as a whole in order
    to provide the novice student of the subject with a clear picture of its main
    outlines—faithfully and thoroughly, yet without an unmanageable mass
    of detail.

    To meet this need there began to appear, perhaps as early as the fifth
    century and continuing well through the twelfth, short manuals or
    compendia of the Abhidhamma. In Burma these are called
    let-than or
    “little-finger manuals,” of which there are nine:

    1. Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha, by Ácariya Anuruddha;

    2. Námarúpa-pariccheda, by the same;

    3. Paramattha-vinicchaya, by the same (?);

    4. Abhidhammávatára, by Ácariya Buddhadatta (a senior contempo-
      rary of Buddhaghosa);

    5. Rúpárupa-vibhága, by the same;

    6. Sacca-saṅkhepa, by Bhadanta Dhammapála (probably Sri Lankan;
      different from the great subcommentator);

    7. Moha-vicchedanì, by Bhadanta Kassapa (South Indian or Sri
      Lankan);

    8. Khema-pakaraṇa, by Bhadanta Khema (Sri Lankan);

    9. Námacára-dìpaka, by Bhadanta Saddhamma Jotipála (Burman).

    Among these, the work that has dominated Abhidhamma studies from
    about the twelfth century to the present day is the first mentioned, the
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha, “The Compendium of Things contained in
    the Abhidhamma.” Its popularity may be accounted for by its remarkable
    balance between concision and comprehensiveness. Within its short
    scope all the essentials of the Abhidhamma are briefly and carefully
    summarized. Although the book’s manner of treatment is extremely terse
    even to the point of obscurity when read alone, when studied under a
    qualified teacher or with the aid of an explanatory guide, it leads the

    16 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

    student confidently through the winding maze of the system to a clear
    perception of its entire structure. For this reason throughout the Theravada
    Buddhist world the
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha is always used as the first
    textbook in Abhidhamma studies. In Buddhist monasteries, especially in
    Burma, novices and young bhikkhus are required to learn the
    Saṅgahaby heart before they are permitted to study the books of the Abhidhamma
    Piṭaka and its Commentaries.

    Detailed information about the author of the manual, Ácariya
    Anuruddha, is virtually non-existent. He is regarded as the author of two
    other manuals, cited above, and it is believed in Buddhist countries that
    he wrote altogether nine compendia, of which only these three have
    survived. The
    Paramattha-vinicchaya is written in an elegant style of Pali
    and attains a high standard of literary excellence. According to the
    colophon, its author was born in Káveri in the state of Káñcìpura
    (Conjeevaram) in South India. Ácariya Buddhadatta and Ácariya
    Buddhaghosa are also said to have resided in the same area, and the
    subcommentator Ácariya Dhammapála was probably a native of the
    region. There is evidence that for several centuries Káñcìpura had been
    an important centre of Theravada Buddhism from which learned bhikkhus
    went to Sri Lanka for further study.

    It is not known exactly when Ácariya Anuruddha lived and wrote his
    manuals. An old monastic tradition regards him as having been a fellow
    student of Ácariya Buddhadatta under the same teacher, which would
    place him in the fifth century. According to this tradition, the two elders
    wrote their respective books, the
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha and the
    Abhidhammávatára, as gifts of gratitude to their teacher, who remarked:
    “Buddhadatta has filled a room with all kinds of treasure and locked the
    door, while Anuruddha has also filled a room with treasure but left the door
    open.”
    11 Modern scholars, however, do not endorse this tradition, main-
    taining on the basis of the style and content of Anuruddha’s work that he
    could not have lived earlier than the eighth century, more probably
    between the tenth and early twelfth centuries.
    12

    In the colophon to the Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha Ácariya Anuruddha
    states that he wrote the manual at the Múlasoma Monastery, which all
    exegetical traditions place in Sri Lanka. There are several ways to
    reconcile this fact with the concluding stanzas of the
    Paramattha-, which state that he was born in Káñcìpura. One hypothesis
    is that he was of South Indian descent but came to Sri Lanka, where he
    wrote the
    Saṅgaha. Another, advanced by G.P. Malalasekera, holds that
    he was a native of Sri Lanka who spent time at Káñcìpura (which, however,
    passes over his statement that he was
    born in Káñcìpura). Still a third
    hypothesis, proposed by Ven. A.P. Buddhadatta Maháthera, asserts that

    INTRODUCTION 17

    there were two different monks named Anuruddha, one in Sri Lanka who
    was the author of the
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha, another in Káñcìpura
    who wrote the
    Paramattha-vinicchaya.13


    Commentaries on the Saògaha


    Owing to its extreme concision, the Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha cannot be
    easily understood without explanation. Therefore to elucidate its terse
    and pithy synopsis of the Abhidhamma philosophy, a great number of
    ṭìkás or commentaries have been written upon it. In fact, this work has
    probably stimulated more commentaries than any other Pali text, written
    not only in the Pali language but also in Burmese, Sinhala, Thai, etc. Since
    the fifteenth century Burma has been the international centre of
    Abhidhamma studies, and therefore we find many commentaries written
    on it by Burmese scholars both in Pali and in Burmese. Commentaries on
    the
    Saṅgaha in Pali alone number nineteen, of which the following are
    the most important:

    1. Abhidhammatthasaṅgaha-Ṭìká, also known as the Poráṇa-Ṭìká,
      “the Old Commentary.” This is a very small
      ṭìká written in Sri Lanka in
      the twelfth century by an elder named Ácariya Navavimalabuddhi.

    2. Abhidhammatthavibhávinì-Ṭìká, or in brief, the Vibhávinì, written
      by Ácariya Sumaṅgalasámi, pupil of the eminent Sri Lankan elder
      Sáriputta Mahásámi, also in the twelfth century. This
      ṭìká quickly
      superceded the Old Commentary and is generally considered the most
      profound and reliable exegetical work on the
      Saṅgaha. In Burma this
      work is known as
      ṭìká-gyaw, “the Famous Commentary.” The author is
      greatly respected for his erudition and mastery of the Abhidhamma. He
      relies heavily on older authorities such as the
      Abhidhamma-Anuṭìká and
      the
      Visuddhimagga-Maháṭìká (also known as the Paramatthamañjúsá).
      Although Ledi Sayádaw (see below) criticized the
      Vibhávinì extensively
      in his own commentary on the
      Saṅgaha, its popularity has not diminished
      but indeed has even increased, and several Burmese scholars have risen
      to defend it against Ledi Sayádaw’s criticisms.

    3. Saṅkhepa-vaṇṇaná, written in the sixteenth century by Bhadanta
      Saddhamma Jotipála, also known as Chapada Maháthera, a Burmese
      monk who visited Sri Lanka during the reign of Parákramabáhu VI of
      Kotte (fifteenth century).
      14

    4. Paramatthadìpanì-Ṭìká, “The Elucidation of the Ultimate Mean-
      ing,” by Ledi Sayádaw. Ledi Sayádaw of Burma (1846-1923) was one of
      the greatest scholar-monks and meditation masters of the Theravada
      tradition in recent times. He was the author of over seventy manuals on
      different aspects of Theravada Buddhism, including philosophy, ethics,

      18 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

      meditation practice, and Pali grammar. His ṭìká created a sensation in the
      field of Abhidhamma studies because he pointed out 325 places in the
      esteemed
      Vibhávinì-ṭìká where he alleged that errors and misinterpreta-
      tions had occurred, though his criticisms also set off a reaction in defense
      of the older work.

    5. Aṅkura-Ṭìká, by Vimala Sayádaw. This ṭìká was written fifteen years
      after the publication of the
      Paramatthadìpanì and supports the com-
      monly accepted opinions of the
      Vibhávinì against Ledi Sayádaw’s
      criticisms.

    6. Navanìta-Ṭìká, by the Indian scholar Dhammánanda Kosambi,
      published originally in
      devanágarì script in 1933. The title of this work
      means literally “The Butter Commentary,” and it is so called probably
      because it explains the
      Saṅgaha in a smooth and simple manner, avoiding
      philosophical controversy.


    Outline of the Saògaha


    The Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha contains nine chapters. It opens by
    enumerating the four ultimate realities—consciousness, mental factors,
    matter, and Nibbána. The detailed analysis of these is the project set for
    its first six chapters. Chapter I is the Compendium of Consciousness,
    which defines and classifies the 89 and 121
    cittas or types of conscious-
    ness. In scope this first chapter covers the same territory as the States of
    Consciousness chapter of the
    Dhammasaṅgaṇì, but it differs in approach.
    The canonical work begins with an analysis of the first triad in the
    mátiká,
    and therefore initially classifies consciousness on the basis of the three
    ethical qualities of wholesome, unwholesome, and indeterminate; then
    within those categories it subdivides consciousness on the basis of plane
    into the categories of sense sphere, fine-material sphere, immaterial
    sphere, and supramundane. The
    Saṅgaha, on the other hand, not being
    bound to the
    mátìká, first divides consciousness on the basis of plane, and
    then subdivides it on the basis of ethical quality.

    The second chapter, the Compendium of Mental Factors, first
    enumerates the fifty-two
    cetasikas or concomitants of consciousness,
    divided into four classes: universals, occasionals, unwholesome fac-
    tors, and beautiful factors. Thereafter the factors are investigated by
    two complimentary methods: first, the method of association (
    sam-), which takes the mental factors as the unit of inquiry and
    elicits the types of consciousness with which they are individually
    associated; and second, the method of inclusion or combination
    (
    saṅgahanaya), which takes the types of consciousness as the unit of

    INTRODUCTION 19

    inquiry and elicits the mental factors that enter into the constitution
    of each. This chapter again draws principally upon the first chapter of
    the
    Dhammasaṅgaṇì.

    The third chapter, entitled Compendium of the Miscellaneous, clas-
    sifies the types of consciousness along with their factors with respect to
    six categories: root (
    hetu), feeling (vedaná), function (kicca), door (dvára),
    object (
    árammaṇa), and base (vatthu).

    The first three chapters are concerned principally with the structure of
    consciousness, both internally and in relation to external variables. In
    contrast, the next two chapters deal with the dynamics of consciousness,
    that is, with its modes of occurrence. According to the Abhidhamma,
    consciousness occurs in two distinct but intertwining modes—as active
    process and as passive flow. Chapter IV explores the nature of the
    “cognitive process,” Chapter V the passive “process-freed” flow, which
    it prefaces with a survey of the traditional Buddhist cosmology. The
    exposition here is largely based upon the Abhidhamma Commentaries.
    Chapter VI, Compendium of Matter, turns from the mental realm to the
    material world. Based primarily on the second chapter of the
    Dhammasaṅgaṇì, it enumerates the types of material phenomena, classi-
    fies them in various ways, and explains their modes of origination. It also
    introduces the commentarial notion of material groups, which it treats in
    detail, and describes the occurrence of material processes in the different
    realms of existence. This chapter concludes with a short section on the
    fourth ultimate reality, Nibbána, the only unconditioned element in the
    system.

    With the sixth chapter, Ácariya Anuruddha has completed his analyti-
    cal exposition of the four ultimate realities, but there remain several
    important subjects which must be explained to give a complete picture
    of the Abhidhamma. These are taken up in the last three chapters. Chapter
    VII, the Compendium of Categories, arranges the ultimate realities into
    a variety of categorical schemes that fall under four broad headings: a
    compendium of defilements; a compendium of mixed categories, which
    include items of different ethical qualities; a compendium of the requi-
    sites of enlightenment; and a compendium of the whole, an all-inclusive
    survey of the Abhidhamma ontology. This chapter leans heavily upon the
    Vibhaṅga, and to some extent upon the Dhammasaṅgaṇì.

    Chapter VIII, the Compendium of Conditionality, is introduced to
    include the Abhidhamma teaching on the inter-relatedness of physical
    and mental phenomena, thereby complementing the analytical treatment
    of the ultimate realities with a synthetical treatment laying bare their
    functional correlations. The exposition summarily presents two alternative
    approaches to conditionality found in the Pali Canon. One is the method

    20 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

    of dependent arising, prominent in the Suttas and analyzed from both
    Suttanta and Abhidhamma angles in the
    Vibhaṅga (VI). This method
    examines conditionality in terms of the cause-and-result pattern that
    maintains bondage to
    saṃsára, the cycle of birth and death. The other is
    the method of the
    Paṭṭhána, with its twenty-four conditional relations.
    This chapter concludes with a brief account of concepts (
    paññatti),
    thereby drawing in the
    Puggalapaññatti, at least by implication.

    The ninth and final chapter of the Saṅgaha is concerned, not with
    theory, but with practice. This is the Compendium of Meditation
    Subjects. This chapter functions as a kind of summary of the
    Visuddhimagga. It concisely surveys all the methods of meditation
    exhaustively explained in the latter work, and it sets forth condensed
    accounts of the stages of progress in both systems of meditation,
    concentration and insight. Like the masterwork it summarizes, it
    concludes with an account of the four types of enlightened individuals
    and the attainments of fruition and cessation. This arrangement of the
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha perhaps serves to underscore the ultimate
    soteriological intent of the Abhidhamma. All the theoretical analysis
    of mind and matter finally converges upon the practice of meditation,
    and the practice culminates in the attainment of the supreme goal of
    Buddhism, the liberation of the mind by non-clinging.


    I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 21

    A Manual of Abhidhamma
    (
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha)

    Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato
    Sammásambuddhassa


    CHAPTER I

    COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS

    (Cittasaògahavibhága)


    §1 Words of Praise
    (thutivacana)


    Sammásambuddham atulaṃ
    Sasaddhammagaṇuttamaṃ
    Abhivádiya
    bhásissaṃ
    Abhidhammatthasaṅgahaṃ.

    Having respectfully saluted the Fully Enlightened One, the
    Peerless One, along with the Sublime Teaching and the Noble Order,
    I will speak the Manual of Abhidhamma—a compendium of the
    things contained in the Abhidhamma.


    Guide to §1

    Having respectfully saluted (abhivádiya): It is an established prac-
    tice in the Pali Buddhist tradition for expositors of the Dhamma to begin
    their expositions with a verse of homage to the Triple Gem—the Buddha,
    the Dhamma, and the Sangha—the ultimate refuge for all who seek the
    undistorted comprehension of actuality. Thus, following this custom,
    with deep devotion the author, Ácariya Anuruddha, opens his treatise
    with a verse of praise in which he expresses his veneration for the Triple
    Gem. A thought of veneration directed towards a worthy object is a
    wholesome kamma that generates merit in the mental continuum of the
    person who gives rise to such a thought. When this veneration is directed
    towards the most worthy objects of homage—the Triple Gem—the merit
    generated is vast and powerful. Such merit, accumulated in the mind, has
    the capacity to ward off obstructions to the fulfilment of one’s virtuous
    undertakings and to support their successful completion. Moreover, for
    a follower of the Buddha the writing of a book on the Dhamma is a valuable
    opportunity to develop the perfection of wisdom (
    paññápáramì). There-
    fore, when beginning his work, the author expresses, with blissful words
    of praise, his joy at gaining such an opportunity.

    24 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    The Fully Enlightened One (sammásambuddha): The Buddha is

    called the Fully Enlightened One because he is the one who has fully
    understood by himself the ultimate nature of all phenomena both in their
    particular and universal characteristics. The term implies the direct
    knowledge of all realities gained without help from a teacher. The Buddha
    is also called the Peerless One (
    atula) because his qualities and attributes
    cannot be matched by any other being. Though all Arahants possess the
    distinguished qualities of morality, concentration, and wisdom sufficient
    to result in liberation, none possess the innumerable and immeasurable
    virtues with which a supreme Buddha is fully endowed—the ten Tathá-
    gata’s powers of knowledge (M.12), the four grounds of self-confi-
    dence (M.12), the attainment of great compassion (Pṭs.i,126), and the
    unobstructed knowledge of omniscience (Pṭs.i,131). Hence the Bud-
    dha is without a peer among all sentient beings. As it is said: “There
    is one person, bhikkhus, who is unique, without a peer, without
    counterpart, incomparable, unequalled, matchless, unrivalled, the
    best of humans—the Tathágata, the Arahant, the Fully Enlightened
    One” (A.1:13/i,22).

    The Sublime Teaching (saddhamma): The Teaching, or Dhamma,
    signifies the three aspects of study (
    pariyatti), practice (paṭipatti), and
    realization (
    paṭivedha). “Study” is the study of the Tipiṭaka, the scrip-
    tures which record the teachings of the Buddha, comprising the three
    collections of the Vinaya, the Suttas, and the Abhidhamma. “Practice” is
    the threefold training in virtue, concentration, and wisdom. “Realiza-
    tion” is the penetration of the supramundane paths and attainment of the
    noble fruits. Each of these is the foundation for the next, since study
    provides the guidelines to practice and practice brings the breakthrough
    to realization. The Teaching is called “sublime” in the sense of true and
    good, because when it is applied in accordance with the Buddha’s
    instructions it definitely leads to the attainment of Nibbána, the supreme
    truth and highest good.

    And the Noble Order (gaụuttama): The word gaṇa, meaning com-
    pany or group, is used here as a synonym of
    saṅgha, the community or
    order. There are two kinds of Sangha: the conventional Sangha (
    sammuti-), the order of bhikkhus and bhikkhunis, fully ordained monks and
    nuns; and the Sangha of noble ones (
    ariyasaṅgha), referred to in the verse
    of homage as “the Noble Order.” The Noble Order is the noble or holy
    community of the accomplished followers of the Buddha—
    that is, the four pairs of persons who have arrived at the planes of the noble
    ones, distinguished as eightfold according to whether they have reached
    the paths or the fruits of stream-entry, once-returning, non-
    returning, and Arahantship.

    I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 25


    I will speak the Manual of Abhidhamma: The title of the work,
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha, literally means “a compendium of the things
    contained in the Abhidhamma,” that is, in the Buddha’s special or
    “distinguished” (
    abhi) teaching (dhamma) handed down in the
    Abhidhamma Piṭaka. The author’s statement, “I will speak” (
    bhásissaṃ)
    reminds us that our text is meant to be recited and learnt by heart so that
    it will always be available to us as an instrument for analyzing reality.


    §2 The Fourfold Ultimate Reality
    (catudhá
    paramattha)


    Tattha vutt’ábhidhammatthá
    Catudhá
    paramatthato
    Cittaṃ
    cetasikaṃ rúpaṃ
    Nibbánam
    iti sabbathá.


    The things contained in the Abhidhamma, spoken of therein, are
    altogether fourfold from the standpoint of ultimate reality:
    consciousness, mental factors, matter, and Nibbána.


    Guide to §2

    From the standpoint of ultimate reality (paramatthato): According
    to the Abhidhamma philosophy, there are two kinds of realities—the
    conventional (
    sammuti) and the ultimate (paramattha). Conventional
    realities are the referents of ordinary conceptual thought (
    paññatti) and
    conventional modes of expression (
    vohára). They include such entities
    as living beings, persons, men, women, animals, and the apparently stable
    persisting objects that constitute our unanalyzed picture of the world. The
    Abhidhamma philosophy maintains that these notions do not possess
    ultimate validity, for the objects which they signify do not exist in their
    own right as irreducible realities. Their mode of being is conceptual, not
    actual. They are products of mental construction (
    parikappaná), not
    realities existing by reason of their own nature.

    Ultimate realities, in contrast, are things that exist by reason of their
    own intrinsic nature (
    sabháva). These are the dhammas: the final, irreduc-
    ible components of existence, the ultimate entities which result from a
    correctly performed analysis of experience. Such existents admit of no
    further reduction, but are themselves the final terms of analysis, the true
    constituents of the complex manifold of experience. Hence the word
    paramattha is applied to them, which is derived from parama = ultimate,
    highest, final, and
    attha = reality, thing.

    26 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    The ultimate realities are characterized not only from the ontological
    angle as the ultimate existents, but also from the epistemological angle
    as the ultimate objects of right knowledge. As one extracts oil from sesame
    seed, so one can extract the ultimate realities from the conventional
    realities. For example “being,” and “man,” and “woman” are concepts
    suggesting that the things they signify possess irreducible ultimate unity.
    However, when we wisely investigate these things with the analytical
    tools of the Abhidhamma, we find that they do not possess the ultimacy
    implied by the concepts, but only a conventional reality as an assemblage
    of impermanent factors, of mental and physical processes. Thus by
    examining the conventional realities with wisdom, we eventually arrive
    at the objective actualities that lie behind our conceptual constructs. It
    is these objective actualities—the dhammas, which maintain their intrin-
    sic natures independently of the mind’s constructive functions—that
    form the ultimate realities of the Abhidhamma.

    Although ultimate realities exist as the concrete essences of things,
    they are so subtle and profound that an ordinary person who lacks training
    cannot perceive them. Such a person cannot see the ultimate realities
    because his mind is obscured by concepts, which shape reality into
    conventionally defined appearances. Only by means of wise or thorough
    attention to things (
    yoniso manasikára) can one see beyond the concepts
    and take the ultimate realities as one’s object of knowledge. Thus
    paramattha is described as that which belongs to the domain of ultimate
    or supreme knowledge.
    1

    Altogether fourfold: In the Suttas the Buddha usually analyzes a
    being or individual into five types of ultimate realities, the five aggre-
    gates (
    pañcakkhandhá): matter, feeling, perception, mental formations,
    and consciousness. In the Abhidhamma teaching the ultimates are grouped
    into the four categories enumerated in the text. The first three—con-
    sciousness, mental factors, and matter—comprise all conditioned reali-
    ties. The five aggregates of the Suttanta teaching fit within these three
    categories. The aggregate of consciousness (
    viññáṇakkhandha) is here
    comprised by consciousness (
    citta), the word citta generally being
    employed to refer to different classes of consciousness distinguished by
    their concomitants. The middle three aggregates are, in the Abhidhamma,
    all included within the category of mental factors (
    cetasikas), the mental
    states that arise along with consciousness performing diverse functions.
    The Abhidhamma philosophy enumerates fifty-two mental factors: the
    aggregates of feeling and perception are each counted as one factor; the
    aggregate of mental formations (
    saṅkhárakkhandha) of the Suttas is
    finely subdivided into fifty mental factors. The aggregate of matter is, of
    course, identical with the Abhidhamma category of matter, which will

    I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 27

    later be divided into twenty-eight types of material phenomena.

    To these three types of reality, which are conditioned, is added a fourth
    reality, which is unconditioned. That reality, which is not included in the
    five aggregates, is Nibbána, the state of final deliverance from the
    suffering inherent in conditioned existence. Thus in the Abhidhamma
    philosophy there are altogether these four ultimate realities: conscious-
    ness, mental factors, matter, and Nibbána.


    §3 Four Classes of Consciousness
    (catubbidha
    citta)


    Tattha cittaṃ táva catubbidhaṃ hoti: (i) kámávacaraṃ;

    (ii) rúpávacaraṃ; (iii) arúpávacaraṃ; (iv) lokuttarañ ti.

    Of them, consciousness, firstly, is fourfold: (i) sense-sphere
    consciousness; (ii) fine-material-sphere consciousness; (iii) immaterial-
    sphere consciousness; (iv) supramundane consciousness.


    Guide to §3

    Consciousness: The first chapter of the Abhidhammattha Saṅgahais devoted to an examination of citta, consciousness or mind, the first
    of the four ultimate realities. Consciousness is taken up for study first
    because the focus of the Buddhist analysis of reality is experience,
    and consciousness is the principal element in experience, that which
    constitutes the knowing or awareness of an object.

    The Pali word citta is derived from the verbal root citi, to cognize,
    to know. The commentators define
    citta in three ways: as agent, as
    instrument, and as activity. As the agent, citta is that which cognizes
    an object (
    árammaṇaṃ cintetì ti cittaṃ). As the instrument, citta is
    that by means of which the accompanying mental factors cognize the
    object (
    etena cintentì ti cittaṃ). As an activity, citta is itself nothing
    other than the process of cognizing the object (
    cintanamattaṃ cittaṃ).
    The third definition, in terms of sheer activity, is regarded as the
    most adequate of the three: that is, citta is fundamentally an activity
    or process of cognizing or knowing an object. It is not an agent or
    instrument possessing actual being in itself apart from the activity of
    cognizing. The definitions in terms of agent and instrument are
    proposed to refute the wrong view of those who hold that a permanent
    self or ego is the agent and instrument of cognition. The Buddhist
    thinkers point out, by means of these definitions, that it is not a self
    that performs the act of cognition, but citta or consciousness. This citta

    28 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    TABLE 1.1 :

    THE 89 AND 121 CITTAS AT A GLANCE


    MUNDANE CITTAS 81

    Sense–sphere cittas 54

    Unwholesome cittas 12

    (1) – (8) Greed–rooted cittas 8

    (9) – (10) Hatred–rooted cittas 2

    (11) – (12) Delusion–rooted cittas 2

    Rootless cittas 18

    (13) – (19) Unwholesome–resultant 7

    (20) – (27) Wholesome–resultant 8

    (28) – (30) Rootless functional 3

    Sense–sphere beautiful cittas 24

    (31) – (38) Sense–sphere wholesome 8

    (39) – (46) Sense–sphere resultant 8

    (47) – (54) Sense–sphere functional 8

    Fine–material–sphere cittas 15

    (55) – (59) Fine–material–sphere wholesome 5

    (60) – (64) Fine–material–sphere resultant 5

    (65) – (69) Fine–material–sphere functional 5

    Immaterial–sphere cittas 12

    (70) – (73) Immaterial–sphere wholesome 4

    (74) – (77) Immaterial–sphere resultant 4

    (78) – (81) Immaterial–sphere functional 4

    SUPRAMUNDANE CITTAS 8 or 40

    Supramundane wholesome cittas 4 or 20

    1. or (82) – (86) Path of stream–entry 1 or 5

    2. or (87) – (91) Path of once–returning 1 or 5

    3. or (92) – (96) Path of non–returning 1 or 5

    4. or (97) – (101) Path of Arahantship 1 or 5

      Supramundane resultant cittas 4 or 20

    5. or (102) – (106) Fruit of stream–entry 1 or 5

    6. or (107) – (111) Fruit of once–returning 1 or 5

    7. or (112) – (116) Fruit of non–returning 1 or 5

    8. or (117) – (121) Fruit of Arahantship 1 or 5

    I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 29


    is nothing other than the act of cognizing, and that act is necessarily
    impermanent, marked by rise and fall.

    To elucidate the nature of any ultimate reality, the Pali commentators
    propose four defining devices by means of which it can be delimited.
    These four devices are: (1) its characteristic (
    lakkhaṇa), i.e., the salient
    quality of the phenomenon; (2) its function (
    rasa), its performance of a
    concrete task (
    kicca) or achievement of a goal (sampatti); (3) its manifes-
    tation (
    paccupaṭṭhána), the way it presents itself within experience; and

    (4) its proximate cause (padaṭṭhána), the principal condition upon which
    it depends.

    In the case of citta, its characteristic is the knowing of an object
    (
    vijánana). Its function is to be a “forerunner” (pubbaṅgama) of the
    mental factors in that it presides over them and is always accompanied by
    them. Its manifestation—the way it appears in the meditator’s experi-
    ence—is as a continuity of processes (
    sandhána). Its proximate cause is
    mind-and-matter (
    námarúpa), because consciousness cannot arise alone,
    in the complete absence of mental factors and material phenomena.

    While citta has a single characteristic as the cognizing of an object,
    a characteristic that remains the same in all its diverse manifestations, the
    Abhidhamma distinguishes citta into a variety of types. These types, also
    called cittas, are reckoned as 89 or, by a finer method of differentiation,
    as 121. (See Table 1.1.) What we ordinarily think of as consciousness is
    really a series of cittas, momentary acts of consciousness, occurring in
    such rapid succession that we cannot detect the discrete occasions, which
    are of diverse types. The Abhidhamma not only distinguishes the types
    of consciousness, but more importantly, it also exhibits them as ordered
    into a
    cosmos, a unified and closely interwoven whole.

    To do so it employs several overlapping principles of classification.
    The first of these, introduced in the present section of the
    Saṅgaha, is the
    plane (
    bhúmi) of consciousness. There are four planes of consciousness.
    Three are mundane: the sense sphere, the fine-material sphere, and the
    immaterial sphere; the fourth plane is the supramundane. The word
    avacara, “sphere,” which qualifies the first three planes, means “that
    which moves about in, or frequents, a particular locality.” The locality
    frequented is the plane of existence (also
    bhúmi) designated by the name
    of the sphere, that is, the sensuous, the fine-material, and the immaterial
    planes of existence. However, though the three spheres of consciousness
    have a particularly close connection with the corresponding planes of
    existence, they are not identical. The spheres of consciousness are
    categories for classifying types of cittas, the planes of existence are
    realms or worlds into which beings are reborn and in which they pass
    their lives.

    30 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    A definite relation nevertheless exists between the spheres of con-
    sciousness and the planes of existence: a particular sphere of conscious-
    ness comprises those types of consciousness which are typical of the
    corresponding plane of existence and which
    frequent that plane by
    tending to arise most often there. Consciousness of a particular sphere is
    not tied to the corresponding plane, but may arise in other planes of
    existence as well; for instance, fine-material and immaterial-sphere cittas
    can arise in the sensuous plane, and sense-sphere cittas can arise in the
    fine-material and immaterial planes. But still a connection is found, in
    that a sphere of consciousness is
    typical for the plane that shares its name.
    Moreover, the kammically active cittas of any particular sphere, the cittas
    that generate kamma, tend to produce rebirth into the corresponding
    plane of existence, and if they succeed in gaining the opportunity to
    generate rebirth, they will do so only in that plane, not in any other plane.
    Hence the tie between the spheres of consciousness and the correspond-
    ing planes of existence is extremely close.

    Sense-sphere consciousness (kámávacaracitta): The word káma means
    both subjective sensuality, i.e., craving for sense pleasures, and objective
    sensuousness, i.e., the five external sense-objects—visible forms, sounds,
    smells, tastes, and tangibles. The
    kámabhúmi is the sensuous plane of
    existence, which comprises eleven realms—the four woeful states, the
    human realm, and the six sensuous heavens. Sense-sphere conscious-
    ness includes all those cittas that have their proper domain in the
    sensuous plane of existence, though they may arise in other planes as
    well.

    Fine-material-sphere consciousness (rúpávacaracitta): The fine-
    material sphere is the plane of consciousness corresponding to the fine-
    material plane of existence (
    rúpabhúmi), or the plane of consciousness
    pertaining to the states of meditative absorption called the
    rúpajjhánas.
    Any consciousness which mostly moves about in this realm is understood
    to belong to the fine-material sphere. The
    rúpajjhánas are so called
    because they are usually attained in meditation by concentrating on a
    material object (
    rúpa), which may be a device such as the earth-kasiṇa,
    etc. (see IX, §6) or the parts of one’s own body, etc. Such an object becomes
    the basis on which the jhánas are developed. The exalted states of
    consciousness attained on the basis of such objects are called
    rúpávacaracitta, consciousness of the fine-material sphere.

    Immaterial-sphere consciousness (arúpávacaracitta): The immate-
    rial sphere is the plane of consciousness corresponding to the immaterial
    plane of existence (
    arúpabhúmi), or the plane of consciousness pertain-
    ing to the immaterial absorptions—the
    arúpajjhánas. Any conscious-
    ness which mostly moves about in this realm is understood to belong to

    I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 31


    the immaterial sphere. When one meditates to attain the formless medi-
    tative states beyond the
    rúpajjhánas, one must discard all objects
    connected with material form and focus upon some non-material object,
    such as the infinity of space, etc. The exalted states of consciousness
    attained on the basis of such objects are called
    arúpávacaracitta, con-
    sciousness of the immaterial sphere.

    Supramundane consciousness (lokuttaracitta): The word lokuttara,
    supramundane, is derived from
    loka = world, and uttara = beyond,
    transcendent to. The concept of “world” is threefold: the world of living
    beings (
    sattaloka), the physical universe (okásaloka), and the world of
    formations (
    saṅkháraloka), that is, the totality of conditioned phenom-
    ena, physical and mental. The notion of world relevant here is the world
    of formations, that is, all mundane phenomena included within the five
    aggregates of clinging. That which transcends the world of conditioned
    things is the unconditioned element, Nibbána, and the types of con-
    sciousness that directly accomplish the realization of Nibbána are called
    lokuttaracitta, supramundane consciousness. The other three types are
    called, in distinction,
    lokiyacitta, mundane consciousness.

    * * *

    We thus see that consciousness can be classified by way of plane into
    four broad divisions: sense-sphere consciousness, fine-material-sphere
    consciousness, immaterial-sphere consciousness, and supramundane
    consciousness. Consciousness can also be classified on the basis of other
    principles besides plane. One principle of classification that plays an
    important role in the Abhidhamma philosophy is kind or nature (
    játi).

    With respect to its nature, consciousness divides into four classes:
    unwholesome, wholesome, resultant, and functional. Unwholesome con-
    sciousness (
    akusalacitta) is consciousness accompanied by one or an-
    other of the three unwholesome roots—greed, hatred, and delusion. Such
    consciousness is called unwholesome because it is mentally unhealthy,
    morally blameworthy, and productive of painful results. Wholesome
    consciousness (
    kusalacitta) is consciousness accompanied by the whole-
    some roots—non-greed or generosity, non-hatred or loving kindness, and
    non-delusion or wisdom. Such consciousness is mentally healthy, mor-
    ally blameless, and productive of pleasant results.

    Both wholesome and unwholesome consciousness constitute kamma,
    volitional action. Those cittas or states of consciousness that arise
    through the ripening of kamma are called resultants (
    vipáka). These
    constitute a third class of citta distinct from the former two, a class that
    comprises both the results of wholesome kamma and the results of
    unwholesome kamma. It should be understood that both kamma and its

    32 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    results are purely mental. Kamma is volitional activity associated with
    wholesome or unwholesome cittas; its results are other cittas which
    experience the maturation of kamma.

    The fourth class of consciousness, according to the division by way of
    nature, is called in Pali
    kiriya or kriyá, rendered here as “functional.” This
    type of consciousness is neither kamma nor kamma resultant. It involves
    activity, yet this activity is not kammically determinate and thus is not
    capable of producing kammic results.

    Resultant consciousness and functional consciousness are neither
    wholesome nor unwholesome. Instead, they are classified as indetermi-
    nate (
    abyákata), that is, consciousness which cannot be determined in
    terms of the dichotomy of wholesome and unwholesome.


    SENSE-SPHERE CONSCIOUSNESS—54

    (kámávacaracittáni)


    Unwholesome Consciousness—12
    (akusalacittáni)


    §4 Consciousness Rooted in Greed (lobhamúlacittáni)—8

    Tattha katamaṃ kámávacaraṃ?

    1. Somanassasahagataṃ diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam
      ekaṃ.

    2. Somanassasahagataṃ diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam
      ekaṃ.

    3. Somanassasahagataṃ diṭṭhigatavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam
      ekaṃ.

    4. Somanassasahagataṃ diṭṭhigatavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam
      ekaṃ.

    5. Upekkhásahagataṃ diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    6. Upekkhásahagataṃ diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam
      ekaṃ.

    7. Upekkhásahagataṃ diṭṭhigatavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    8. Upekkhásahagataṃ diṭṭhigatavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekan

      ti.


      Imánì aṭṭha pi lobhasahagatacittáni náma.

      Amongst them what pertains to the sense sphere?

      1. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, associated with wrong

        view, unprompted.

        1. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 33


      2. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, associated with wrong
        view, prompted.

      3. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, dissociated from
        wrong view, unprompted.

      4. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, dissociated from
        wrong view, prompted.

      5. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
        with wrong view, unprompted.

      6. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
        with wrong view, prompted.

      7. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, dissociated
        from wrong view, unprompted.

      8. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, dissociated
        from wrong view, prompted.

        These eight types of consciousness are accompanied by greed.


        Guide to §4

        Unwholesome consciousness: In analyzing unwholesome conscious-
        ness, the Abhidhamma first classifies it by way of its most prominent root
        (
        múla, hetu), whether greed (lobha), hatred (dosa), or delusion (moha).
        Greed and hatred, according to the Abhidhamma, are mutually exclusive:
        they cannot coexist within the same citta. Thus those states of conscious-
        ness in which greed is the principal root are termed “cittas rooted in
        greed,” of which eight are enumerated. Those states in which hatred is the
        principal root are termed “cittas rooted in hatred,” of which two are
        enumerated. The third unwholesome root, delusion, is present in every
        state of unwholesome consciousness. Thus, in those cittas rooted in greed
        and in those rooted in hatred, delusion is also found as an underlying root.
        Nevertheless, there are types of consciousness in which delusion arises
        without the accompaniment of greed or hatred. These cittas— two in
        number—are called consciousness involving sheer delusion or “cittas
        rooted in delusion.” (See Table 1.2.)

        Consciousness rooted in greed (lobhamúlacittáni): The Abhidhamma
        begins its analysis of the three classes of unwholesome consciousness by
        distinguishing the different cittas rooted in greed, as greed is always
        mentioned first among the unwholesome roots. The Pali word
        lobhaincludes all varieties of greed ranging from intense passion or cupidity
        to subtle liking and attachment. Consciousness rooted in greed is divided
        into eight types on the basis of three principles of dichotomization. One
        is the concomitant feeling (
        vedaná), whether a feeling of joy or

        34 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


        equanimity; the second is the presence or absence of wrong view; the third
        is the consideration whether the citta is prompted or unprompted. From
        the permutations of these three distinctions, eight types of consciousness
        are obtained.

        Accompanied by joy (somanassasahagata): The word somanassa,
        joy, is derived from
        su = pleasant + manas = mind; thus it means literally
        a pleasant mental state.
        Somanassa is a type of feeling, specifically,
        pleasant mental feeling. All consciousness is accompanied by some
        feeling, which may be bodily or mental, pleasant, painful, or neutral.
        Somanassa is a feeling which is mental rather than bodily, and pleasant
        rather than painful or neutral. This feeling “accompanies” (
        sahagata) this
        type of consciousness in that it is inextricably blended with it, just as when
        the waters of two rivers meet, they blend together and cannot be distin-
        guished.

        The Abhidhamma describes four cittas rooted in greed that are accom-
        panied by joy. The other four cittas in this class are
        accompanied by (upekkhásahagata). The word upekkhá is often used in the
        Pali texts to signify the lofty spiritual quality of equanimity or impartial-
        ity, the state of mind which cannot be swayed by biases and preferences.
        Here, however, the word is used simply to mean neutral feeling, a mental
        feeling which leans neither towards gladness nor dejection. In contrast to
        pleasant and painful feelings, which experience the object in diametri-
        cally opposed ways,
        upekkhá experiences the object in a neutral manner.
        Thus
        upekkhá or equanimous feeling is also called adukkhamasukhá, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling.

        Associated with wrong view (diṭṭhigatasampayutta): Having di-
        vided the greed-rooted consciousness into two classes on the basis of
        feeling—as accompanied by joy or by equanimity—the text again
        divides that same consciousness on the basis of its relationship to wrong
        view. The word
        diṭṭhi means view, and unless it is specified by the prefix
        sammá, “right,” it generally refers to wrong view (micchá diṭṭhi).2 Wrong
        view accompanies the consciousness rooted in greed as a conviction,
        belief, opinion or rationalization. The view may either reinforce the
        attachment from which the consciousness springs by providing it with a
        rational justification, or the view itself may be an object of attachment in
        its own right. Wrong view is associated with four types of consciousness
        in all—two accompanied by joy and two accompanied by equanimity.
        The other four are
        dissociated from wrong view (diṭṭhigatavippayutta),
        in that greed operates in them without any accompanying justification
        provided by a view.

        Unprompted (asaòkhárika): The third differentiating principle of
        consciousness rooted in greed is the presence or absence of prompting.


        35

        TABLE 1.2: THE UNWHOLESOME CITTAS



        Root

        Feeling

        Assoc. with

        Dissoc. from

        Prompted

        NO.

        1

        Greed

        Joy

        Wrong view

        No

        (1)

        2

        "

        "

        Wrong view

        Yes

        (2)

        3

        "

        "

        Wrong view

        No

        (3)

        4

        "

        "

        Wrong view

        Yes

        (4)

        5

        "

        Equanimity

        Wrong view

        No

        (5)

        6

        "

        "

        Wrong view

        Yes

        (6)

        7

        "

        "

        Wrong view

        No

        (7)

        8

        "

        "

        Wrong view

        Yes

        (8)

        9

        Hatred

        Displeasure

        Aversion

        No

        (9)

        10

        "

        "

        "

        Yes

        (10)

        11

        Delusion

        Equanimity

        Doubt

        (11)

        12

        "

        "

        Restlessness

        (12)


        I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS

        KEY: … = nil.

        36 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


        The multisignificant word saṅkhára is used here in a sense specific to the
        Abhidhamma to mean prompting, instigation, inducement (
        payoga), or
        the application of an expedient (
        upáya). This prompting may be imposed
        by others, or it may originate from within oneself; the means employed
        may be bodily, verbal, or purely mental. The instigation is bodily when
        someone induces us by bodily means to give rise to particular types of
        consciousness which may issue in corresponding actions. It is verbal
        when the means employed is another’s command or power of persuasion.
        And it is mental when, either by reflection or the determination of the will,
        we make a deliberate endeavour, despite inner resistance, to generate
        certain types of consciousness. Prompting can be associated with either
        unwholesome or wholesome states of consciousness, as will be shown
        below. That consciousness which arises spontaneously, without prompt-
        ing or inducement by expedient means, is called
        unprompted. That
        consciousness which arises with prompting or inducement by expedient
        means is called
        prompted (sasaṅkhárika). In the greed-rooted class of
        consciousness, four types are unprompted or spontaneous, and four types
        are prompted or induced.


        §5 Consciousness Rooted in Hatred (dosamúlacittáni)—2

    9. Domanassasahagataṃ paṭighasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    10. Domanassasahagataṃ paṭighasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam
      ekan
      ti.

      Imáni dve pi paṭighasampayuttacittáni náma.

      1. One consciousness, accompanied by displeasure, associated
        with aversion, unprompted.

      2. One consciousness, accompanied by displeasure, associated
        with aversion, prompted.

        These two types of consciousness are associated with aversion.


        Guide to §5

        Consciousness rooted in hatred (dosamúlacittáni): The second class
        of unwholesome consciousness analyzed by the Abhidhamma is that
        rooted in hatred, the second of the three unwholesome roots. This
        consciousness is of two kinds, distinguished simply as unprompted and
        prompted. In contrast to consciousness rooted in greed, which can arise
        with alternative types of feeling—either joy or equanimity—conscious-
        ness rooted in hatred arises with only one kind of feeling, that of
        displeasure. Again, unlike consciousness rooted in greed, consciousness
        rooted in hatred does not arise in association with wrong view. Although

        1. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 37


          wrong view can motivate acts of hatred, according to the Abhidhamma
          the wrong view does not arise simultaneously with hate, in the same citta,
          but at an earlier time in a different type of citta.

          Accompanied by displeasure (domanassasahagata): The feeling
          that accompanies states of consciousness rooted in hatred is displeasure.
          The Pali word
          domanassa, derived from du = bad + manas = mind, signifies
          unpleasant mental feeling. This feeling accompanies only consciousness
          rooted in hatred, and such consciousness is necessarily accompanied by
          this feeling. Thus displeasure, or unpleasant mental feeling, is always
          unwholesome; in this respect it differs from unpleasant bodily feeling,
          which is kammically indeterminate, and from joy and equanimity, which
          may be wholesome, unwholesome, or indeterminate.

          Associated with aversion (paṭighasampayutta): Whereas conscious-
          ness rooted in greed is explicitly said to be accompanied by greed,
          consciousness rooted in hatred (
          dosa) is expounded under the synony-
          mous term aversion (
          paṭigha). Paṭigha includes all degrees of aversion,
          from violent rage to subtle irritation. The word means literally “striking
          against,” which indicates a mental attitude of resistance, rejection, or
          destruction.

          Though displeasure and aversion always accompany each other, their
          qualities should be distinguished. Displeasure (
          domanassa) is the expe-
          rience of unpleasant feeling, aversion (
          paṭigha) is the mental attitude of
          ill will or irritation. In terms of the five aggregates, displeasure is included
          in the aggregate of feeling (
          vedanákkhandha), while aversion is included
          in the aggregate of mental formations (
          saṅkhárakkhandha).


          §6 Consciousness Rooted in Delusion
          (mohamúlacittáni)—2

      3. Upekkhásahagataṃ vicikicchásampayuttam ekaṃ.

      4. Upekkhásahagataṃ uddhaccasampayuttam ekan ti.
        Imáni
        dve momúhacittáni náma.

      Icc’evaṃ sabbathá pi dvádasákusalacittáni samattáni.

    11. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
      with doubt.

    12. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
      with restlessness.

    These two types of consciousness involve sheer delusion.

    Thus end, in all, the twelve types of unwholesome consciousness.

    38


    Guide to §6

    I. CITTASAṄGAHA

    Consciousness rooted in delusion (mohamúlacittáni): This last class
    of unwholesome consciousness comprises those cittas in which the other
    two unwholesome roots—greed and hatred—are absent. Usually delusion
    leads to the arising of greed or hatred as well. But though delusion is
    always present as a root in cittas accompanied by greed and hate, its
    function there is subordinate. In these last two types of unwholesome
    consciousness, however, delusion alone is present as an unwholesome
    root, and thus they are classified as consciousness rooted in delusion.
    Because the function of delusion is especially evident in these two types
    of consciousness, they are also described as consciousness
    involving delusion (momúhacitta), the Pali word momúha being an
    intensification of
    moha, delusion. There are two types of consciousness
    in which delusion is especially prominent: one is associated with doubt,
    the other with restlessness.

    Accompanied by equanimity (upekkhásahagata): Even if a desirable
    object is present when a delusion-rooted consciousness arises, it is not
    experienced as desirable and thus pleasant mental feeling (
    somanassa)
    does not arise. Similarly, an undesirable object is not experienced as such
    and thus unpleasant mental feeling (
    domanassa) does not arise. Moreover,
    when the mind is obsessed by doubt or restlessneshs, it is not capable of
    forming a determinate positive or negative evaluation of the object, and
    thus cannot be associated with either pleasant or painful feeling. For these
    reasons the feeling that accompanies these two cittas is neutral, the feeling
    of equanimity (
    upekkhá).

    Associated with doubt (vicikicchásampayutta): The commentators
    give two etymological explanations of the word
    vicikicchá: (i) vexation
    due to perplexed thinking; and (ii) being devoid of the remedy consisting
    in knowledge.
    3 Both these explanations indicate that vicikicchá, doubt,
    means perplexity, skepticism or indecisiveness, due to the prevalence of
    delusion. The citta associated with this doubt is the first type of conscious-
    ness rooted in delusion.

    Associated with restlessness (uddhaccasampayutta): Restlessness is
    disquietude, mental distraction, or agitation, and the citta infected by this
    restlessness is the second type of consciousness rooted in delusion.
    According to the Abhidhamma, the mental factor of restlessness is found
    in all twelve unwholesome cittas (see II, §13), but in the other eleven cittas
    its force (
    satti) is relatively weak and its function is secondary. However,
    in this last type of citta, restlessness becomes the chief factor; thus this last
    type alone is described as
    consciousness associated with restlessness.

    It should be noted that no qualification in terms of prompted or
    unprompted is attached to the description of these two cittas rooted in

    I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 39


    delusion. The commentators offer different explanations for this omis-
    sion. The
    Vibhávinì-Ṭìká and the Mahá-Ṭìká to the Visuddhimaggamaintain that the distinction in terms of prompting is omitted because
    neither alternative is applicable. They state that since these two cittas lack
    natural acuteness, they cannot be described as unprompted; and since
    there is no occasion when one deliberately tries to arouse them, they
    cannot be described as prompted. Ledi Sayadaw, however, rejects this
    position, holding these cittas to be exclusively unprompted. He contends:
    “Since these two cittas occur in beings naturally, by their own intrinsic
    nature, they need not be aroused by any inducement or expedient means.
    They always occur without … trouble or difficulty. Therefore they are
    exclusively unprompted, and this should be seen as the reason the
    distinction by way of prompting is not mentioned here.”


    §7 Summary of Unwholesome Consciousness

    Aṭṭhadhá lobhamúláni
    Dosamúláni
    ca dvidhá
    Mohamúláni
    ca dve’ti
    Dvádas’
    ákusalá siyuṃ.


    Eight are rooted in greed, two in hatred, and two in delusion.

    Thus there are twelve types of unwholesome consciousness.


    Guide to §7

    The eight types of consciousness rooted in greed may be illustrated
    by the following cases:

    1. With joy, holding the view that there is no evil in stealing, a boy
      spontaneously steals an apple from a fruit stall.

    2. With joy, holding the same view, he steals an apple through the
      prompting of a friend.

    3-4 The same as 1 and 2 except that the boy does not hold any wrong
    view.

    5-8 These four are parallel to 1-4 except that the stealing is done with
    neutral feeling.

    The two types rooted in hatred may be illustrated thus:

  2. With hatred one man murders another in a spontaneous fit of rage.

  3. With hatred one man murders another after premeditation.

    40 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    The two types rooted in delusion may be illustrated thus:

  4. A person, due to delusion, doubts the enlightenment of the
    Buddha or the efficacy of the Dhamma as a way to deliverance.

  5. A person is so distracted in mind that he cannot focus his mind
    on any object.


Rootless Consciousness—18
(ahetukacittáni)


§8 Unwholesome-Resultant Consciousness
(akusalavipákacittáni)—7

(1) Upekkhásahagataṃ cakkhuviññáṇaṃ; tathá (2) sotaviññáṇaṃ,

(3) ghánaviññáṇaṃ, (4) jivháviññáṇaṃ; (5) dukkhasahagataṃ

káyaviññáṇaṃ; (6) upekkhásahagataṃ sampaṭicchanacittaṃ; (7)
upekkhásahagataṃ
santìraṇacittañ ti. Imáni satta pi akusala-
vipákacittáni
náma.

(1) Eye-consciousness accompanied by equanimity; as are (2)
ear-consciousness, (3) nose-consciousness, (4) tongue-consciousness;

(5) body-consciousness accompanied by pain; (6) receiving
consciousness accompanied by equanimity; (7) investigating
consciousness accompanied by equanimity. These seven are the
unwholesome- resultant types of consciousness.


Guide to §8

Rootless consciousness (ahetukacittáni): The word ahetuka means
without roots, and qualifies those types of consciousness that are devoid
of the mental factors called
hetu, roots. These types, eighteen in number,
do not contain any of the three unwholesome roots—greed, hatred, and
delusion—nor do they contain the three bright roots—non-greed, non-
hatred, and non-delusion—which may be either wholesome or indetermi-
nate. Since a root is a factor which helps to establish stability in a citta,
those cittas which lack roots are weaker than those which possess them.
The eighteen cittas in this class fall into three groups: unwholesome-
resultants, wholesome-resultants, and functional consciousness. (See
Table 1.3.)

Unwholesome-resultant consciousness (akusalavipákacittáni): The
first category of rootless consciousness comprises the seven types of
consciousness that result from unwholesome kamma. These types of
consciousness are not themselves unwholesome but kammically

I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 41


indeterminate (abyákata). The word “unwholesome” (akusala) here
means that they are resultants produced by unwholesome kamma; the
word qualifies, not these states of consciousness themselves, but the
kamma from which they are born.

Eye-consciousness (cakkhuviññáụa): The first five types of resultant
consciousness in both classes, the unwholesome-resultants and the
wholesome-resultants, are those that are based on the sensitive matter
(
pasáda) of the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and body. These ten cittas are
collectively designated the “two sets of fivefold sense consciousness”
(
dvi-pañcaviññáṇa).

Eye-consciousness arises based upon eye-sensitivity (cakkhu-pasáda).
Its function is simply to see, to cognize directly and immediately, the
visible object. The other types of sense consciousness also arise based
upon their respective sensitivity, and their function is simply to cognize
their respective objects—to hear sounds, to smell smells, to taste tastes,
and to feel tangibles. In the case of unwholesome-resultants, the object
is unpleasant or undesirable (
aniṭṭha). However, the impact of the object
on the first four sense faculties is weak and thus the associated feeling is
neutral, i.e., equanimity. But in the case of unwholesome-resultant body-
consciousness, the object’s impact on the body faculty is strong, and thus
the accompanying feeling is bodily pain (
dukkha).

Receiving consciousness (sampaṭicchanacitta): When a sense object
impinges on a sense faculty at one of the five sense doors, e.g. a visible
form on the eye, first there arises a citta adverting to the object. Imme-
diately after this, eye-consciousness arises seeing that form. This act of
seeing lasts only for a single mind-moment. Immediately thereafter arises
a citta which apprehends or “receives” the object that had been seen by
eye-consciousness. This is the receiving consciousness, which results
from the same type of kamma that produced the eye-consciousness.

Investigating consciousness (santìraụacitta): This is another rootless
resultant consciousness, which arises immediately after the receiving
consciousness. Its function is to investigate or examine the object that had
just been cognized by the sense consciousness and apprehended by the
receiving consciousness. The receiving consciousness and the investi-
gating consciousness arise only in the five sense doors, and both are
results of past kamma.


§9 Wholesome-Resultant Rootless Consciousness
(kusalavipáka-ahetukacittáni)—8

(8) Upekkhásahagataṃ cakkhuviññáṇaṃ; tathá (9) sotaviññáṇaṃ,

  1. ghánaviññáṇaṃ, (11) jivháviññáṇaṃ; (12) sukhasahagataṃ

    42 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    káyaviññáṇaṃ; (13) upekkhásahagataṃ sampaṭicchanacittaṃ; (14)
    somanassasahagataṃ
    santìraṇacittaṃ; (15) upekkhásahagataṃ
    santìraṇacittañ
    ti. Imáni aṭṭha pi kusalavipákáhetukacittáni náma.

    (8) Eye-consciousness accompanied by equanimity; as are (9)
    ear-consciousness, (10) nose-consciousness, (11) tongue-
    consciousness; (12) body-consciousness accompanied by pleasure;

    (13) receiving consciousness accompanied by equanimity; (14)
    investigating consciousness accompanied by joy; (15) investigating
    consciousness accompanied by equanimity. These eight are the
    wholesome-resultant types of rootless consciousness.


    Guide to § 9

    Wholesome-resultant rootless consciousness (kusalavipáka-: The eight types of consciousness in this category are
    results of wholesome kamma. In the designation of the previous class, the
    word
    ahetuka was not included because all unwholesome-resultants are
    rootless; there are no unwholesome-resultants that are accompanied by
    roots. However, as will be seen later, wholesome-resultants can be
    accompanied by roots, namely, by beautiful roots that are kammically
    indeterminate (
    abyákata). To distinguish the wholesome-resultants that
    are rootless from those with roots, the word
    ahetuka is included in their
    class designation.

    Seven of these types of consciousness correspond to the unwholesome-
    resultants. But whereas the unwholesome-resultants arise in regard to an
    undesirable object, the wholesome-resultants arise in regard to an object
    that is desirable (
    iṭṭha) or extremely desirable (ati-iṭṭha). The first four
    sense consciousnesses here, like their counterparts, are associated with
    equanimity, that is, neutral feeling; but the impact of the object on the
    body being strong, the feeling associated with wholesome-resultant
    body-consciousness is that of bodily pleasure (
    sukha).

    The rootless wholesome-resultants include one type of consciousness
    without a counterpart among the unwholesome-resultants. This is the
    investigating consciousness accompanied by joy (
    somanassa). Whereas
    the investigating consciousness resulting from unwholesome kamma is
    always accompanied by neutral feeling, that resulting from wholesome
    kamma is twofold: one accompanied by neutral feeling, arisen in regard
    to a moderately desirable object, and one accompanied by joy, which
    arises when the object is especially desirable. Thus there are eight types
    of consciousness in this class, in contrast to the seven types found in the
    former class.

    I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 43

    TABLE 1.3: THE ROOTLESS CITTAS



    Kind

    Feeling

    Citta

    No.

    1

    Unwholesome-
    resultant

    Equanimity

    Eye-consciousness

    (13)

    2

    "

    "

    Ear-consciousness

    (14)

    3

    "

    "

    Nose-consciousness

    (15)

    4

    "

    "

    Tongue-consciousness

    (16)

    5

    "

    Pain

    Body-consciousness

    (17)

    6

    "

    Equanimity

    Receiving

    (18)

    7

    "

    "

    Investigating

    (19)

    8

    Wholesome-
    resultant

    Equanimity

    Eye-consciousness

    (20)

    9

    "

    "

    Ear-consciousness

    (21)

    10

    "

    "

    Nose-consciousness

    (22)

    11

    "

    "

    Tongue-consciousness

    (23)

    12

    "

    Pleasure

    Body-consciousness

    (24)

    13

    "

    Equanimity

    Receiving

    (25)

    14

    "

    Joy

    Investigating

    (26)

    15

    "

    Equanimity

    Investigating

    (27)

    16

    Functional

    Equanimity

    Five-door adverting

    (28)

    17

    "

    "

    Mind-door adverting

    (29)

    18

    "

    Joy

    Smile-producing

    (30)

    44 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    §10 Rootless Functional Consciousness
    (ahetukakiriya-cittáni)—3

    (16) Upekkhásahagataṃ pañcadvárávajjanacittaṃ; tathá (17)
    manodvárávajjanacittaṃ;
    (18) somanassasahagataṃ hasituppáda-
    cittañ
    ti. Imáni tìṇi pi ahetukakiriyacittáni náma.

    Icc’evaṃ sabbathá pi aṭṭháras’ áhetukacittáni samattáni.

    (16) Five-sense-door adverting consciousness accompanied by
    equanimity; as is (17) mind-door adverting consciousness; (18)
    smile-producing consciousness accompanied by joy. These three are
    the rootless functional types of consciousness.

    Thus end, in all, the eighteen types of rootless consciousness.


    Guide to §10

    Rootless functional consciousness (ahetukakiriyacittáni): The re-
    maining three types of consciousness among the
    ahetukas are not kammic
    results. They belong to the category called
    kiriya, rendered here as
    “functional” to indicate that they perform tasks which do not have any
    kammic potency. Such types of consciousness are neither causal kamma
    nor the result of kamma. Within this category, three types of conscious-
    ness are rootless, the rest (described later) are with roots.

    Five-sense-door adverting consciousness (pañcadvárávajjanacitta):
    When an external sense object impinges on one of the five physical sense
    organs, before the appropriate sense consciousness can arise—e.g. eye-
    consciousness seeing a form—another consciousness must have arisen
    first. This consciousness is the five-sense-door adverting consciousness,
    which has the function of adverting (
    ávajjana) to whatever object is
    presenting itself at one of the five sense doors (
    dvára). This consciousness
    does not see, hear, smell, taste, or touch the object. It simply turns to the
    object, thereby enabling the sense consciousness to arise in immediate
    succession.

    Mind-door adverting consciousness (manodvárávajjanacitta): This
    type of consciousness can arise either in a cognitive process occurring at
    the five sense doors or in a process occurring at the mind door. In each case
    it performs a different function. When it occurs in a five-door process it
    is called the
    votthapanacitta, determining consciousness. Its function
    then is to determine, or define, the object that has been cognized by sense
    consciousness. In the five-door process, determining consciousness
    succeeds the investigating consciousness. After the investigating con-
    sciousness has examined the object, the determining consciousness
    discriminates it.

    I. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 45


    In a mind-door process—a cognitive process that occurs through the
    internal ideation faculty—this same type of consciousness performs
    another function. Its function then is to advert to the object appearing at
    the mind door. In such a role this citta is known as the mind-door adverting
    consciousness.

    Smile-producing consciousness (hasituppádacitta): This is a citta
    peculiar to Arahants, including Buddhas and Paccekabuddhas who are
    also types of Arahants. Its function is to cause Arahants to smile about sense-
    sphere phenomena. According to the Abhidhamma, Arahants may smile with
    one of five cittas—the four beautiful sense-sphere functional cittas (I, §15)
    and the rootless smile-producing consciousness mentioned here.


    §11 Summary of Rootless Consciousness

    Satt’ ákusalapákáni puññapákáni aṭṭhadhá
    Kriyácittáni
    tìṇì ti aṭṭhárasa ahetuká.

    Seven are unwholesome-resultants. Wholesome-resultants are
    eightfold. Three are functionals. Thus the rootless are eighteen.


    §12 Beautiful Consciousness
    (sobhanacittáni)

    Pápáhetukamuttáni sobhanánì ti vuccare
    Ekúnasaṭṭhi
    cittáni ath’ekanavutì pi vá.

    Excluding those that are evil and the rootless, the rest are called
    “beautiful.” They number either fifty-nine or ninety-one.


    Guide to §12

    Beautiful consciousness (sobhanacittáni): Beautiful consciousness
    includes all cittas “excluding those that are evil,” that is, the twelve types
    of unwholesome consciousness, and “the rootless,” the eighteen types
    that are utterly devoid of roots. This type of consciousness is called
    beautiful because it is accompanied by beautiful mental factors (
    cetasikas

    —see II, §§ 5-8).

    It should be understood that the beautiful (sobhana) has a wider range
    than the wholesome (
    kusala). The beautiful includes all wholesome
    cittas, but it also includes resultant and functional cittas that possess
    beautiful mental factors. These latter cittas are not wholesome but
    kammically indeterminate (
    abyákata). The beautiful comprises the twenty-
    four sense-sphere cittas (to be defined just below) as well as all fine-
    material-sphere cittas, immaterial-sphere cittas, and supramundane cittas.

    46 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    Those cittas other than the beautiful are called asobhana, non-beautiful.
    Either fifty-nine or ninety-one: The fifty-nine beautiful cittas are
    obtained thus: 24 sense-sphere + 15 fine-material-sphere + 12 immaterial-
    sphere + 8 supramundane. A total of ninety-one is obtained by dividing
    the supramundane cittas into forty types rather than eight, as will be

    explained below (I, §§30-31).


    Sense-Sphere Beautiful Consciousness—24
    (kámávacara-sobhanacittáni)


    §13 Sense-Sphere Wholesome Consciousness
    (kámávacara-kusalacittáni)—8

    1. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    2. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    3. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    4. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    5. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    6. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    7. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    8. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekan ti.
      Imáni
      aṭṭha pi sahetuka-kámávacara-kusalacittáni náma.

      1. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, associated with
        knowledge, unprompted.

      2. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, associated with
        knowledge, prompted.

      3. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, dissociated from
        knowledge, unprompted.

      4. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, dissociated from
        knowledge, prompted.

      5. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
        with knowledge, unprompted.

      6. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
        with knowledge, prompted.

      7. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, dissociated
        from knowledge, unprompted.

      8. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, dissociated
        from knowledge, prompted.

        1. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 47


          These are the eight types of sense-sphere wholesome consciousness
          with roots.


          Guide to §13

          Sense-sphere wholesome consciousness (kámávacara-kusalacittáni):
          This class of consciousness is divided into eight types on the basis of three
          principles of dichotomization. One is the concomitant feeling, which in
          four cases is joy (
          somanassa), i.e., pleasant mental feeling, and in four
          cases equanimity (
          upekkhá), i.e., neutral mental feeling; a second is the
          presence or absence of knowledge; and a third is the dyad of unprompted
          and prompted. (See Table 1.4.)

          Associated with knowledge (ñáụasampayutta): Knowledge compre-
          hends things as they are (
          yathásabhávaṃ). In the consciousness associ-
          ated with knowledge, the word
          ñáṇa refers to the mental factor of wisdom
          (
          paññá-cetasika), which also represents the root non-delusion (amoha).
          Consciousness
          dissociated from knowledge (ñáṇavippayutta) lacks this
          factor of wisdom, but it does not involve ignorance (
          avijjá) or delusion
          (
          moha), which pertains only to unwholesome consciousness.

          Unprompted: According to the commentary, one does a good deed
          without prompting due to physical and mental fitness, good food and
          climate, etc., and as a result of having performed similar deeds in the past.


          TABLE 1.4: THE SENSE-SPHERE BEAUTIFUL CITTAS



          Feeling

          Knowledge

          Prompted

          Wh.

          Rst.

          Fnc.

          1

          Joy

          Assoc. with

          No

          (31)

          (39)

          (47)

          2

          "

          "

          Yes

          (32)

          (40)

          (48)

          3

          "

          Dissoc. from

          No

          (33)

          (41)

          (49)

          4

          "

          "

          Yes

          (34)

          (42)

          (50)

          5

          Equanimity

          Assoc. with

          No

          (35)

          (43)

          (51)

          6

          "

          "

          Yes

          (36)

          (44)

          (52)

          7

          "

          Dissoc. from

          No

          (37)

          (45)

          (53)

          8

          "

          "

          Yes

          (38)

          (46)

          (54)

          48 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


          Prompting occurs through inducement by another or by personal delib-
          eration, as explained above (p.36).

          With roots (sahetuka): The four wholesome cittas associated with
          knowledge possess all three wholesome roots; the four dissociated from
          knowledge possess non-greed or generosity and non-hate or loving
          kindness, but lack non-delusion.

          The eight types of wholesome sense-sphere consciousness may be
          illustrated by the following examples:

          1. Someone joyfully performs a generous deed, understanding that
            this is a wholesome deed, spontaneously without prompting.

          2. Someone performs the same good deed, with understanding,
            after deliberation or prompting by another.

          3. Someone joyfully performs a generous deed, without prompt-
            ing, but without understanding that this is a wholesome deed.

          4. Someone joyfully performs a generous deed, without under-
            standing, after deliberation or prompting by another.

          5-8 These types of consciousness should be understood in the same
          way as the preceding four, but with neutral feeling instead of
          joyful feeling.

          These eight types of consciousness are called wholesome (kusala) or
          meritorious (
          puñña) because they inhibit the defilements and produce
          good results. They arise in worldlings (
          puthujjana) and trainees (sekkha)—
          noble disciples at the three lower stages of stream-enterer, once-returner,
          and non-returner—whenever they perform wholesome bodily deeds and
          verbal deeds and whenever they generate wholesome states of mind
          pertaining to the sense sphere. These cittas do not arise in Arahants, whose
          actions are without kammic potency.


          §14 Sense-Sphere Resultant Consciousness
          (kámávacara-vipákacittáni)—8

      9. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

      10. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

      11. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

      12. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

      13. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

      14. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

      15. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

      16. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekan ti.
        Imáni
        aṭṭha pi sahetuka-kámávacara-vipákacittáni náma.

        1. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 49


    9. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, associated with
      knowledge, unprompted.

    10. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, associated with
      knowledge, prompted.

    11. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, dissociated from
      knowledge, unprompted.

    12. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, dissociated from
      knowledge, prompted.

    13. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
      with knowledge, unprompted.

    14. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
      with knowledge, prompted.

    15. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, dissociated
      from knowledge, unprompted.

    16. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, dissociated
      from knowledge, prompted.

      These are the eight types of sense-sphere resultant consciousness
      with roots.


      Guide to §14

      Sense-sphere resultant consciousness with roots (sahetuka-: As there are eight wholesome types of
      consciousness, there are also eight corresponding types of resultant
      consciousness. These eight cittas are kammic effects of the sense-sphere
      wholesome cittas. In order to differentiate them from the rootless resultants
      due to wholesome kamma, these are described as
      sahetuka, “with roots.”
      Both the rootless wholesome-resultants and the rooted resultants are
      produced by the same eight wholesome cittas, but the two sets differ in
      their qualities and functions. These differences will become clearer when
      we discuss the functions of consciousness (III, §§8-11).


      §15 Sense-Sphere Functional Consciousness
      (kámávacara-kriyácittáni)—8

    17. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    18. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    19. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    20. Somanassasahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    21. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    22. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

      50 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


    23. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhárikam ekaṃ.

    24. Upekkhásahagataṃ ñáṇavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhárikam ekan ti.
      Imáni
      aṭṭha pi sahetuka-kámávacara-kriyácittáni náma.
      Icc’evaṃ
      sabbathá pi catuvìsati sahetuka-kámávacara-kusala-

    vipáka-kriyácittáni samattáni.

    1. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, associated with
      knowledge, unprompted.

    2. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, associated with
      knowledge, prompted.

    3. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, dissociated from
      knowledge, unprompted.

    4. One consciousness, accompanied by joy, dissociated from
      knowledge, prompted.

    5. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
      with knowledge, unprompted.

    6. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, associated
      with knowledge, prompted.

    7. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, dissociated
      from knowledge, unprompted.

    8. One consciousness, accompanied by equanimity, dissociated
      from knowledge, prompted.

      These are the eight types of sense-sphere functional consciousness
      with roots.

      Thus end, in all, the twenty-four types of sense-sphere
      consciousness with roots—wholesome, resultant, and functional.


      Guide to §15

      Sense-sphere functional consciousness with roots (sahetuka-): Whereas the eight wholesome sense-sphere
      cittas arise in worldlings and trainees, they do not arise in Buddhas and
      Arahants, who have transcended the cycle of kamma and future becoming
      in the realms of rebirth. However, in Buddhas and Arahants there arise
      eight types of consciousness which are their exact counterparts. These are
      called
      kriyá (kiriya) or functional cittas because they merely perform their
      functions without leaving any kammic deposit. Because a Buddha or an
      Arahant has eradicated all traces of ignorance and craving, the causes of
      rebirth, there is no way his good actions could generate future results.
      They merely arise, accomplish some function, and then fall away without
      residue.

      1. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 51


        §16 Summary of Sense-Sphere Beautiful Consciousness

        Vedaná-ñáṇa-saṅkhárabhedena catuvìsati
        Sahetu-kámávacarapuññapákakriyá
        matá.

        The sense-sphere consciousness with roots—understood as
        wholesome, resultant, and functional—becomes twenty-four by
        classification according to feeling, knowledge, and prompting.


        Guide to §16

        Sense-sphere consciousness with roots becomes threefold as wholesome,
        resultant, and functional, and each of these divides into eight through
        permutation by way of feeling—either joyful or neutral; by way of
        presence or absence of knowledge; and by way of spontaneity or prompt-
        ing. Thus there are twenty-four types of consciousness altogether—the
        twelve connected with knowledge having three roots, the other twelve
        having two roots. These three groups are often referred to as the
        mahákusalas, mahávipákas, and mahákiriyas—the great wholesome
        cittas, the great resultants, and the great functionals—though the teachers
        give different explanations of the prefix
        mahá, meaning “great.”


        §17 Summary of Sense-Sphere Consciousness

        Káme tevìsapákáni puññápuññáni vìsati
        Ekádasa
        kriyá ti catupaññása sabbathá.

        In the sense-sphere twenty-three are resultant, twenty are
        wholesome and unwholesome, and eleven are functional. Thus there
        are altogether fifty-four.


        Guide to §17

        All types of consciousness experienced in the sense-sphere total fifty-
        four. These are classified as follows:

        By way of kind:

        8 great wholesome

        12 unwholesome

        23 resultants:

        7 unwholesome-resultants

        8 rootless wholesome-resultants

        8 great wholesome-resultants

        52


        11 functionals:

        1. CITTASAṄGAHA

          3 rootless functionals

          8 great functionals

          By way of feeling:

          18 with joy

          32 with equanimity

          2 with displeasure

          1 with pleasure

          1 with pain

          By way of association with knowledge and views:

          16 associated

          16 dissociated

          22 neither

          By way of prompting:

          17 unprompted

          17 prompted

          20 neither (= rootless and deluded).


          The traditional monastic way of teaching Abhidhamma urges students
          not only to reflect on these lists but to know them well by heart. They are
          very important when one studies the mental factors comprised in these
          types of cittas, as expounded in the next chapter and in the Abhidhamma
          Piṭaka.


          FINE-MATERIAL-SPHERE CONSCIOUSNESS—15

          (rúpávacaracittáni)


          §18 Fine-material-Sphere Wholesome Consciousness
          (rúpávacara-kusalacittáni)—5

          1. Vitakka-vicára-pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ paṭhamajjhána-
            kusalacittaṃ.

          2. Vicára-pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ dutiyajjhána-kusalacittaṃ.

          3. Pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ tatiyajjhána-kusalacittaṃ.

          4. Sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ catutthajjhána-kusalacittaṃ.

          5. Upekkh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ pañcamajjhána-kusalacittañ ti.
            Imáni
            pañca pi rúpávacara-kusalacittáni náma.

            1. First jhána wholesome consciousness together with initial
              application, sustained application, zest, happiness, and one-pointedness.

              1. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 53


            2. Second jhána wholesome consciousness together with sustained
              application, zest, happiness, and one-pointedness.

            3. Third jhána wholesome consciousness together with zest,
              happiness, and one-pointedness.

            4. Fourth jhána wholesome consciousness together with happiness
              and one-pointedness.

            5. Fifth jhána wholesome consciousness together with equanimity
              and one-pointedness.

            These are the five types of fine-material-sphere wholesome
            consciousness.


            §19 Fine-material-Sphere Resultant Consciousness
            (rúpávacara-vipákacittáni)—5

            1. Vitakka-vicára-pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ paṭhamajjhána-
              vipákacittaṃ.

            2. Vicára-pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ dutiyajjhána-vipákacittaṃ.

            3. Pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ tatiyajjhána-vipákacittaṃ.

            4. Sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ catutthajjhána-vipákacittaṃ.

            5. Upekkh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ pañcamajjhána-vipákacittañ ti.
              Imáni
              pañca pi rúpávacara-vipákacittáni náma.

            1. First jhána resultant consciousness together with initial
              application, sustained application, zest, happiness, and one-
              pointedness.

            2. Second jhána resultant consciousness together with sustained
              application, zest, happiness, and one-pointedness.

            3. Third jhána resultant consciousness together with zest,
              happiness, and one-pointedness.

            4. Fourth jhána resultant consciousness together with happiness
              and one-pointedness.

            5. Fifth jhána resultant consciousness together with equanimity
              and one-pointedness.

            These are the five types of fine-material-sphere resultant
            consciousness.


            §20 Fine-material-Sphere Functional Consciousness
            (rúpávacara-kriyácittáni)—5

            1. Vitakka-vicára-pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ paṭhamajjhána-
              kriyácittaṃ.

              54 I. CITTASAṄGAHA


            2. Vicára-pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ dutiyajjhána-kriyácittaṃ.

            3. Pìti-sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ tatiyajjhána-kriyácittaṃ.

            4. Sukh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ catutthajjhána-kriyácittaṃ.

            5. Upekkh’-ekaggatá-sahitaṃ pañcamajjhána-kriyácittañ ti.
              Imáni
              pañca pi rúpávacara-kriyácittáni náma.

            Icc’evaṃ sabbathá pi paṇṇarasa rúpávacara-kusala-vipáka-
            kriyácittáni
            samattáni.

            1. First jhána functional consciousness together with initial
              application, sustained application, zest, happiness, and one-
              pointedness.

            2. Second jhána functional consciousness together with sustained
              application, zest, happiness, and one-pointedness.

            3. Third jhána functional consciousness together with zest,
              happiness, and one-pointedness.

            4. Fourth jhána functional consciousness together with happiness
              and one-pointedness.

            5. Fifth jhána functional consciousness together with equanimity
              and one-pointedness.

              These are the five types of fine-material-sphere functional
              consciousness.

              Thus end, in all, the fifteen types of fine-material-sphere
              wholesome, resultant, and functional consciousness.


              Guide to §§18-20

              Fine-material-sphere consciousness (rúpávacaracittáni): This sphere
              of consciousness includes all the cittas which “move about in” or pertain
              to the fine-material plane of existence (
              rúpabhúmi), the realms in which
              gross matter is absent and only a subtle residue of matter remains. Rebirth
              into these realms is achieved by the attainment of the meditative states
              called
              jhánas,4 high attainments in the development of concentration
              (
              samádhi). The states of consciousness which “frequent” this plane, in
              that they are qualitatively connected to it, are called “fine-material-
              sphere consciousness.”

              Fifteen cittas fall into this category—five wholesome, five resultant,
              and five functional (Table 1.5). The wholesome fine-material-sphere
              cittas are experienced by worldlings and trainees (
              sekkha) who develop
              the jhánas within this life itself. Their corresponding results (
              vipáka) arise
              only in the fine-material world, in the beings who have been reborn there
              as a consequence of developing the jhánas. The five functional (
              kriyá)
              jhána cittas are experienced only by Arahants who attain the jhánas.

              1. COMPENDIUM OF CONSCIOUSNESS 55


                76 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

                CHAPTER II

                COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS

                (Cetasikasaògahavibhága)

                §1 Introductory

                Ekuppáda-nirodhá ca ekálambana-vatthuká
                Cetoyuttá
                dvipaññása dhammá cetasiká matá.

                The fifty-two states associated with consciousness that arise and
                cease together (with consciousness), that have the same object and
                base (as consciousness), are known as mental factors.


                Guide to § 1

                States associated with consciousness (cetoyuttá dhammá): The sec-
                ond chapter of the
                Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha is devoted to the classifi-
                cation of the second type of ultimate reality, the
                cetasikas or mental
                factors. The cetasikas are mental phenomena that occur in immediate
                conjunction with citta or consciousness, and assist citta by performing
                more specific tasks in the total act of cognition. The mental factors cannot
                arise without citta, nor can citta arise completely segregated from the
                mental factors. But though the two are functionally interdependent, citta
                is regarded as primary because the mental factors assist in the cognition
                of the object depending upon citta, which is the principal cognitive
                element. The relationship between citta and the cetasikas is compared to
                that between a king and his retinue. Although one says “the king is
                coming,” the king does not come alone, but he always comes accompa-
                nied by his attendants. Similarly, whenever a citta arises, it never arises
                alone but always accompanied by its retinue of cetasikas.
                1

                In the Compendium of Mental Factors, Ácariya Anuruddha will first
                enumerate all the mental factors in their appropriate classes (§§2-9).
                Thereafter he will investigate the mental factors from two complementary
                points of view. The first of these is called the method of association
                (
                sampayoganaya). This method takes the mental factors as the basis of
                inquiry and seeks to determine which types of citta each mental factor is
                associated with (§§10-17). The second point of view is called the method

              2. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 77

            of combination or inclusion (saṅgahanaya). This method takes the citta
            as primary and seeks to determine, for each type of citta, which mental
            factors are combined within it (§§18-29).

            That arise and cease together (with consciousness): The first verse
            defines the mental factors by way of four characteristics that are common
            to them all:

            1. arising together with consciousness (ekuppáda);

            2. ceasing together with consciousness (ekanirodha);

            3. having the same object as consciousness (ekálambana);

            4. having the same base as consciousness (ekavatthuka).

            These four characteristics delineate the relationship between the citta
            and its concomitant cetasikas. If only “arising together” were mentioned,
            the definition would include (wrongly) as cetasikas those material
            phenomena that arise simultaneously with the citta, that is, material
            phenomena produced by mind and by kamma. However, these material
            phenomena do not all perish at the same time as the co-arisen citta, but
            mostly endure for seventeen mind-moments. Thus to exclude them the
            characteristic “ceasing together” is introduced.

            Again, there are two material phenomena—bodily intimation and
            vocal intimatioṇ—which arise and cease together with consciousness.
            However, these material phenomena do not take an object, and this
            distinguishes mental phenomena—both citta and cetasikas—from mate-
            rial phenomena: all mental phenomena experience an object, co-arisen
            citta and cetasikas experience the same object, while material phenomena
            do not experience any object at all. Thus the third characteristic is stated,
            that of having the same object.

            Finally, in those realms in which the aggregate of material form is
            found, i.e., in the sensuous world and the fine-material world, the citta and
            its cetasikas have the same physical base, that is, they arise with the
            common support of either one of the material sense organs or the heart-
            base.
            3 This is the fourth characteristic of cetasikas.


            THE FIFTY-TWO MENTAL FACTORS

            The Ethically Variable Factors—13
            (aññasamánacetasika)

            §2 The Universals (sabbacittasádháraṇa)—7

            Kathaṃ? I. (1) Phasso, (2) vedaná, (3) saññá, (4) cetaná,

            (5) ekaggatá, (6) jìvitindriyaṃ, (7) manasikáro ti satt’ ime
            cetasiká
            sabbacittasádháraṇá náma.

            78 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA


            How? I. (1) Contact, (2) feeling, (3) perception, (4) volition,

            (5) one-pointedness, (6) mental life faculty, and (7) attention: these
            seven mental factors are termed universals, i.e., common to every
            consciousness.


            Guide to § 2

            The fifty-two mental factors: The Abhidhamma philosophy recog-
            nizes fifty-two cetasikas, which are classified into four broad categories,
            as may be seen in Table 2.1:

            1. seven universals;

            2. six occasionals;

            3. fourteen unwholesome factors; and

            4. twenty-five beautiful factors.

            The ethically variable factors (aññásamánacetasika): The first two
            categories of mental factors—the seven universals and the six
            occasionals—are united under the designation
            aññasamána, freely ren-
            dered here as “ethically variable.” The expression literally means “com-
            mon to the other.” The non-beautiful cittas are called “other” (
            añña) in
            relation to the beautiful cittas, and the beautiful cittas are called “other”
            in relation to the non-beautiful cittas. The thirteen cetasikas of the first
            two categories are common (
            samána) to both beautiful and non-beautiful
            cittas, and assume the ethical quality imparted to the citta by the other
            cetasikas, particularly the associated roots (
            hetu). In wholesome cittas
            they become wholesome, in unwholesome cittas they become unwhole-
            some, and in kammically indeterminate cittas they become kammically
            indeterminate. For this reason they are called “common to the other,” that
            is, ethically variable.

            The universals (sabbacittasádháraụa): The seven universals are the
            cetasikas common (
            sádháraṇa) to all consciousness (sabbacitta). These
            factors perform the most rudimentary and essential cognitive functions,
            without which consciousness of an object would be utterly impossible.

            1. Contact (phassa): The word phassa is derived from the verb
              phusati, meaning “to touch,” but contact should not be understood as the
              mere physical impact of the object on the bodily faculty. It is, rather, the
              mental factor by which consciousness mentally “touches” the object that
              has appeared, thereby initiating the entire cognitive event. In terms of the
              fourfold defining device used in the Pali Commentaries,
              4 contact has the
              characteristic of touching. Its function is impingement, as it causes
              consciousness and the object to impinge. Its manifestation is the concur-
              rence of consciousness, sense faculty, and object. Its proximate cause is
              an objective field that has come into focus.
              5

              II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 79

              TABLE 2.1:

              THE 52 MENTAL FACTORS AT A GLANCE


              Ethically Variable Factors—13

              Universals—7

              1. Contact

              2. Feeling

              3. Perception

              4. Volition

              5. One-pointedness

              6. Life faculty

              7. Attention

                Occasionals—6

              8. Initial application

              9. Sustained application

              10. Decision

              11. Energy

              12. Zest

              13. Desire

                Unwholesome Factors—14

                Unwholesome Universals—4

              14. Delusion

              15. Shamelessness

              16. Fearlessness of wrong

              17. Restlessness

                Unwholesome Occasionals—10

              18. Greed

              19. Wrong view

              20. Conceit

              21. Hatred

              22. Envy

              23. Avarice

              24. Worry

              25. Sloth

              26. Torpor

              27. Doubt


                Beautiful Factors—25

                Beautiful Universals—19

              28. Faith

              29. Mindfulness

              30. Shame

              31. Fear of wrong

              32. Non-greed

              33. Non-hatred

              34. Neutrality of mind

              35. Tranquillity of mental body

              36. Tranquillity of consciousness

              37. Lightness of mental body

              38. Lightness of consciousness

              39. Malleability of mental body

              40. Malleability of consciousness

              41. Wieldiness of mental body

              42. Wieldiness of consciousness

              43. Proficiency of mental body

              44. Proficiency of consciousness

              45. Rectitude of mental body

              46. Rectitude of consciousness

                Abstinences—3

              47. Right speech

              48. Right action

              49. Right livelihood

                Illimitables—2

              50. Compassion

              51. Appreciative joy

                Non-Delusion—1

              52. Wisdom faculty

              80 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

            2. Feeling (vedaná): Feeling is the mental factor that feels the object:
              it is the affective mode in which the object is experienced. The Pali word
              vedaná does not signify emotion (which appears to be a complex
              phenomenon involving a variety of concomitant mental factors), but the
              bare affective quality of an experience, which may be either pleasant,
              painful or neutral. Feeling is said to have the characteristic of being felt
              (
              vedayita). Its function is experiencing, or its function is to enjoy the
              desirable aspect of the object. Its manifestation is the relishing of the
              associated mental factors. Its proximate cause is tranquillity.
              6 Whereas
              the other mental factors experience the object only derivatively, feeling
              experiences it directly and fully. In this respect, the other factors are
              compared to a cook who prepares a dish for a king and only samples the
              food while preparing it, while feeling is compared to the king who enjoys
              the meal as much as he likes.

            3. Perception (saññá): The characteristic of perception is the perceiv-
              ing of the qualities of the object. Its function is to make a sign as a
              condition for perceiving again that “this is the same,” or its function is
              recognizing what has been previously perceived. It becomes manifest as
              the interpreting of the object (
              abhinivesa) by way of the features that had
              been apprehended. Its proximate cause is the object as it appears. Its
              procedure is compared to a carpenter’s recognition of certain kinds of
              wood by the mark he has made on each.

            4. Volition (cetaná): Cetaná, from the same root as citta, is the mental
              factor that is concerned with the actualization of a goal, that is, the
              conative or volitional aspect of cognition. Thus it is rendered volition.
              The Commentaries explain that
              cetaná organizes its associated mental
              factors in acting upon the object. Its characteristic is the state of willing,
              its function is to accumulate (kamma), and its manifestation is coordina-
              tion. Its proximate cause is the associated states. Just as a chief pupil
              recites his own lesson and also makes the other pupils recite their lessons,
              so when volition starts to work on its object, it sets the associated states
              to do their own tasks as well. Volition is the most significant mental factor
              in generating kamma, since it is volition that determines the ethical
              quality of the action.

            5. One-pointedness (ekaggatá): This is the unification of the mind on
              its object. Although this factor comes to prominence in the jhánas, where
              it functions as a jhána factor, the Abhidhamma teaches that the germ of
              that capacity for mental unification is present in all types of conscious-
              ness, even the most rudimentary. It there functions as the factor which
              fixes the mind on its object. One-pointedness has non-wandering or non-
              distraction as its characteristic. Its function is to conglomerate or unite the
              associated states. It is manifested as peace, and its proximate cause is
              happiness.
              7

              II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 81

            6. Mental life faculty (jìvitindriya): There are two kinds of life faculty,
              the mental, which vitalizes the associated mental states, and the physical,
              which vitalizes material phenomena. The mental life faculty alone is
              intended as a cetasika. It has the characteristic of maintaining the
              associated mental states, the function of making them occur, manifesta-
              tion as the establishing of their presence, and its proximate cause is the
              mental states to be maintained.

            7. Attention (manasikára): The Pali word literally means “making in
              the mind.” Attention is the mental factor responsible for the mind’s
              advertence to the object, by virtue of which the object is made present to
              consciousness. Its characteristic is the conducting (
              sáraṇa) of the asso-
              ciated mental states towards the object. Its function is to yoke the
              associated states to the object. It is manifested as confrontation with an
              object, and its proximate cause is the object. Attention is like the rudder
              of a ship, which directs it to its destination, or like a charioteer who sends
              the well-trained horses (i.e., the associated states) towards their destina-
              tion (the object).
              Manasikára should be distinguished from vitakka:
              while the former turns its concomitants towards the object, the latter
              applies them onto the object.
              Manasikára is an indispensable cognitive
              factor present in all states of consciousness;
              vitakka is a specialized factor
              which is not indispensable to cognition.


            §3 The Occasionals (pakiṇṇaka)—6

        2. (1) Vitakko, (2) vicáro, (3) adhimokkho, (4) viriyaṃ, (5) pìti,

          (6) chando ti cha ime cetasiká pakiṇṇaká náma.
          Evam
          ete terasa cetasiká aññasamáná ti veditabbá.

          1. (1) Initial application, (2) sustained application, (3) decision,

            (4) energy, (5) zest, and (6) desire: these six mental factors are
            termed occasionals.

            Thus these thirteen mental factors should be understood as
            ethically variable.


            Guide to § 3

            The occasionals (pakiụụaka): The six cetasikas in this group are
            similar to the universals in being ethically variable factors, which take on
            the moral quality of the citta as determined by other concomitants. They
            differ from the universals in that they are found only in particular types
            of consciousness, not in all.

            1. Initial application (vitakka): Vitakka was already introduced in
              the discussion of the jhánas, where it appears as the first of the five jhána

              82 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

              factors.8 Vitakka is the application of the mind to the object. Its charac-
              teristic is the directing of the mind onto the object.
              9 Its function is to strike
              at and thresh the object. It is manifested as the leading of the mind onto
              an object. Though no proximate cause is mentioned in the Commentaries,
              the object may be understood as its proximate cause.

              Ordinary vitakka simply applies the mind to the object. But when
              vitakka is cultivated through concentration it becomes a factor of jhána.
              It is then termed
              appaná, the absorption of the mind in the object. Vitakkais also called saṅkappa, intention, and as such is distinguished as
              micchásaṅkappa or wrong intention and sammásaṅkappa or right inten-
              tion. The latter is the second factor of the Noble Eightfold Path.

            2. Sustained application (vicára): Vicára, also a jhána factor, has the
              characteristic of continued pressure on the object,
              10 in the sense of
              examining it. Its function is sustained application of the associated
              mental phenomena to the object. It is manifested as the anchoring of those
              phenomena in the object. The object may be understood to be its
              proximate cause. The difference between
              vitakka and vicára has been
              discussed above (p. 56).

            3. Decision (adhimokkha): The word adhimokkha means literally the
              releasing of the mind onto the object. Hence it has been rendered decision
              or resolution. It has the characteristic of conviction, the function of not
              groping, and manifestation as decisiveness. Its proximate cause is a thing
              to be convinced about. It is compared to a stone pillar owing to its
              unshakable resolve regarding the object.

            4. Energy (viriya): Viriya is the state or action of one who is vigorous.
              Its characteristic is supporting, exertion, and marshalling. Its function is
              to support its associated states. Its manifestation is non-collapse. Its
              proximate cause is a sense of urgency (
              saṃvega) or a ground for arousing
              energy, that is, anything that stirs one to vigorous action. Just as new
              timbers added to an old house prevent it from collapsing, or just as a strong
              reinforcement enables the king’s army to defeat the enemy, so energy
              upholds and supports all the associated states and does not allow them to
              recede.

            5. Zest (pìti): Already introduced among the jhána factors, pìti has the
              characteristic of endearing (
              sampiyáyana). Its function is to refresh mind
              and body, or its function is to pervade (to thrill with rapture). It is
              manifested as elation. Mind-and-body (
              námarúpa) is its proximate cause.

            6. Desire (chanda): Chanda here means esire to act (kattu-kámatá),
              that is, to perform an action or achieve some result. This kind of desire must
              be distinguished from desire in the reprehensible sense, that is, from
              lobha, greed, and rága, lust.11 Whereas the latter terms are invariably
              unwholesome,
              chanda is an ethically variable factor which, when

              II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 83

              conjoined with wholesome concomitants, can function as the virtuous
              desire to achieve a worthy goal. The characteristic of
              chanda is desire to
              act, its function is searching for an object, its manifestation is need for an
              object, and that same object is its proximate cause. It should be regarded
              as the stretching forth of the mind’s hand towards the object.


              §4 The Unwholesome Factors—14
              (akusalacetasika)

        3. (1) Moho, (2) ahirikaṃ, (3) anottappaṃ, (4) uddhaccaṃ,

          (5) lobho, (6) diṭṭhi, (7) máno, (8) doso, (9) issá, (10) macchariyaṃ,

  2. kukkuccaṃ, (12) thìnaṃ, (13) middhaṃ, (14) vicikicchá ti
    cuddas’
    ime cetasiká akusalá náma.

  1. (1) Delusion, (2) shamelessness, (3) fearlessness of wrong-

    doing, (4) restlessness, (5) greed, (6) wrong view, (7) conceit, (8)

    hatred, (9) envy, (10) avarice, (11) worry, (12) sloth, (13) torpor,
    and (14) doubt: these fourteen mental factors are termed the
    unwholesome.


    Guide to §4

    1. Delusion (moha): Moha is a synonym for avijjá, ignorance. Its
      characteristic is mental blindness or unknowing (
      aññáṇa). Its function is
      non-penetration, or concealment of the real nature of the object. It is
      manifested as the absence of right understanding or as mental darkness.
      Its proximate cause is unwise attention (
      ayoniso manasikára). It should
      be seen as the root of all that is unwholesome.

      (2, 3) Shamelessness (ahirika) and fearlessness of wrongdoing: The characteristic of shamelessness is the absence of disgust
      at bodily and verbal misconduct; the characteristic of fearlessness of
      wrongdoing (or moral recklessness) is absence of dread on account of such
      misconduct. Both have the function of doing evil things. They are
      manifest as not shrinking away from evil. Their proximate cause is the lack
      of respect for self and lack of respect for others, respectively.
      12

      1. Restlessness (uddhacca): Restlessness (or agitation) has the char-
        acteristic of disquietude, like water whipped up by the wind. Its function
        is to make the mind unsteady, as wind makes a banner ripple. It is
        manifested as turmoil. Its proximate cause is unwise attention to mental
        disquiet.

      2. Greed (lobha): Greed, the first unwholesome root, covers all
        degrees of selfish desire, longing, attachment, and clinging. Its character-

        84 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

        istic is grasping an object. Its function is sticking, as meat sticks to a hot
        pan. It is manifested as not giving up. Its proximate cause is seeing
        enjoyment in things that lead to bondage.

      3. Wrong view (diṭṭhi): Diṭṭhi here means seeing wrongly. Its charac-
        teristic is unwise (unjustified) interpretation of things. Its function is to
        preassume. It is manifested as a wrong interpretation or belief. Its prox-
        imate cause is unwillingness to see the noble ones (
        ariya), and so on.13

      4. Conceit (mána): Conceit has the characteristic of haughtiness.
        Its function is self-exaltation. It is manifested as vainglory.
        14 Its
        proximate cause is greed dissociated from views.
        15 It should be
        regarded as madness.

      5. Hatred (dosa): Dosa, the second unwholesome root, comprises all
        kinds and degrees of aversion, ill will, anger, irritation, annoyance, and
        animosity. Its characteristic is ferocity. Its function is to spread, or to burn
        up its own support, i.e., the mind and body in which it arises. It is
        manifestated as persecuting, and its proximate cause is a ground for
        annoyance.
        16

      6. Envy (issá): Envy has the characteristic of being jealous of
        other’s success. Its function is to be dissatisfied with others’ success.
        It is manifested as aversion towards that. Its proximate cause is others’
        success.

      7. Avarice (macchariya): The characteristic of avarice (or stingi-
        ness) is concealing one’s own success when it has been or can be obtained.
        Its function is not to bear sharing these with others. It is manifest as
        shrinking away (from sharing) and as meanness or sour feeling. Its
        proximate cause is one’s own success.

      8. Worry (kukkucca): Kukkucca is worry or remorse after having
        done wrong. Its characteristic is subsequent regret. Its function is to sorrow
        over what has and what has not been done. It is manifested as remorse. Its
        proximate cause is what has and what has not been done (i.e., wrongs of
        commission and omission).

      9. Sloth (thìna): Sloth is sluggishness or dullness of mind. Its
        characteristic is lack of driving power. Its function is to dispel energy. It
        is manifested as the sinking of the mind. Its proximate cause is unwise
        attention to boredom, drowsiness, etc.

      10. Torpor (middha): Torpor is the morbid state of the mental factors.
        Its characteristic is unwieldiness. Its function is to smother. It is mani-
        fested as drooping, or as nodding and sleepiness. Its proximate cause is
        the same as that of sloth.

        Sloth and torpor always occur in conjunction, and are opposed to
        energy (
        viriya). Sloth is identified as sickness of consciousness (citta-), torpor as sickness of the mental factors (káyagelañña). As a pair

        II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 85

        they constitute one of the five hindrances, which is overcome by initial
        application (
        vitakka).

      11. Doubt (vicikicchá): Doubt here signifies spiritual doubt, from a
        Buddhist perspective the inability to place confidence in the Buddha, the
        Dhamma, the Sangha, and the training. Its characteristic is doubting. Its
        function is to waver. It is manifested as indecisiveness and as taking
        various sides. Its proximate cause is unwise attention.


      The Beautiful Factors—25
      (sobhanacetasika)


      §5 The Universal Beautiful Factors
      (sobhanasádháraṇa
      )—19

  2. (1) Saddhá, (2) sati, (3) hiri, (4) ottappaṃ, (5) alobho, (6)

    adoso, (7) tatramajjhattatá, (8) káyapassaddhi, (9) cittapassaddhi,

    1. káyalahutá, (11) cittalahutá, (12) káyamudutá, (13)

      cittamudutá, (14) káyakammaññatá, (15) cittakammaññatá, (16)

      káyapáguññatá, (17) cittapáguññatá, (18) káyujjukatá, (19)
      cittujjukatá
      ti ekúnavìsat’ ime cetasiká sobhanasádháraṇá náma.

      1. (1) Faith, (2) mindfulness, (3) shame, (4) fear of wrongdoing,

        (5) non-greed, (6) non-hatred, (7) neutrality of mind, (8) tranquillity
        of the (mental) body, (9) tranquillity of consciousness, (10) lightness
        of the (mental) body, (11) lightness of consciousness, (12) malleability
        of the (mental) body, (13) malleability of consciousness, (14) wieldiness
        of the (mental) body, (15) wieldiness of consciousness, (16) proficiency
        of the (mental) body, (17) proficiency of consciousness, (18) rectitude
        of the (mental) body, and (19) rectitude of consciousness: these nineteen
        mental factors are termed the universal beautiful factors.


        Guide to §5

        The universal beautiful factors (sobhanasádháraụa): The beautiful
        mental factors are subdivided into four groups. First come the universal
        beautiful factors, nineteen cetasikas that are invariably present in all
        beautiful consciousness. Following this come three groups of beautiful
        cetasikas which are variable adjuncts not necessarily contained in beau-
        tiful consciousness.

        1. Faith (saddhá): The first of the beautiful cetasikas is faith, which
          has the characteristic of placing faith or of trusting. Its function is to
          clarify, as a water-clearing gem causes muddy water to become clear; or

          86 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

          its function is to set forth, as one might set forth to cross a flood.17 It is
          manifested as non-fogginess, i.e., the removal of the mind’s impurities,
          or as resolution. Its proximate cause is something to place faith in, or the
          hearing of the Good Dhamma, etc., that constitute the factors of stream-
          entry.

        2. Mindfulness (sati): The word sati derives from a root meaning “to
          remember,” but as a mental factor it signifies presence of mind, atten-
          tiveness to the present, rather than the faculty of memory regarding the
          past. It has the characteristic of not wobbling, i.e., not floating away from
          the object.
          18 Its function is absence of confusion or non-forgetfulness. It
          is manifested as guardianship, or as the state of confronting an objective
          field. Its proximate cause is strong perception (
          thirasaññá) or the four
          foundations of mindfulness (see VII, §24).

          (3, 4) Shame (hiri) and fear of wrongdoing (ottappa): Shame has the
          characteristic of disgust at bodily and verbal misconduct, fear of wrong-
          doing has the characteristic of dread in regard to such misconduct. They
          both have the function of not doing evil, and are manifested as the
          shrinking away from evil. Their proximate cause is respect for self and
          respect for others, respectively. These two states are called by the Buddha
          the guardians of the world because they protect the world from falling into
          widespread immorality.

          1. Non-greed (alobha): Non-greed has the characteristic of the
            mind’s lack of desire for its object, or non-adherence to the object like a
            drop of water on a lotus leaf. Its function is not to lay hold, and its
            manifestation is detachment. It should be understood that non-greed is
            not the mere absence of greed, but the presence of positive virtues such
            as generosity and renunciation as well.

          2. Non-hatred (adosa): Non-hatred has the characteristic of lack of
            ferocity, or of non-opposing. Its function is to remove annoyance, or to
            remove fever, and its manifestation is agreeableness. Non-hatred com-
            prises such positive virtues as loving kindness, gentleness, amity, friend-
            liness, etc.

            When non-hatred appears as the sublime quality of loving kindness
            (
            mettá) it has the characteristic of promoting the welfare of living beings.
            Its function is to prefer their welfare. Its manifestation is the removal of
            ill will. Its proximate cause is seeing beings as lovable. Such loving
            kindness must be distinguished from selfish affection, its “near enemy.”

          3. Neutrality of mind (tatramajjhattatá): The Pali term for this
            cetasika literally means “there in the middleness.” It is a synonym for
            equanimity (
            upekkhá), not as neutral feeling, but as a mental attitude of
            balance, detachment, and impartiality. It has the characteristic of convey-
            ing consciousness and the mental factors evenly. Its function is to prevent

            II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 87

            deficiency and excess, or to prevent partiality. It is manifested as neutral-
            ity. It should be seen as the state of looking on with equanimity in the citta
            and cetasikas, like a charioteer who looks on with equanimity at the
            thoroughbreds progressing evenly along the roadway.

            Neutrality of mind becomes the sublime quality of equanimity towards
            living beings. As such it treats beings free from discrimination, without
            preferences and prejudices, looking upon all as equal. This equanimity
            should not be confused with its “near enemy,” the worldly-minded
            indifference due to ignorance.

            The next twelve universal beautiful cetasikas fall into six pairs, each
            containing one term that extends to the “mental body” (
            káya) and another
            that extends to consciousness (
            citta). In this context the mental body is the
            collection of associated cetasikas, called “body” in the sense of an aggrega-
            tion.

            (8, 9) Tranquillity (passaddhi) : The twofold tranquillity has the charac-
            teristic of the quieting down of disturbances (
            daratha) in the mental body and
            consciousness, respectively. Its function is to crush such disturbances. It is
            manifested as peacefulness and coolness. Its proximate cause is the mental
            body and consciousness. It should be regarded as opposed to such defile-
            ments as restlessness and worry, which create distress.

            (10, 11) Lightness (lahutá): The twofold lightness has the character-
            istic of the subsiding of heaviness (
            garubháva) in the mental body and
            consciousness, respectively. Its function is to crush heaviness. It is
            manifested as non-sluggishness. Its proximate cause is the mental body
            and consciousness. It should be regarded as opposed to such defilements
            as sloth and torpor, which create heaviness.

            (12, 13) Malleability (mudutá): The twofold malleability has the
            characteristic of the subsiding of rigidity (
            thambha) in the mental body
            and consciousness, respectively. Its function is to crush rigidity. It is
            manifested as non-resistance, and its proximate cause is the mental body
            and consciousness. It should be regarded as opposed to such defilements
            as wrong views and conceit, which create rigidity.

            (14, 15) Wieldiness (kammaññatá): The twofold wieldiness has the
            characteristic of the subsiding of unwieldiness (
            akammaññabháva) in the
            mental body and consciousness, respectively. Its function is to crush
            unwieldiness. It is manifested as success of the mental body and con-
            sciousness in making something an object. Its proximate cause is the
            mental body and consciousness. It should be regarded as opposed to the
            remaining hindrances, which create unwieldiness of the mental body and
            consciousness.

            (16, 17) Proficiency (páguññatá): The twofold proficiency has the
            characteristic of healthiness of the mental body and consciousness,

            88 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

            respectively. Its function is to crush unhealthiness of the mental body and
            consciousness. It is manifested as absence of disability. Its proximate
            cause is the mental body and consciousness. It should be regarded as
            opposed to lack of faith, etc., which cause unhealthiness of the mental
            body and consciousness.

            (18, 19) Rectitude (ujjukatá): Rectitude is straightness. The twofold
            rectitude has the characteristic of uprightness of the mental body and
            consciousness, respectively. Its function is to crush tortuousness of the
            mental body and consciousness, and its manifestation is non-crookedness.
            Its proximate cause is the mental body and consciousness. It should be
            regarded as opposed to hypocrisy and fraudulence, etc., which create
            crookedness in the mental body and consciousness.


            §6 The Abstinences (virati)—3

      2. (1) Sammávácá, (2) sammákammanto, (3) sammá-ájìvo ti
        tisso
        viratiyo náma.

  3. (1) Right speech, (2) right action, and (3) right livelihood:
    these three are termed abstinences.


    Guide to § 6

    The abstinences: The viratis are three beautiful mental factors which
    are responsible for the deliberate abstinence from wrong conduct by way
    of speech, action, and livelihood. In mundane consciousness, the
    viratisare operative only on an occasion when one intentionally refrains from
    a wrong mode of conduct for which an opportunity has arisen. When a
    person refrains from evil deeds without an opportunity for their perform-
    ance arising, this is not a case of
    virati but of pure moral conduct (sìla).
    The commentators distinguish three types of
    virati: (1) natural absti-
    nence; (2) abstinence by undertaking precepts; and (3) abstinence by

    eradication.19

    1. Natural abstinence (sampattavirati) is the abstinence from evil
      deeds when the opportunity arises to engage in them, due to the consid-
      eration of one’s social position, age, level of education, etc. An example
      is refraining fom theft out of concern that one’s reputation would be hurt
      if one is caught.

    2. Abstinence by undertaking precepts (samádánavirati) is the absti-
      nence from evil deeds because one has undertaken to observe precepts,
      for example, the Five Precepts of abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual
      misconduct, false speech, and intoxicants.

      II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 89

    3. Abstinence by eradication (samucchedavirati) is the abstinence
      associated with the supramundane path consciousness, which arises
      eradicating the dispositions towards evil deeds. Whereas the previous
      two
      viratis are mundane, this one is supramundane.

      The viratis comprise three distinct mental factors mentioned in the
      text: right speech, right action, and right livelihood.

      1. Right speech (sammávácá): Right speech is the deliberate absti-
        nence from wrong speech: from false speech, slander, harsh speech, and
        frivolous talk.

      2. Right action (sammákammanta): Right action is the deliberate
        abstinence from wrong bodily action: from killing, stealing, and sexual
        misconduct.

      3. Right livelihood (sammá-ájìva): Right livelihood is the deliberate
        abstinence from wrong livelihood, such as dealing in poisons, intoxi-
        cants, weapons, slaves, or animals for slaughter.

      The three viratis have the respective characteristics of non-
      transgression by bodily misconduct, by wrong speech, and by wrong
      livelihood. Their function is to shrink back from evil deeds. They are
      manifested as the abstinence from such deeds. Their proximate causes are
      the special qualities of faith, shame, fear of wrongdoing, fewness of
      wishes, etc. They should be regarded as the mind’s aversion to wrongdoing.


      §7 The Illimitables (appamaññá)—2

  4. (1) Karuṇá, (2) muditá pana appamaññáyo námá ti.

      1. (1) Compassion, (2) appreciative joy: these are termed
        illimitables.


        Guide to § 7

        The illimitables: There are four attitudes towards living beings called
        the illimitables (or immeasurables) because they are to be developed
        towards all living beings and thus have a potentially limitless range. The
        four illimitable states are loving kindness (
        mettá), compassion (karuṇá),
        appreciative joy (
        muditá), and equanimity (upekkhá). These four are also
        called
        brahmaviháras, “divine abodes” or sublime states.

        Although four illimitables are recognized as ideal attitudes towards
        beings, only two—compassion and appreciative joy—are included as
        cetasikas under the heading of the illimitables. This is because loving
        kindness, as we have seen, is a mode of the cetasika
        adosa, non-hatred,
        and equanimity is a mode of the cetasika
        tatramajjhattatá, neutrality of
        mind. Non-hatred does not necessarily manifest as loving kindness; it can

        90 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

        appear in other modes as well. But when loving kindness does arise in the
        mind, it does so as a manifestation of the cetasika non-hatred. A similar
        relationship holds between the cetasika neutrality of mind and the
        sublime state of equanimity as impartiality towards living beings.

        The two illimitables that appear as mental factors in their own right,
        not as manifestations of other mental factors, are compassion and appre-
        ciative joy. Whereas non-hatred and mental neutrality—the factors
        underlying loving kindness and equanimity—are present in all beautiful
        cittas, these two are present only on occasions when their functions are
        individually exercised.

        1. Compassion: Karuṇá, or compassion, has the characteristic of
          promoting the removal of suffering in others. Its function is not being able
          to bear others’ suffering. It is manifested as non-cruelty. Its proximate
          cause is seeing helplessness in those overwhelmed by suffering. It
          succeeds when it causes cruelty to subside, and it fails when it produces
          sorrow.

        2. Appreciative joy: Muditá, or appreciative joy, has the character-
          istic of gladness at the success of others. Its function is being unenvious
          at others’ success. It is manifested as the elimination of aversion. Its
          proximate cause is seeing the success of others. It succeeds when it causes
          aversion to subside, and it fails when it produces merriment.


        §8 Non-Delusion (amoha)—1

      2. Sabbathá pi paññindriyena saddhiṃ pañcavìsat’ ime cetasiká
        sobhaná
        ti veditabbá.

  5. Together with the faculty of wisdom these twenty-five, in
    all, are to be understood as beautiful mental factors.


Guide to §8

The wisdom faculty: Paññá is wisdom, or knowing things as they
really are. It is here called a faculty because it exercises
predominance in comprehending things as they really are. In the
Abhidhamma, the three terms—wisdom (
paññá), knowledge (ñáṇa),
and non-delusion (
amoha)—are used synonymously. Wisdom has
the characteristic of penetrating things according to their intrinsic
nature (
yathásabhávapaṭivedha). Its function is to illuminate the
objective field like a lamp. It is manifested as non-bewilderment.
Its proximate cause is wise attention (
yoniso manasikára).

II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 91

§9 Summary


Ettávatá ca:

Teras’ aññasamáná ca cuddas’ ákusalá tathá
Sobhaná
pañcavìsá ti dvipaññása pavuccare.

Thus:

Thirteen are ethically variable, and fourteen are unwholesome.
Twenty-five are beautiful. Thus fifty-two have been enumerated.


ASSOCIATION OF MENTAL FACTORS —16

(cetasikasampayoganaya)


§10 Introductory Verse

Tesaṃ cittáviyuttánaṃ yatháyogam ito paraṃ
Cittuppádesu
paccekaṃ sampayogo pavuccati.
Satta
sabbattha yujjanti yatháyogaṃ pakiṇṇaká
Cuddas’
ákusalesv’ eva sobhanesv’ eva sobhaná.

In the following we will explain, in the appropriate ways, the
association of each of these mental adjuncts with the different states
of consciousness.

Seven are linked with every type of consciousness. The
occasionals are linked in the appropriate ways. Fourteen are linked
only with the unwholesome types, and the beautiful factors only
with the beautiful types (of consciousness).


The Ethically Variable Factors—7
(aññasamánacetasika)


§11 Analysis

Kathaṃ?

  1. Sabbacittasádháraṇá táva satt’ ime cetasiká sabbesu pi
    ekúnanavuti
    cittuppádesu labbhanti.

    Pakiṇṇakesu pana:

  2. Vitakko táva dvipañcaviññáṇa-vajjita-kámávacaracittesu c’eva
    ekádasasu
    paṭhamajjhánacittesu ti pañcapaññása cittesu uppajjati.

  3. Vicáro pana tesu c’eva ekádasasu dutiyajjhánacittesu ti
    chasaṭṭhi
    cittesu jáyati.

    92 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

    TABLE 2.2: ASSOCIATION OF MENTAL FACTORS


    Cetasika

    Cittas

    Total

    Variables

    Universals

    Initial application
    Sustained application

    Decision
    Energy
    Zest


    Desire


    All cittas

    1-12, 18, 19, 25-54, 55, 60, 65, 82,

    87, 92, 97, 102, 107, 112, 117

    Same + 56, 61, 66, 83, 88, 93, 98,

    103, 108, 113, 118

    1-10, 12, 18, 19, 25-89 (or: 25-121)

    1-12, 29-89 (or: 29-121)

    1-4, 26, 30, 31-34, 39-42, 47-50,

    55-57, 60-62, 65-67, 82-84, 87-89,

    92-94, 97-99, 102-104, 107-109,

    112-114, 117-119

    1-10, 31-89 (or: 31-121)


    89, 121


    55


    66

    78, 110

    73, 105


    51

    69, 101

    Unwholesome

    Unwh. universals
    Greed

    Wrong view
    Conceit

    Hatred, envy, avarice,
    worry

    Sloth, torpor
    Doubt


    1-12

    1-8

    1, 2, 5, 6

    3, 4, 7, 8


    9, 10

    2, 4, 6, 8, 10

    11


    12

    8

    4

    4


    2

    5

    1

    Beautiful

    Btf. universals
    Abstinences
    Illimitables
    Wisdom


    31-89 (or: 31-121)

    31-38, 82-89 (or: 82-121)

    31-38, 47-54, 55-58, 60-63, 65-68

    31, 32, 35, 36, 39, 40, 43, 44, 47,

    48, 51, 52, 55-89 (or: 55-121)


    59, 91

    16, 48

    28


    47, 79

    Unfixed adjuncts = 11

    Envy, avarice, worry 3 separately and occasionally
    Abstinences 3 " " " (mundane)

    Abstinences 3 conjoined always (supramundane)
    Illimitables 2 separately and occasionally

    Conceit 1 occasionally

    Sloth, torpor 2 conjoined and occasionally

    Fixed adjuncts = remaining 41

    II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 93

  4. Adhimokkho dvipañcaviññáṇa-vicikicchásahagata-vajjita-
    cittesu.

  5. Viriyaṃ pañcadvárávajjana-dvipañcaviññáṇa-sampaṭicchana-
    santìraṇa-vajjita-cittesu.

  6. Pìti domanass’-upekkhásahagata-káyaviññáṇa-catutthajjhána-
    vajjita-cittesu.

  7. Chando ahetuka-momúha-vajjita-cittesu labbhati.

In what way?

  1. In the first place, the seven universal mental factors are found
    in all the eighty-nine types of consciousness.

    Among the particular mental factors:

  2. Initial application arises in fifty-five types of consciousness:
    in all types of sense-sphere consciousness except the two sets of
    fivefold sense consciousness (54 – 10 = 44); and also in the eleven
    types of first jhána consciousness (44 + 11 = 55).

  3. Sustained application arises in sixty-six types of
    consciousness: in those fifty-five and in the eleven types of second
    jhána consciousness (55 + 11 = 66).

  4. Decision arises in all types of consciousness excluding the
    two sets of fivefold sense consciousness and consciousness
    accompanied by doubt (89 – 11 = 78).

  5. Energy arises in all types of consciousness excluding the five-
    sense-door adverting consciousness, the two sets of fivefold sense
    consciousness, receiving consciousness, and investigating
    consciousness (89 – 16 = 73).

  6. Zest arises in all types of consciousness excluding those
    accompanied by displeasure and equanimity, body-consciousness,
    and the fourth jhána consciousness (121 – (2 + 55 + 2 + 11) = 51).

  7. Desire arises in all types of consciousness excluding the
    rootless and the two types of consciousness accompanied by delusion
    (89 – 20 = 69).


Guide to § 11

Initial application: The two sets of fivefold sense consciousness,
being the most rudimentary types of citta, do not contain any cetasikas
with more complex functions to perform than the seven universal mental
factors.
Vitakka is excluded from these cittas because of their elementary
nature, and from all sublime and supramundane cittas above the level of

94 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

the first jhána because it has been overcome by meditative development.
On the eleven types of first jhána consciousness, see I, §32 and Guide.
Sustained application is present in the second jhána consciousness,

but is excluded from all higher jhánas.

Decision is excluded from the doubting consciousness because a
decision cannot be made while the mind is obstructed by doubt.

Energy is excluded from the five-door adverting consciousness, the
two kinds of receiving consciousness, and the three kinds of investigating
consciousness (see I, §§8-10) because these cittas are still of a relatively
weak and passive nature.

Zest is always accompanied by joyful feeling (somanassa), but the
cittas of the fourth jhána contain joyful feeling without zest.

Desire here is desire to act, to achieve a purpose, and the two cittas
rooted in delusion are so dense that they exclude purposeful action.


§12 Summary

Te pana cittuppádá yathákkamaṃ:

Chasaṭṭhi pañcapaññása ekádasa ca soḷasa
Sattati
vìsati c’eva pakiṇṇakavivajjitá.

Pañcapaññása chasaṭṭhi ’ṭṭhasattati tisattati
Ekapaññása
c’ ekúnasattati sapakiṇṇaká.

Those types of consciousness in order are:

Sixty-six, fifty-five, eleven, sixteen, seventy, and twenty without
the occasionals.

Fifty-five, sixty-six, seventy-eight, seventy-three, fifty-one, and
sixty-nine with the occasionals.


Guide to §12

The first line of the summary cites the number of cittas without each
of the six occasionals, the second line cites the number with the same
occasionals. It should be noted, by adding the two figures, that the 121-
fold scheme has been used when the jhánic levels of the path and fruition
cittas are relevant to the computation, the 89-fold scheme when such
distinctions are irrelevant. For example, initial application is present in
fifty-five cittas and absent in sixty-six on the 121-fold scheme, while
decision is present in seventy-eight cittas and absent in eleven on the 89-
fold scheme.


§13 Analysis

    1. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 95

      The Unwholesome Factors—5
      (akusalacetasika)

      1. Akusalesu pana moho ahirikaṃ, anottappaṃ, uddhaccañ
        ti
        cattáro’ me cetasiká sabbákusalasádháraṇá náma. Sabbesu pi
        dvádas’
        ákusalesu labbhanti.

      2. Lobho aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatesv’ eva labbhati.

      3. Diṭṭhi catúsu diṭṭhigatasampayuttesu.

      4. Máno catúsu diṭṭhigatavippayuttesu.

      5. Doso, issá, macchariyaṃ, kukkuccañ ca dvìsu paṭigha-
        sampayuttacittesu.

      6. Thìnaṃ, middhaṃ pañcasu sasaṅkhárikacittesu.

      7. Vicikicchá vicikicchásahagatacitte yeva labbhatì ti.

  1. Of the unwholesome mental factors, these four factors—
    delusion, shamelessness, fearlessness of wrongdoing, and
    restlessness—are called universal unwholesome factors. They are
    found in all twelve unwholesome types of consciousness.

  2. Greed is found only in the eight types of consciousness
    accompanied by greed.

  3. Wrong view arises in the four types of (greed-rooted)
    consciousness associated with wrong view.

  4. Conceit is found in the four types of (greed-rooted)
    consciousness dissociated from wrong view.

  5. Hatred, envy, avarice, and worry are found in the two types
    of consciousness associated with aversion.

  6. Sloth and torpor are found in the five types of prompted
    consciousness.

  7. Doubt is found only in the type of consciousness associated
    with doubt.


Guide to §13

Universal unwholesome factors: These four factors occur in all
twelve unwholesome cittas, for every unwholesome citta involves a
mental blindness to the danger in evil (i.e., delusion), a lack of shame and
moral dread, and an underlying current of agitation (i.e., restlessness).

Wrong view, conceit: Both of these factors are found only in the cittas
rooted in greed, for they involve some degree of holding to the five

96 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

aggregates. However, the two exhibit contrary qualities, and thus they
cannot coexist in the same citta. Wrong view occurs in the mode of
misapprehending, i.e., interpreting things in a manner contrary to actual-
ity; conceit occurs in the mode of self-evaluation, i.e., of taking oneself
to be superior, equal, or inferior to others. Whereas wrong view is
necessarily present in the four cittas rooted in greed accompanied by
wrong view, conceit is not a necessary concomitant of the four greed-
rooted cittas dissociated from wrong view. It does not arise apart from
these cittas, but these cittas can occur without conceit.

Hatred, envy, avarice, worry: These four factors occur only in the
cittas associated with aversion. Hatred, being a synonym for aversion, is
necessarily found in these two cittas; the other three factors occur
variably, depending on conditions. All three partake in the characteristic
of aversion: envy involves resentment against the success of others;
avarice involves resistance to sharing one’s belongings with others;
worry here means remorse—self-recrimination for one’s commissions and
omissions.

Sloth and torpor: These two factors make the cittas dull and sluggish.
Hence they cannot arise in the unprompted cittas, which are naturally
keen and active, but only in the prompted unwholesome cittas.


§14 Summary

Sabbápuññesu cattáro lobhamúle tayo gatá
Dosamúlesu
cattáro sasaṅkháre dvayaṃ tathá
Vicikicchá
vicikicchácitte ti catuddasa
Dvádas’
ákusalesv’ eva sampayujjanti pañcadhá.

Four are found in all unwholesome states, three in those rooted
in greed, four in those rooted in hatred, and so are two in the
prompted.

Doubt is found in the consciousness accompanied by doubt. Thus
the fourteen (factors) are conjoined only with the twelve
unwholesome (types of consciousness) in five ways.


The Beautiful Factors—4
(sobhanacetasika)


§15 Analysis

  1. Sobhanesu pana sobhanasádháraṇá táva ekúnavìsat’ ime
    cetasiká
    sabbesu pi ekúnasaṭṭhi sobhanacittesu saṃvijjanti.

    II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 97

  2. Viratiyo pana tisso pi lokuttaracittesu sabbathá pi niyatá
    ekato’va
    labbhanti. Lokiyesu pana kámávacarakusalesv’ eva kadáci
    sandissanti
    visuṃ visuṃ.

  3. Appamaññáyo pana dvádasasu pañcamajjhánavajjita-
    mahaggatacittesu
    c’eva kámávacarakusalesu ca sahetuka-
    kámávacarakiriyacittesu
    ti—aṭṭhavìsaticittesv’ eva—kadáci náná
    hutvá
    jáyanti. Upekkhásahagatesu pan’ ettha karuṇá muditá na santì
    ti
    keci vadanti.

  4. Paññá pana dvádasasu ñáṇasampayutta-kámávacaracittesu
    c’eva
    sabbesu pañcatiṃsa mahaggata-lokuttaracittesu ti
    sattacattáḷìsa
    cittesu sampayogaṃ gacchatì ti.

    1. Of the beautiful, firstly, the nineteen universal beautiful factors
      are found in all the fifty-nine types of beautiful consciousness.

    2. The three abstinences are necessarily found together in their
      entirety in every supramundane type of consciousness. But in the
      mundane sense-sphere wholesome types of consciousness they are
      only sometimes present (and then) separately (8 + 8 = 16).

    3. The illimitables arise at times variably in twenty-eight types
      of consciousness—namely, the twelve sublime types of
      consciousness excluding the fifth jhána, the (eight types of) sense-
      sphere wholesome consciousness, and the (eight types of) sense-
      sphere functional consciousness with roots (12 + 8 + 8 = 28). Some,
      however, say that compassion and appreciative joy are not present
      in the types of consciousness accompanied by equanimity.

    4. Wisdom goes into combination with forty-seven types of
      consciousness—namely, the twelve types of sense-sphere
      consciousness associated with knowledge, and all the thirty-five
      sublime and supramundane types of consciousness (12 + 35 = 47).


      Guide to §15

      The three abstinences: In the supramundane path and fruition cittas,
      the abstinences are always present together as the right speech, right
      action, and right livelihood of the Noble Eightfold Path. But in mundane
      cittas they are only present, as explained earlier, on occasions when one
      deliberately refrains from wrongdoing. Since one deliberately refrains
      from an evil deed with a consciousness that is aware of the opportunity
      for transgression, the mundane abstinences can occur only in the sense-
      sphere wholesome cittas; they cannot occur in sublime cittas, which take

      98 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

      the counterpart sign of the jhána as their object, nor do they occur in
      resultant sense-sphere cittas, which do not exercise the function of
      restraint. They also do not occur in the great functional cittas of an
      Arahant, since an Arahant has altogether overcome the disposition
      towards transgression and thus has no need for abstinence.

      In the supramundane cittas the three abstinences are necessarily
      present (
      niyata). In the path cittas they are present as the three moral
      factors of the eightfold path, performing the functions of eradicating the
      inclinations to wrong speech, wrong action, and wrong livelihood respec-
      tively. In the fruition cittas they reappear representing the moral purity
      of speech, action, and livelihood accomplished by the work of the path.
      Since transgressions in speech, action, and livelihood each have a
      different sphere, in mundane consciousness the three abstinences are
      mutually exclusive: if one is present, the other two must be absent.
      Moreover, any abstinence that arises can arise only in part, as determined
      by the type of transgression one refrains from: if one meets the opportunity
      to take life, then right action arises as abstinence only from taking life;
      if one meets the opportunity to steal, then it arises as abstinence only from
      stealing. However, when the abstinences arise in the supramundane cittas
      they always occur together (
      ekato), all three being present simultane-
      ously. And as present, each one functions in its entirety (
      sabbathá); that
      is, right speech eliminates the dispositions to all forms of wrong speech,
      right action to all forms of wrong action, and right livelihood to all forms

      of wrong livelihood.

      The illimitables: While non-hatred and mental neutrality—which can
      also become the illimitables of loving kindness and equanimity—are
      present in all wholesome cittas, the other two illimitables—compassion
      and appreciative joy—are only present when the citta occurs in the
      appropriate mode: either as commiserating with those in suffering, when
      compassion arises, or as rejoicing in the fortune of others, when apprecia-
      tive joy arises.

      The twelve sublime types of consciousness here are the first four jhánas
      in the three aspects of wholesome, resultant, and functional. These two
      illimitables (as well as loving kindness) do not arise in the fifth jhána cittas
      because, at the level of jhána, they are necessarily connected to joyful
      mental feeling (
      somanassa), which in the fifth jhána is replaced by
      equanimous feeling (
      upekkhá). Some teachers deny that the illimitables
      are found in the sense-sphere cittas accompanied by equanimity, but from
      the author’s use of the expression “some, however, say,” he apparently
      does not share their view.
      20

      Wisdom: The character of wisdom varies in accordance with the types
      of cittas in which it arises, but all beautiful cittas except the sense-sphere

      II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 99

      cittas dissociated from knowledge include some measure of right under-
      standing.


      §16 Summary

      Ekúnavìsati dhammá jáyant’ ekúnasaṭṭhisu
      Tayo
      soḷasacittesu aṭṭhavìsatiyaṃ dvayaṃ
      Paññá
      pakásitá sattacattáḷìsavidhesu pi

      Sampayuttá catudh’ evaṃ sobhanesv’ eva sobhaná.

      Nineteen states arise in fifty-nine, three in sixteen, two in twenty-
      eight types of consciousness.

      Wisdom is declared to be found in forty-seven types. Thus
      beautiful (factors) are found only in the beautiful (types of
      consciousness), combined in four ways.


      §17 Fixed and Unfixed Adjuncts
      (niyatániyatabheda)


      Issá-macchera-kukkucca-viratì-karuṇádayo

      Náná kadáci máno ca thìna-middhaṃ tathá saha.
      Yathávuttánusárena
      sesá niyatayogino

      Saṅgahañ ca pavakkhámi tesaṃ dáni yathárahaṃ.

      Envy, avarice, worry, abstinences, compassion, etc. (i.e.,
      appreciative joy), and conceit arise separately and occasionally. So
      do sloth and torpor, but in combination.

      The remaining factors, apart from those mentioned above (52 –
      11 = 41), are fixed adjuncts. Now I shall speak of their combination
      accordingly.


      Guide to § 17

      Of the fifty-two cetasikas, eleven are called unfixed adjuncts (aniyata-) because they do not necessarily arise in the types of consciousness
      to which they are allied. The remaining forty-one factors are called fixed
      adjuncts (
      niyatayogì) because they invariably arise in their assigned
      types of consciousness.

      In the sections to follow, Ácariya Anuruddha will analyze each of
      the 121 cittas in terms of its constellation of associated cetasikas. This
      method of analysis is called the
      saṅgahanaya, the method of
      combinations.

      100 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA


      COMBINATIONS OF MENTAL FACTORS—33

      (cetasikasaògahanaya)

      §18 Introductory Verse

      Chattiṃs’ ánuttare dhammá pañcatiṃsa mahaggate
      Aṭṭhatiṃsá
      pi labbhanti kámávacarasobhane.

      Sattavìsaty’ apuññamhi dvádas’áhetuke ti ca
      Yathásambhavayogena
      pañcadhá tattha saṅgaho.

      Thirty-six factors arise in the supramundane (consciousness),
      thirty-five in the sublime, thirty-eight in the sense-sphere beautiful.
      Twenty-seven in the unwholesome, twelve in the rootless.

      According to the way they arise their combination therein is fivefold.


      Supramundane Consciousness—5
      (lokuttaracittáni)

      §19 Analysis

      Kathaṃ?

      1. Lokuttaresu táva aṭṭhasu paṭhamajjhánikacittesu aññasamáná
        terasa
        cetasiká appamaññávajjitá tevìsati sobhanacetasiká ti
        chattiṃsa
        dhammá saṅgahaṃ gacchanti.

      2. Tathá dutiyajjhánikacittesu vitakkavajjá.

      3. Tatiyajjhánikacittesu vitakka-vicáravajjá.

      4. Catutthajjhánikacittesu vitakka-vicára-pìtivajjá.

      5. Pañcamajjhánikacittesu pi upekkhásahagatá te eva saṅgayhantì
        ti.
        Sabbathá pi aṭṭhasu lokuttaracittesu pañcakajjhánavasena
        pañcadhá
        va saṅgaho hotì ti.

      How?

      1. First, in the eight types of supramundane first jhána
        consciousness, thirty-six factors enter into combination, namely,
        thirteen ethically variable factors and twenty-three beautiful mental
        factors, excluding the two illimitables (13 + 23 = 36).

      2. Similarly, in the supramundane second jhána types of
        consciousness, all the above are included except initial application (35).

      3. In the third jhána types of consciousness (all those) excluding
        initial application and sustained application (34).

      4. In the fourth jhána types of consciousness (all those)
        excluding initial application, sustained application, and zest (33).

        II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS
        TABLE 2.3: COMBINATIONS OF MENTAL FACTORS

        101

        Citta

        NO.

        Cetasikas

        Total

        Supramundane




        1st jhána

        8

        1-13, 28-49, 52

        36

        2nd jhána

        8

        1-7, 9-13, 28-49, 52

        35

        3rd jhána

        8

        1-7, 10-13, 28-49, 52

        34

        4th jhána

        8

        1-7, 10, 11, 13, 28-49, 52

        33

        5th jhána

        8

        1-7, 10, 11, 13, 28-49, 52

        33

        Sublime




        1st jhána

        3

        1-13, 28-46, 50-52

        35

        2nd jhána

        3

        1-7, 9-13, 28-46, 50-52

        34

        3rd jhána

        3

        1-7, 10-13, 28-46, 50-52

        33

        4th jhána

        3

        1-7, 10, 11, 13, 28-46, 50-52

        32

        5th jhána

        15

        1-7, 10, 11, 13, 28-46, 52

        30

        SS Beautiful




        Wholesome

        31, 32

        1-13, 28-52

        38

        "

        33, 34

        1-13, 28-51

        37

        "

        35, 36

        37, 38

        1-11, 13, 28-52

        1-11, 13, 28-51

        37

        36

        Resultant

        39, 40

        1-13, 28-46, 52

        33

        "

        41, 42

        1-13, 28-46

        32

        "

        43, 44

        1-11, 13, 28-46, 52

        32

        "

        45, 46

        1-11, 13, 28-46

        31

        Functional

        47, 48

        1-13, 28-46, 50-52

        35

        "

        49, 50

        1-13, 28-46, 50, 51

        34

        "

        51, 52

        1-11, 13, 28-46, 50-52

        34

        "

        53, 54

        1-11, 13, 28-46, 50-51

        33

        Unwholesome




        Greed-rooted

        1

        1-19

        19

        "

        2

        1-19, 25, 26

        21

        "

        3

        1-18, 20

        19

        "

        4

        1-18, 20, 25, 26

        21

        "

        5

        1-11, 13, 14-19

        18

        "

        6

        1-11, 13, 14-19, 25, 26

        20

        "

        7

        1-11, 13, 14-18, 20

        18

        "

        8

        1-11, 13, 14-18, 20, 25, 26

        20

        Hate-rooted

        9

        1-11, 13,14-17, 21-24

        20

        "

        10

        1-11, 13, 14-17, 21-24, 25, 26

        22

        Delus.-rooted

        11

        1-9, 11, 14-17, 27

        15

        "

        12

        1-11, 14-17

        15

        Rootless




        Sense consness.

        13-17

        1-7

        7

        " "

        20-24

        1-7

        7

        Receiving

        18, 25

        1-10

        10

        Investigating

        19, 27

        1-10

        10

        Investigating

        26

        1-10, 12

        11

        Five door-advt.

        28

        1-10

        10

        Mind-door-advt.

        29

        1-11

        11

        Smile-producing

        30

        1-12

        12

        102 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA


      5. In the fifth jhána types of consciousness, those (same factors
        of the fourth jhána) are included accompanied by equanimity
        (instead of happiness) (33).

      Thus altogether, for the eight types of supramundane consciousness,
      the combination is fivefold by way of the five kinds of jhána.


      Guide to §19

      Supramundane first jhána consciousness: On the supramundane
      jhánas, see I, §§31-32.

      Excluding the two illimitables: The illimitables of compassion and
      appreciative joy are not found in the supramundane cittas because they
      always take the concept of living beings as their object, while the path
      and fruition cittas take Nibbána as their object.
      21 The exceptions in (ii)-

    5. should be understood by way of the elimination of the grosser jhána
      factors at the different levels of supramundane jhána.


      §20 Summary

      Chattiṃsa pañcatiṃsá ca catuttiṃsa yathákkamaṃ
      Tettiṃsa
      dvayam icc’ evaṃ pañcadh’ ánuttare ṭhitá.

      Respectively there are thirty-six, thirty-five, thirty-four, and thirty-
      three in the last two. Thus in five ways they exist in the supramundane.


      Sublime Consciousness—5
      (mahaggatacittáni)


      §21 Analysis

      Mahaggatesu pana:

      1. Tìsu paṭhamajjhánikacittesu táva aññasamáná terasa cetasiká
        viratittayavajjitá
        dvávìsati sobhanacetasiká ti pañcatiṃsa dhammá
        saṅgahaṃ
        gacchanti. Karuṇá-muditá pan’ ettha paccekam eva
        yojetabbá.

      2. Tathá dutiyajjhánikacittesu vitakkavajjá.

      3. Tatiyajjhánikácittesu vitakka-vicáravajjá.

      4. Catutthajjhánikacittesu vitakka-vicára-pìtivajjá.

      5. Pañcamajjhánikacittesu pana paṇṇarasasu appamaññáyo na
        labbhantì
        ti.

    Sabbathá pi sattavìsati mahaggatacittesu pañcakajjhánavasena
    pañcadhá
    va saṅgaho hotì ti.

    II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS

    103


    1. In the sublime types of consciousness, first in the three types
      of first jhána consciousness, thirty-five states enter into combination,
      namely, the thirteen ethically variable mental factors and twenty-
      two beautiful mental factors, excluding the three abstinences (13 +
      22 = 35). But here compassion and appreciative joy should be
      combined separately.

    2. Similarly, in the second jhána consciousness (all those are
      included) except initial application (34).

    3. In the third jhána consciousness, all except initial application
      and sustained application (33).

    4. In the fourth jhána consciousness, all except initial
      application, sustained application, and zest (32).

    5. In the fifteen (types of) fifth jhána consciousness the
      illimitables are not obtained (30).

    Thus altogether, for the twenty-seven types of sublime consciousness,
    the combination is fivefold by way of the five kinds of jhána.


    Guide to § 21

    Three types of first jhána consciousness: that is, wholesome, result-
    ant, and functional.

    Excluding the three abstinences: The abstinences are not included in
    the sublime consciousness because one who is absorbed in jhána is not,
    at that time, deliberately refraining from some type of wrongdoing.

    Compassion and appreciative joy should be combined separately:
    Compassion takes as object beings who are afflicted by suffering, appre-
    ciative joy takes as object beings who have achieved success and
    happiness. Compassion occurs in the mode of commiseration, apprecia-
    tive joy in the mode of rejoicing. Hence because of their contrary objects
    and modes of occurrence, the two cannot coexist in the same citta. While
    one or the other may be associated with this consciousness, they both may
    be absent.


    §22 Summary

    Pañcatiṃsa catuttiṃsa tettiṃsa ca yathákkamaṃ
    attiṃsa
    c’eva tiṃseti pañcadhá va mahaggate.

    There are respectively thirty-five, thirty-four, thirty-three, thirty-
    two, and thirty. Fivefold is the combination in the sublime.

    104 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA


    Sense-Sphere Beautiful Consciousness—12
    (kámávacara-sobhanacittáni)


    §23 Analysis

    1. Kámávacara-sobhanesu pana kusalesu táva paṭhamadvaye
      aññasamáná
      terasa cetasiká pañcavìsati sobhanacetasiká ti
      aṭṭhatiṃsa
      dhammá saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Appamaññá viratiyo pan’
      ettha
      pañca pi paccekam eva yojetabbá.

    2. Tathá dutiyadvaye ñáṇavajjitá.

    3. Tatiyadvaye ñáṇasampayuttá pìtivajjitá.

    4. Catutthadvaye ñáṇapìtivajjitá te eva saṅgayhanti.

    Kiriyacittesu pi virativajjitá tath’eva catúsu pi dukesu catudhá
    va
    saṅgayhanti.

    Tathá vipákesu ca appamañña-virati-vajjitá te eva saṅgayhantì

    ti.

    Sabbathá pi catuvìsati kámávacara-sobhanacittesu dukavasena

    dvádasadhá va saṅgaho hotì ti.

    1. In the sense-sphere beautiful types of consciousness, first in
      the wholesome types of consciousness, in the first couplet thirty-
      eight states enter into combination, namely, the thirteen ethically
      variable mental factors and the twenty-five beautiful mental factors
      (13 + 25 = 38). But here the (two) illimitables and the (three)
      abstinences should be combined separately.

    2. Similarly in the second couplet, (all those are included)
      excluding knowledge (37).

    3. In the third couplet, associated with knowledge, (all those
      are included) excluding zest (37).

    4. In the fourth couplet (all) those are included excluding
      knowledge and zest (36).

    In the functional types of consciousness, in the four couplets those
    (mental factors) are included in the same four ways, except that
    the abstinences are excluded (35, 34, 34, 33).

    So too, in the resultant types of consciousness, those (mental
    factors) are included except that the illimitables and the abstinences
    are excluded (33, 32, 32, 31).

    Thus altogether, for the twenty-four sense-sphere beautiful types
    of consciousness, the combination is twelvefold by way of the
    couplets.


    Guide to §23

    II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS

    105

    The first couplet: The couplets spoken of in this passage are the pairs
    of prompted and unprompted cittas. These do not differ in their constitu-
    ency of cetasikas, and thus may be analyzed together.

    The (three) abstinences should be combined separately: Because the
    abstinences have different spheres of application—speech, action, and
    livelihood—only one can occur in any given citta, as determined by the
    kind of wrong deed one is intending to refrain from. Since the abstinences
    only arise on occasions of deliberate restraint, they need not be present
    in this type of consciousness.

    Excluding zest: The third and fourth couplets are the cittas accompa-
    nied by equanimous feeling (
    upekkhá); these exclude zest (pìti), which
    can occur only in connection with joyful feeling (
    somanassa).

    Functional types of consciousness: Functional cittas of the beautiful
    class arise only in Arahants. These cittas exclude the abstinences because
    Arahants, having cut off all defilements, do not need to deliberately
    refrain from evil deeds.

    Resultant types: Sense-sphere resultants exclude the illimitables
    because they take solely sense-sphere phenomena as their object, while
    the illimitables take the concept of beings as their object; they exclude
    the abstinences because there is no refraining from wrong deeds on the
    occasion of sense-sphere resultants.

    §24 Summary

    Aṭṭhatiṃsa sattatiṃsa dvayaṃ chattiṃsakaṃ subhe
    Pañcatiṃsa
    catuttiṃsa dvayaṃ tettiṃsakaṃ kriye.
    Tettiṃsa
    páke battiṃsa dvay’ ekatiṃsakaṃ bhave
    Sahetukámávacara
    puñña-páka-kriyá mane.

    With respect to sense-sphere consciousness with roots—
    wholesome, resultant, and functional—there arise in the wholesome
    (first pair) thirty-eight, twice thirty-seven (in the second and third
    pairs), and thirty-six (in the fourth pair). In the functional there
    are thirty-five (in the first pair), twice thirty-four (in the second
    and third pairs), and thirty-three (in the fourth pair). In the resultant
    there are thirty-three (in the first pair), twice thirty-two (in the
    second and third pairs), and thirty-one (in the fourth pair).

    §25 Distinctions among the Beautiful Types

    Na vijjant’ ettha viratì kriyásu ca mahaggate
    Anuttare
    appamaññá kámapáke dvayaṃ tathá.

    106 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA


    Anuttare jhánadhammá appamaññá ca majjhime
    Viratì
    ñáṇapìti ca parittesu visesaká.

    Herein, the abstinences are not found in the functional
    consciousness or the sublime consciousness, nor are the illimitables
    found in the supramundane, nor is the pair (the illimitables and
    abstinences) present in the sense-sphere resultants.

    In the supreme (i.e., the supramundane) the jhána factors are the
    basis of distinctions, in the middle (i.e., the sublime) the illimitables
    (and jhána factors), and in the limited (i.e., the sense-sphere beautiful)
    the abstinences, knowledge, and zest are the basis of distinctions.


    Guide to § 25

    The Vibhávinì-Ṭìká adds that in the “limited” or sense-sphere cittas
    the illimitables (compassion and appreciative joy) are also a basis of
    distinctions, since they distinguish the wholesome and functionals, in
    which they may be found, from the resultants, from which they are
    necessarily absent.


    Unwholesome Consciousness—7
    (akusalacittáni)


    §26 Analysis

    1. Akusalesu pana lobhamúlesu táva paṭhame asaṅkhárike
      aññasamáná
      terasa cetasiká akusalasádháraṇá cattáro ti sattarasa
      lobhadiṭṭhìhi
      saddhiṃ ekúnavìsati dhammá saṅgahaṃ gacchanti.

    2. Tath’eva dutiye asaṅkhárike lobhamánena.

    3. Tatiye tath’eva pìtivajjitá lobhadiṭṭhìhi saha aṭṭhárasa.

    4. Catutthe tath’eva lobhamánena.

    1. In the unwholesome types of consciousness, first in those
      rooted in greed, in the first unprompted consciousness nineteen states
      enter into combination, namely, the thirteen ethically variable mental
      factors and the four universal unwholesome mental factors, making
      seventeen, together with greed and wrong view (13 + 4 + 2 = 19).

    2. Similarly, in the second unprompted consciousness, (the same
      seventeen are found together) with greed and conceit (13+4+2 = 19).

    3. Similarly, in the third unprompted consciousness, there are
      eighteen states, together with greed and wrong view but excluding
      zest (12 + 4 + 2 = 18).

      II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS

      107


    4. Similarly, in the fourth (there are eighteen) with greed and
      conceit (12 + 4 + 2 = 18).

    5. Pañcame pana paṭighasampayutte asaṅkhárike doso issá
      macchariyaṃ
      kukkuccañ ti catúhi saddhiṃ pìtivajjitá te eva vìsati
      dhammá
      saṅgayhanti. Issá-macchariya-kukkuccáni pan’ ettha
      paccekam
      eva yojetabbáni.

    6. Sasaṅkhárikapañcake pi tath’eva thìna-middhena visesetvá
      yojetabbá.

  5. In the fifth unprompted consciousness, that associated with
    aversion, these twenty states enter into combination—the above
    excluding zest but including the four: hatred, envy, avarice, and
    worry. But here envy, avarice and worry should be combined
    separately (12 + 4 + 4 = 20).

  6. In the five types of prompted consciousness the above states
    should similarly be combined with this difference, that sloth and
    torpor are included. (Thus: 21; 21; 20; 20; 22.)

  7. Chanda-pìti-vajjitá pana aññasamáná ekádasa akusala-
    sádháraṇá
    cattáro ti paṇṇarasa dhammá uddhaccasahagate
    sampayujjanti.

  8. Vicikicchásahagatacitte ca adhimokkhavirahitá vici-
    kicchásahagatá
    tath’eva paṇṇarasa dhammá samupalabbhantì ti.

Sabbathá pi dvádas’ ákusalacittuppádesu paccekaṃ yojiyamáná
pi
gaṇanavasena sattadhá va saṅgahitá bhavantì ti.

  1. In the type of consciousness connected with restlessness
    fifteen mental states occur, namely, eleven ethically variable factors
    excluding desire and zest, and the four universal unwholesome
    factors (11 + 4 = 15).

  2. In the type of consciousness connected with doubt fifteen
    states are similarly obtained by excluding decision and incorporating
    doubt (10 + 4 + 1 = 15).

Thus altogether, for the twelve types of unwholesome
consciousness, the combination becomes sevenfold when reckoned
according to their different adjuncts.


Guide to § 26

Those rooted in greed: The first and third unprompted cittas rooted
in greed invariably include wrong view; the third, being accompanied by

108 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

equanimity, excludes zest. The second and fourth may include conceit,
but not as a matter of necessity. Thus when conceit is absent they will
contain eighteen and seventeen cetasikas, respectively.

That associated with aversion: This type of citta includes twelve
ethically variable factors, four unwholesome universals, and the four
additional states of the aversion class—hatred, envy, avarice, and worry.
The last three are mutually exclusive and may all be absent from this citta.
Connected with restlessness: The two cittas rooted in delusion ex-
clude desire, as they are incapable of sustaining purposive activity. In the
doubting consciousness, decision is replaced by doubt, the two being

mutually incompatible.


§27 Summary

Ekúnavìs’ aṭṭhárasa vìs’ekavìsa vìsati
Dvávìsa
paṇṇarase ti sattadh’ ákusale ṭhitá.
Sádháraṇá
ca cattáro samáná ca dasá’ pare
Cuddas’
ete pavuccanti sabbákusalayogino.

Nineteen, eighteen, twenty, twenty-one, twenty, twenty-two,
fifteen—thus they stand in seven ways in the unwholesome
consciousness.

These fourteen mental states—namely, the four unwholesome
universals and ten variables—are said to be associated with all the
unwholesome types of consciousness.


Rootless Consciousness—4
(ahetukacittáni)


§28 Analysis

  1. Ahetukesu pana hasanacitte táva chandavajjitá aññasamáná
    dvádasa
    dhammá saṅgahaṃ gacchanti.

  2. Tathá votthapane chanda-pìti-vajjitá.

  3. Sukhasantìraṇe chanda-viriya-vajjitá.

  4. Manodhátuttika-ahetukapaṭisandhiyugale chanda-pìti-viriya-
    vajjitá.

  5. Dvipañcaviññáṇe pakiṇṇakavajjitá te yeva saṅgayhantì ti.

Sabbathá pi aṭṭhárasasu ahetukesu gaṇanavasena catudhá va
saṅgaho
hotì ti.

II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS

109


  1. In the rootless types of consciousness, first in the smile-
    producing consciousness, twelve ethically variable states, excluding
    desire, enter into combination (7 + 5 = 12).

  2. Likewise they occur in the determining consciousness,
    excluding desire and zest (7 + 4 = 11).

  3. In the investigating consciousness accompanied by joy, all
    those except desire and energy occur (7 + 4 = 11).

  4. In the triple mind element and in the pair of rootless rebirth-
    linking types of consciousness, all those except desire, zest, and
    energy occur (7 + 3 = 10).

  5. In the two types of fivefold sense consciousness, all those
    enter into combination except the occasionals (7).

Thus altogether, for the eighteen types of rootless consciousness,
the combinations, numerically considered, constitute four groups.


Guide to § 28

The determining consciousness (votthapana): This consciousness is
the same as the mind-door adverting consciousness, which in the five
sense doors performs the function of determining the object.

The investigating consciousness accompanied by joy: This citta, a
wholesome kamma resultant arisen in regard to an exceptionally desir-
able object, includes zest because the associated feeling is joy. In this citta
and those to follow, energy is excluded, because these rootless types of
consciousness are weak and passive.

The triple mind element (manodhátuttika): This is a collective term
for the five-door adverting consciousness (
pañcadvárávajjana) and the
two types of receiving consciousness (
sampaṭicchana).

Pair of rootless rebirth-linking types of consciousness (paṭisandhi):
These are the two kinds of investigating consciousness accompanied by
equanimity. Their role in rebirth-linking is explained at III, §9.


§29 Summary

Dvádas’ ekádasa dasa satta ti catubbidho
Aṭṭháras’
áhetukesu cittuppádesu saṅgaho.

Ahetukesu sabbattha satta sesá yathárahaṃ
Iti
vitthárato vutto tettiṃsavidhasaṅgaho.

Twelve, eleven, ten, seven—thus the combination in the eighteen
rootless types of consciousness is fourfold.

110 II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA


In all the rootless the seven (universals) occur. The rest (the
occasionals) arise according to the type. Thus in detail the
combinations are told in thirty-three ways.


§30 Conclusion

Itthaṃ cittáviyuttánaṃ sampayogañ ca saṅgahaṃ
Ñatvá
bhedaṃ yatháyogaṃ cittena samam uddise.

Understanding thus the associations and combinations of the
mental adjuncts, let one explain their division, which is the same
as that of the types of consciousness, according to their association
with them.


Guide to § 30

The associations of the mental adjuncts: This refers to the associa-
tion of each cetasika with the different cittas in which it is found,
explained in §§10-17.

The combinations of the mental adjuncts: This refers to the analysis
of each citta into its component cetasikas, explained in §§18-29. For a
comprehensive view of both the method of association and the method
of combination together, see Table 2.4 at the end of this chapter.

Let one explain their classification, etc.: The author advises the
student to categorize the cetasikas by way of the cittas to which they
pertain. For example, the seven universals are eighty-ninefold because
they arise in all cittas. Initial application is fifty-fivefold because it arises
in fifty-five cittas. The cetasikas can further be divided by way of plane,
kind, associations, etc., in accordance with their host consciousness.


Iti Abhidhammatthasaṅgahe
Cetasikasaṅgahavibhágo
náma
dutiyo
paricchedo.


Thus ends the second chapter

in the Manual of Abhidhamma entitled
the Compendium of Mental Factors.


II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS 111

TABLE 2.4:

COMPREHENSIVE CHART ON MENTAL FACTORS

SS Wholesome

1, 2



















38

"

3, 4



















37

"

5, 6



















37

"

7, 8



















36

SS Resultant

1, 2



















33

"

3, 4



















32

"

5, 6



















32

"

7, 8



















31

SS Functional

1, 2



















35

"

3, 4



















34

"

5, 6



















34

"

7, 8



















33

FMS

1st jhāna

3



















35

"

2nd jhāna

3



















34

"

3rd jhāna

3



















33

"

4th jhāna

3



















32

"

5th jhāna

3



















30

IS

5th jhāna

12



















30


1st jhāna

4



















36

4 Path

2nd jhāna

4



















35

Cittas

3rd jhāna

4



















34


4th jhāna

4



















33


5th jhāna

4



















33


1st jhāna

4



















36

4 Fruit

2nd jhāna

4



















35

Cittas

3rd jhāna

4



















34


4th jhāna

4



















33


5th jhāna

4



















33

Totals

89



78

73


69

12

8

4

4

2

5

1

59

16

28

47


121

55

66

110

105

51

101








91

48


79

112

II. CETASIKASAṄGAHA

Method of

113

II. COMPENDIUM OF MENTAL FACTORS

Association

Cetasikas

Method of Combination



Cittas

Univerals 7

In. Application
Sus. Application
Decision
Energy

Zest

Desire

Unwh. Univs. 4

Greed
Wrong View

Conceit

Hate, Envy,
Avarice, Worry

Sloth, Torpor
Doubt

Btf. Univs. 19

Abstinences 3

Illimitables 2

Wisdom

Totals

Greed-rooted
"

"

"

"

"

"

"

Hate-rooted
"

Delusion-rooted

"

1



















19

2



















21

3



















19

4



















21

5



















18

6



















20

7



















18

8



















20

1



















20

2



















22

1



















15

2



















15

Sense consness.
Receiving
Investigating - eqn.
Investigating - joy
Five-door advert.
Mind-door advert.

Smile-producing

10



















7

2



















10

2



















10

1



















11

1



















10

1



















11

1



















12


114 III. PAKIṆṆAKASAṄGAHA

CHAPTER III

COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS

(Pakiụụakasaògahavibhága)


§1 Introductory Verse


Sampayuttá yatháyogaṃ tepaṇṇása sabhávato
Cittacetasiká
dhammá tesaṃ dáni yathárahaṃ.
Vedaná-hetuto
kicca-dvár’-álambana-vatthuto
Cittuppádavasen’
eva saṅgaho náma nìyate.

Having explained accordingly the fifty-three associated states—
consciousness and mental factors—with respect to their intrinsic
nature, now, taking consciousness alone, we will deal concisely with
its classification by way of feelings, roots, functions, doors, objects,
and bases.


Guide to §1

The fifty-three associated states: Though 89 (or 121) types of con-
sciousness are recognized in the Abhidhamma, these are treated collec-
tively as a single
dhamma or reality because they all have the same
characteristic, namely, the cognizing of an object. However, the fifty-two
cetasikas are considered to be each a separate reality because they all have
different characteristics. Thus there are altogether fifty-three associated
mental phenomena.

Taking consciousness alone (cittuppádavasen’ eva): The Pali term
cittuppáda literally means an arising of consciousness. In other contexts
it implies the citta together with its collection of cetasikas but here it
denotes citta itself. Nevertheless, it should be understood that con-
sciousness always occurs in indissoluble union with its cetasikas, which
often form the basis for its analysis and classification.

III. COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS 115


Compendium of Feeling
(vedanásaògaha)


§2 Analysis of Feeling

Tattha vedanásaṅgahe táva tividhá vedaná: sukhá, dukkhá,
adukkhamasukhá
ti. Sukhaṃ, dukkhaṃ, somanassaṃ, doma-
nassaṃ,
upekkhá ti ca bhedena pana pañcadhá hoti.

In the compendium of feeling there are first three kinds of
feeling, namely, pleasant, painful, and that which is neither painful
nor pleasant. Again, feeling is analyzed as fivefold: pleasure, pain,
joy, displeasure, and equanimity.


Guide to §2

Analysis of feeling: As we have seen, feeling (vedaná) is a universal
mental factor, the cetasika with the function of experiencing the “flavour”
of the object. Since some sort of feeling accompanies every citta, feeling
serves as an important variable in terms of which consciousness can be
classified. In this section the author’s main concern is to classify the
totality of cittas by way of their concomitant feeling.

Three kinds of feeling: Feeling may be analyzed as either threefold or
fivefold. When it is analyzed simply in terms of its affective quality, it is
threefold: pleasant, painful, and neither-painful-nor-pleasant. In this
threefold classification, pleasant feeling includes both bodily pleasure
and mental pleasure or joy, and painful feeling includes both bodily pain
and mental pain or displeasure.

Feeling is analyzed as fivefold: When feeling is analyzed by way of
the governing faculty (
indriya), it becomes fivefold. These five types of
feelings are called faculties because they exercise lordship or control
(
indra) over their associated states with respect to the affective mode of
experiencing the object.

When the fivefold analysis of feeling is considered, the pleasant
feeling of the threefold scheme becomes divided into pleasure and joy,
the former bodily and the latter mental; the painful feeling of the threefold
scheme becomes divided into pain and displeasure, again the former
bodily and the latter mental; and neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling
becomes identified with equanimity or neutral feeling.

In the Suttas the Buddha sometimes also speaks of feeling as twofold,
pleasure (
sukha) and pain (dukkha). This is a loose or metaphorical
method of analysis, arrived at by merging the blameless neutral feeling
in pleasure and the blameworthy neutral feeling in pain. The Buddha

116 III. PAKIṆṆAKASAṄGAHA


further declares that whatever is felt is included in suffering (yaṃ kiñci taṃ dukkhasmiṃ, S.36:11/iv, 216). In this statement the word
dukkha does not bear the narrow meaning of painful feeling, but the
broader meaning of the suffering inherent in all conditioned things by
reason of their impermanence.

Pleasure (sukha) has the characteristic of experiencing a desirable
tangible object, the function of intensifying associated states, mani-
festation as bodily enjoyment, and its proximate cause is the body faculty.
Pain (dukkha) has the characteristic of experiencing an undesirable
tangible object, the function of withering associated states, manifestation

as bodily affliction, and its proximate cause is also the body faculty.

Joy (somanassa) has the characteristic of experiencing a desirable
object, the function of partaking of the desirable aspect of the object,
manifestation as mental enjoyment, and its proximate cause is tran-
quillity.
1

Displeasure (domanassa) has the characteristic of experiencing an
undesirable object, the function of partaking of the undesirable aspect of
the object, manifestation as mental affliction, and its proximate cause is
the heart-base.
2

Equanimity (upekkhá) has the characteristic of being felt as neutral,
the function of neither intensifying nor withering associated states,
manifestation as peacefulness, and its proximate cause is consciousness
without zest.
3


§3 Classification by way of Consciousness

Tattha sukhasahagataṃ kusalavipákaṃ káyaviññáṇaṃ ekam eva.
Tathá
dukkhasahagataṃ akusalavipákaṃ káyaviññáṇaṃ.

Somanassasahagatacittáni pana lobhamúláni cattári, dvádasa
kámávacarasobhanáni,
sukhasantìraṇa-hasanáni ca dve ti aṭṭhárasa
kámávacaracittáni
c’eva paṭhama-dutiya-tatiya-catutthajjhána-
saṅkhátáni
catucattáḷìsa mahaggata-lokuttaracittáni ti
dvásaṭṭhividháni
bhavanti.

Domanassasahagatacittáni pana dve paṭighasampayuttacittán’eva.
Sesáni
sabbáni pi pañcapaññása upekkhásahagatacittán’ evá ti.

Of them, wholesome-resultant body-consciousness is the only one
accompanied by pleasure.

Similarly, unwholesome-resultant body-consciousness is the only
one accompanied by pain.

There are sixty-two kinds of consciousness accompanied by joy,
namely:

III. COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS 117


  1. eighteen types of sense-sphere consciousness—four rooted in
    greed, twelve types of sense-sphere beautiful consciousness, the two
    (rootless) types, i.e., joyful investigating and smiling consciousness
    (4 + 12 + 2);

  2. forty-four types of sublime and supramundane consciousness
    pertaining to the first, second, third, and fourth jhánas (12 + 32).

Only the two types of consciousness connected with aversion are
accompanied by displeasure.

All the remaining fifty-five types of consciousness are accom-
panied by equanimity.


Guide to §3

The remaining fifty-five: Those cittas accompanied by equanimity are:

  1. six unwholesome cittas, four rooted in greed, two in delusion;

  2. fourteen rootless cittas;

  3. twelve sense-sphere beautiful cittas (four each wholesome, result-
    ant, and functional);

  4. three cittas of the fifth jhána;

  5. twelve cittas of the immaterial jhánas; and

  6. eight supramundane cittas, i.e., the paths and fruits pertaining to
    the fifth supramundane jhána.


    §4 Summary

    Sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ upekkhá ti tividhá tattha vedaná
    Somanassaṃ
    domanassam iti bhedena pañcadhá.
    Sukham
    ekattha dukkhañ ca domanassaṃ dvaye ṭhitaṃ
    Dvásaṭṭhìsu
    somanassaṃ pañcapaññásake’tará.

    Feeling, therein, is threefold, namely, pleasure, pain, and
    equanimity. Together with joy and displeasure it is fivefold.

    Pleasure and pain are each found in one, displeasure in two, joy
    in sixty-two, and the remaining (i.e., equanimity) in fifty-five.


    Guide to §4

    Pleasure and pain are each found in one: It should be noted that while
    the four pairs of sense consciousness other than body-consciousness are
    accompanied by equanimous feeling, body-consciousness arises in con-
    nection with either pleasure or pain. The Atthasálinì explains that in the
    case of the four doors—eye, ear, nose, and tongue—the sense object,
    which is derived matter, impinges on the sense faculty, which is also

    118 III. PAKIṆṆAKASAṄGAHA


    derived matter. When this happens, the impact is not strong, as when four
    balls of cotton placed on anvils are struck by four other balls of cotton.
    Thus the resulting feeling is neutral. But in the case of the body, the object
    consists of three of the primary elements—earth, fire, and air. Thus when
    the object impinges on body-sensitivity, its impact is strong and is
    conveyed to the primary elements of the body. This is comparable to four
    balls of cotton being struck by hammers: the hammer breaks through the
    cotton and hits the anvil. In the case of a desirable object the body-
    consciousness is a wholesome-resultant and the concomitant bodily
    feeling is physical pleasure, in the case of an undesirable object the body-
    consciousness is an unwholesome-resultant and the concomitant bodily
    feeling is physical pain.
    4


    TABLE 3.1: COMPENDIUM OF FEELING


    Unwholesome

    RTLS.

    SS BTF.

    FMS

    IS

    PATH

    FRUIT

    Unwh.-result

    Wh.-result
    Functional

    Wholesome

    Resultant
    Functional

    Wholesome
    Resultant

    Functional

    Wholesome

    Resultant
    Functional

    Stream-entry
    Once-return
    Non-return

    Arahant

    Stream-entry
    Once-return
    Non-return

    Arahant


    image


    image


    image


    *

    *


    image




    image image


    image


    image image



    image



    image image image


    image


    image

    image

    KEY:


    image


    image


    *

    joy 62

    equanimity55

    displeasure 2


    pleasure 1

    pain 1

    III. COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS 119

    Though it may seem that pleasure and pain also accompany the other
    four kinds of sense consciousness, the Abhidhamma maintains that the
    immediate moment of sense consciousness in these cases is necessarily
    accompanied by neutral feeling. In the javana phase belonging to the
    same cognitive process as the moment of sense consciousness, and in
    subsequent mind-door processes taking the same object, mental pleasure
    (that is,
    somanassa or joy) may arise towards an agreeable sight, sound,
    smell, or taste; mental pain (that is,
    domanassa or displeasure) may arise
    towards a disagreeable sight, etc.; and equanimity or neutral feeling
    (
    upekkhá) may arise towards an object regarded with indifference or
    detachment. These, however, are mental feelings rather than physical
    feelings, and they arise subsequent to the moment of bare sense con-
    sciousness rather than in immediate association with the bare sense
    consciousness. As they occur in the javana phase, these feelings are
    associated with wholesome or unwholesome consciousness, or—in the
    case of the joy and equanimity experienced by Arahants—with func-
    tional consciousness.
    5

    Compendium of Roots
    (hetusaògaha)


    §5 Analysis of Roots

    Hetusaṅgahe hetú náma lobho doso moho alobho adoso amoho
    ti chabbidhá bhavanti.

    In the compendium of roots there are six roots, namely, greed,
    hatred, delusion, non-greed, non-hatred, and non-delusion.


    Guide to §5

    Analysis of roots: In this section all types of consciousness are
    classified by way of their concomitant
    hetus or “roots.” In the Suttas the
    word
    hetu is used in the general sense of cause or reason (káraṇa). There
    it is synonymous with the word
    paccaya, condition, with which it is often
    conjoined, and it applies to any phenomenon that functions as a cause or
    reason for other things. In the Abhidhamma, however,
    hetu is used
    exclusively in the specialized sense of root (
    múla), and it is restricted in
    application to six mental factors representing ethically significant quali-
    ties.

    Formally defined, a root is a mental factor which establishes firmness
    and stability in the cittas and cetasikas with which it is associated.
    6 For
    it is said that those cittas that possess roots are firm and stable, like trees,

    120 III. PAKIṆṆAKASAṄGAHA


    while those that are rootless are weak and unstable, like moss.7

    Of the six roots enumerated in the text, three—greed, hatred, and
    delusion—are exclusively unwholesome, while three—non-greed, non-
    hatred, and non-delusion—may be either wholesome or indeterminate.
    They are wholesome when they arise in wholesome cittas and indeter-
    minate when they arise in resultant and functional cittas. In either case,
    whether wholesome or indeterminate, these three roots are beautiful
    (
    sobhana) cetasikas.


    §6 Classification by way of Consciousness

    Tattha pañcadvárávajjana-dvipañcaviññáṇa-sampaṭicchana-
    santìraṇa-votthapana-hasana-vasena
    aṭṭhárasa ahetukacittáni náma.
    Sesáni
    sabbáni pi ekasattati cittáni sahetukán’eva.

    Tatthá pi dve momúhacittáni ekahetukáni. Sesáni dasa akusala-
    cittáni
    c’eva ñáṇavippayuttáni dvádasa kámávacarasobhanáni ti
    dvávìsati
    dvihetukacittáni.

    Dvádasa ñáṇasampayutta-kámávacarasobhanáni c’eva pañcatiṃsa
    mahaggata-lokuttaracittáni
    ti sattacattáḷìsa tihetukacittáni.

    Therein, eighteen types of consciousness are without roots,
    namely, five-door adverting, the two sets of fivefold sense
    consciousness, receiving, investigating, determining, and smiling
    (1 + 5 + 5 + 2 + 3 + 1 + 1). All the remaining seventy-one types
    of consciousness are with roots.

    Of them the two types of consciousness associated with sheer
    delusion have only one root. The remaining ten unwholesome types
    of consciousness and the twelve sense-sphere beautiful types of
    consciousness dissociated from knowledge—thus totalling twenty-
    two—are with two roots.

    The twelve sense-sphere beautiful types of consciousness
    associated with knowledge, and the thirty-five sublime and
    supramundane types of consciousness—thus totalling forty-seven—
    are with three roots.


    Guide to §6

    The remaining ten unwholesome types of consciousness: The eight
    cittas accompanied by greed have greed and delusion as roots; the two
    cittas accompanied by aversion have hatred and delusion as roots.

    The twelve dissociated from knowledge: These sense-sphere
    beautiful cittas—four each wholesome, resultant, and functional—are

    III. COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS 121

    conditioned by non-greed and non-hatred; non-delusion is excluded
    because they are dissociated from knowledge.

    Forty-seven with three roots: These cittas are conditioned by the
    three beautiful roots.


    §7 Summary

    Lobho doso ca moho ca hetú akusalá tayo
    Alobhádosámoho
    ca kusalábyákatá tathá.
    Ahetuk’
    aṭṭháras’ ekahetuká dve dvávìsati
    Dvihetuká
    matá sattacattáḷìsa tihetuká.

    Greed, hatred, and delusion are the three unwholesome roots.
    Non-greed, non-hatred, and non-delusion are (the three roots that
    are) wholesome and indeterminate.


    Cittas

    TABLE 3.2: COMPENDIUM OF ROOTS



    Roots

    Greed-rooted 8

    Hate-rooted 2

    Delusion-rooted 2

    Rootless 18

    SS Btf. w. Knwl. 12

    SS Btf. wo. Knwl. 12

    Sublime 27

    Supramundane 8

    Total

    Greed









    8

    Hate








    2

    Delusion









    12

    Non-greed









    59

    Non-hate









    59

    Non-delusion









    47


    2

    2

    1

    0

    3

    2

    3

    3


    122 III. PAKIṆṆAKASAṄGAHA


    It should be understood that eighteen (types of consciousness)
    are without roots, two with one root, twenty-two with two roots,
    and forty-seven with three roots.


    Compendium of Functions
    (kiccasaògaha)


    §8 Analysis of Functions

    Kiccasaṅgahe kiccáni náma paṭisandhi-bhavaṅga-ávajjana-
    dassana-savana-gháyana-sáyana-phusana-sampaṭicchana-santìraṇa-
    votthapana-javana-tadárammaṇa-cutivasena
    cuddasavidháni
    bhavanti.

    Paṭisandhi-bhavaṅga-ávajjana-pañcaviññáṇa-ṭṭhánádivasena
    pana
    tesaṃ dasadhá ṭhánabhedo veditabbo.

    In the compendium of functions there are fourteen functions,
    namely: (1) rebirth-linking, (2) life-continuum, (3) adverting, (4)

    seeing, (5) hearing, (6) smelling, (7) tasting, (8) touching, (9)

    receiving, (10) investigating, (11) determining, (12) javana, (13)
    registration, and (14) death.

    Their further classification should be understood by way of stage
    as tenfold, namely: (1) rebirth-linking, (2) life-continuum, (3)
    adverting, (4) fivefold sense consciousness, and so forth.


    Guide to §8

    Analysis of functions: In this section the eighty-nine types of con-
    sciousness are classified by way of function. The Abhidhamma posits
    altogether fourteen functions performed by different kinds of conscious-
    ness. These are exercised either at distinct phases within the cognitive
    process (3-13) or on occasions when consciousness is occurring outside
    the cognitive process, that is, in process-freed (
    vìthimutta) consciousness
    (1, 2, 14).

    1. Rebirth-linking (paṭisandhi): This function exercised at concep-
      tion is called rebirth-linking because it links the new existence to the
      previous one. The consciousness that performs this function, the
      paṭisandhicitta or rebirth-linking consciousness, occurs only once in
      any individual existence, at the moment of rebirth.

    2. Life-continuum (bhavaṅga): The word bhavaṅga means factor
      (
      aṅga) of existence (bhava), that is, the indispensable condition of
      existence.
      Bhavaṅga is the function of consciousness by which the

      III. COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS 123

      continuity of the individual is preserved through the duration of any
      single existence, from conception to death. After the
      paṭisandhicitta has
      arisen and fallen away, it is then followed by the
      bhavaṅgacitta, which
      is a resultant consciousness of the same type as the
      paṭisandhicitta but
      which performs a different function, namely, the function of preserving
      the continuity of the individual existence.
      Bhavaṅgacittas arise and pass
      away every moment during life whenever there is no active cognitive
      process taking place. This type of consciousness is most evident during
      deep dreamless sleep, but it also occurs momentarily during waking life
      countless times between occasions of active cognition.

      When an object impinges on a sense door, the bhavaṅga is arrested and
      an active cognitive process ensues for the purpose of cognizing the
      object. Immediately after the cognitive process is completed, again the
      bhavaṅga supervenes and continues until the next cognitive process
      arises. Arising and perishing at every moment during this passive phase
      of consciousness, the bhavaṅga flows on like a stream, without remaining
      static for two consecutive moments.

    3. Adverting (ávajjana): When an object impinges at one of the sense
      doors or at the mind door, there occurs a mind-moment called
      bhavaṅga- vibration of the life-continuum, by which the bhavaṅga con-
      sciousness “vibrates” for a single moment. This is followed by another
      moment called
      bhavaṅga-upaccheda, arrest of the life-continuum, by
      which the flow of the bhavaṅga is cut off. Immediately after this, a citta
      arises turning to the object, either at one of the five physical sense doors
      or at the mind door. This function of turning to the object is termed
      adverting.

    (4-8) Seeing, etc.: In a cognitive process at the sense doors, after the
    moment of adverting, there arises a citta which directly cognizes the
    impingent object. This citta, and the specific function it performs, is
    determined by the nature of the object. If the object is a visible form, eye-
    consciousness arises seeing it; if it is a sound, ear-consciousness arises
    hearing it, and so forth. In this context, the functions of seeing and hearing,
    etc., do not refer to the cognitive acts which explicitly identify the objects
    of sight and hearing, etc., as such. They signify, rather, the rudimentary
    momentary occasions of consciousness by which the sense datum is
    experienced in its bare immediacy and simplicity prior to all identificatory
    cognitive operations.

    (9-11) Receiving, etc.: In the case of a cognitive process through any
    of the five sense doors, following the citta that performs the function of
    seeing, etc., there arise in succession cittas that perform the functions of
    receiving (
    sampaṭicchana), investigating (santìraṇa), and determining
    (
    votthapana) the object. In the case of a cognitive process occurring in

    124 III. PAKIṆṆAKASAṄGAHA


    the mind door independently of the physical senses, these three functions
    do not occur; rather, mind-door adverting follows immediately upon the
    cutting off of the bhavaṅga without any intermediate functions.

    1. Javana: Javana is a technical term of Abhidhamma usage that is
      best left untranslated. The literal meaning of the word is running swiftly.
      As a function of consciousness it applies to the stage of the cognitive
      process that immediately follows the determining stage,
      8 and consists of
      a series of cittas (normally seven, all identical in kind) which “run swiftly”
      over the object in the act of apprehending it. The javana stage is the most
      important from an ethical standpoint, for it is at this point that wholesome
      or unwholesome cittas originate.
      9

    2. Registration (tadárammaụa): The word tadárammaṇa means
      literally “having that object,” and denotes the function of taking as object
      the object that had been apprehended by the javanas. This function is
      exercised for two mind-moments immediately after the javana phase in
      a sense-sphere cognitive process when the object is either very prominent
      to the senses or clear to the mind. When the object lacks special promi-
      nence or clarity, as well as in other types of cognitive process apart from
      the sense-sphere process, this function is not exercised at all. Following
      registration (or the javana phase when registration does not occur) the
      stream of consciousness again lapses back into the bhavaṅga.

    3. Death (cuti): The death consciousness is the last citta to occur in
      an individual existence; it is the citta which marks the exit from a
      particular life. This citta is of the same type as the rebirth-linking
      consciousness and the bhavaṅga, and like them it pertains to the process-
      freed side of existence, the passive flow of consciousness outside an
      active cognitive process. It differs from them in that it performs a different
      function, namely, the function of passing away.

    By way of stage as tenfold: The word “stage” (ṭhána) means a moment
    or occasion between two other cittas at which a given citta is able to arise.
    Although there are fourteen functions of consciousness, the five sensory
    functions of seeing, etc., all occupy the same stage of the cognitive
    process, between the two stages of adverting and receiving. Thus the
    fourteen functions can be condensed into ten stages of consciousness.


    §9 Classification by way of Consciousness

    Tattha dve upekkhásahagatasantìraṇáni c’eva aṭṭha mahávipákáni
    ca
    nava rúpárúpavipákáni ti ekúnavìsati cittáni paṭisandhi-
    bhavaṅga-cutikiccáni
    náma.

    Ávajjanakiccáni pana dve. Tathá dassana-savana-gháyana-
    sáyana-phusana-sampaṭicchanakiccáni
    ca.

    III. COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS 125


    Tìṇi santìraṇakiccáni.

    Manodvárávajjanam eva pañcadváre votthapanakiccaṃ sádheti.

    Ávajjanadvayavajjitáni kusalákusala-phala-kriyá cittáni
    pañcapaññása
    javanakiccáni.

    Aṭṭha mahávipákáni c’eva santìraṇattayañ ti ekádasa
    tadárammaṇakiccáni.

    Of them, nineteen types of consciousness perform the functions
    of rebirth-linking, life-continuum, and death. They are: two types
    of investigating consciousness accompanied by equanimity; eight
    great resultants; and nine fine-material-sphere and immaterial-sphere
    resultants (2 + 8 + 9 = 19).

    Two perform the function of adverting.

    Similarly, two perform each of the functions of seeing, hearing,
    smelling, tasting, touching, and receiving.

    Three perform the function of investigating.

    The mind-door adverting consciousness performs the function
    of determining in the five sense doors.

    With the exception of the two types of adverting consciousness,
    the fifty-five types of unwholesome, wholesome, fruition and
    functional consciousness perform the function of javana.

    The eight great resultants and the three types of investigating
    consciousness, totalling eleven, perform the function of registration.


    Guide to §9

    Classification by way of consciousness: The present section will be
    less likely to cause perplexity if it is recognized that there is a distinction
    between a type of consciousness and the function after which it is
    commonly named. Although certain types of consciousness are named
    after a single function that they perform, this name is chosen as a
    convenient designation and does not mean that the type of consciousness
    so named is confined to that particular function. To the contrary, a given
    type of consciousness may perform several functions completely differ-
    ent from the one with reference to which it is named.

    The functions of rebirth-linking, life-continuum, and death: As
    pointed out above, in any single life it is the same type of consciousness
    that performs the three functions of rebirth-linking, life-continuum, and
    death. At the moment of conception this type of consciousness arises
    linking the new existence to the old one; throughout the course of life this
    same type of consciousness arises countless times as the passive flow of

    126 III. PAKIṆṆAKASAṄGAHA


    the bhavaṅga, maintaining the continuity of existence; and at death this
    same type of consciousness again occurs as the passing away from the old
    existence.

    There are nineteen cittas which perform these three functions. The
    unwholesome-resultant investigating consciousness (
    santìraṇa) does so
    in the case of those beings who take rebirth into the woeful planes—the
    hells, the animal realm, the sphere of petas, and the host of asuras. The
    wholesome-resultant investigating consciousness accompanied by equa-
    nimity performs these functions in the case of a human rebirth as one who
    is congenitally blind, deaf, dumb, etc., as well as among certain lower
    classes of gods and spirits. While the deformity itself is due to unwhole-
    some kamma, the human rebirth is the result of wholesome kamma, though
    of a relatively weak degree. It should not be thought that investigation
    occurs at the moment of rebirth or during the life-continuum, for a
    consciousness can perform only one function at a time.

    The eight great resultants—the beautiful sense-sphere resultants with
    two and three roots—perform these three functions for those reborn in the
    fortunate sensuous realms as gods and humans free from congenital
    defects.

    The above ten cittas pertain to rebirth in the sensuous plane.

    The five fine-material-sphere resultants serve as rebirth conscious-
    ness, life-continuum, and death consciousness for those reborn into the
    fine-material plane of existence, and the four immaterial-sphere resultants
    for those reborn into the respective immaterial planes of existence.

    The function of adverting: The five-sense-door adverting con-
    sciousness (
    pañcadvárávajjana) performs this function when a sense
    object impinges on one of the five physical sense doors. The mind-door
    adverting consciousness (
    manodvárávajjana) does so when an object
    arises at the mind door. Both these cittas are rootless functionals
    (
    ahetukakiriya).

    The function of seeing, etc.: The two cittas that perform each of these
    five functions are the wholesome-resultant and unwholesome-resultant
    eye-consciousness, etc.

    Receiving: The function of receiving is performed by the two types of
    receiving consciousness (
    sampaṭicchanacitta).

    The function of investigating: The three cittas that perform this
    function are the two rootless resultants accompanied by equanimity—
    one wholesome-resultant, the other unwholesome-resultant—and the
    rootless wholesome-resultant accompanied by joy.

    The function of determining: There is no distinct citta known as
    determining consciousness. It is the same type of citta—a rootless
    functional consciousness accompanied by equanimity (see I, §10)—that

    III. COMPENDIUM OF THE MISCELLANEOUS 127


    Cittas


    Unwholesome
    Eye-consness.
    Ear-consness.
    Nose-consness.
    Tongue-consness.
    Body-consness.
    Receiving

    Invs. - equ.
    Invs. - joy
    Five-door advt.

    Mind-door advt.
    Smiling

    SS Wholesome
    SS Resultant
    SS Functional

    Sbl. Wholesome
    Sbl. Resultant
    Sbl. Functional
    Supramundane
    Total


    IV. COMPENDIUM OF THE COGNITIVE PROCESS 149

    CHAPTER IV

    COMPENDIUM OF
    THE
    COGNITIVE PROCESS

    (Vìthisaògahavibhága)


    §1 Introductory Verse


    Cittuppádánam icc’evaṃ katvá saṅgaham uttaraṃ
    Bhúmi-puggalabhedena
    pubbáparaniyámitaṃ
    Pavattisaṅgahaṃ
    náma paṭisandhippavattiyaṃ
    Pavakkhámi
    samásena yathásambhavato kathaṃ.

    Having thus completed the excellent compendium of states of con-
    sciousness, I shall briefly explain in due order the occurrence of con-
    sciousness both at rebirth-linking and during the course of existence,
    according to the planes and individuals, and as determined by what (states
    of consciousness) precede and follow.


    Guide to §1


    I shall briefly explain, etc.: In the preceding chapter the author has
    classified the states of consciousness with their mental concomitants in
    terms of such categories as feelings, roots, functions, and so forth. In the
    next two chapters he will deal with the dynamics of consciousness as it
    occurs in the process of life. The present chapter examines the occurrence
    of consciousness in the cognitive process (
    cittavìthi), the next chapter the
    occurrence of consciousness outside the cognitive process (
    vìthimutta),
    on the occasions of rebirth, bhavaṅga, and death.

    As determined by what (states of consciousness) precede and
    follow
    (pubbáparaniyámitaí): This phrase means that the cittas in any
    one cognitive process, as well as in the preceding and following proc-
    esses, occur in due order in accordance with natural law.

    150 IV. VÌTHISAṄGAHA


    Enumeration of Categories


    §2 The Six Sixes

    Cha vatthúni, cha dváráni, cha álambanáni, cha viññáṇáni, cha
    vìthiyo,
    chadhá visayappavatti ti vìthisaṅgahe cha chakkáni
    veditabbáni.

    Vìthimuttánaṃ pana kamma-kammanimitta-gatinimitta-vasena
    tividhá
    hoti visayappavatti.

    Tattha vatthu-dvár’-álambanáni pubbe vuttanayen’ eva.

    In the compendium of the cognitive process, six classes each with
    six members should be understood:


    1. six bases;

    2. six doors;

    3. six objects;

    4. six types of consciousness;

    5. six processes; and

    6. sixfold presentation of objects.

    The presentation of objects to the process-freed consciousness is
    threefold, namely, kamma, sign of kamma, and sign of destiny.
    The bases, doors, and objects therein are as described before.


    §3 Six Types of Consciousness

    Cakkhuviññáṇaṃ, sotaviññáṇaṃ, ghánaviññáṇaṃ, jivháviññáṇaṃ,
    káyaviññáṇaṃ
    manoviññáṇañ ti cha viññáṇáni.

    The six types of consciousness are: eye-consciousness, ear-
    consciousness, nose-consciousness, tongue-consciousness, body-
    consciousness, and mind-consciousness.


    §4 Six Processes

    Cha vìthiyo pana cakkhudváravìthi, sotadváravìthi, ghánadvára-
    vìthi,
    jivhádváravìthi, káyadváravìthi, manodváravìthi ti dvára-
    vasena
    cakkhuviññáṇavìthi, sotaviññáṇavìthi, ghánaviññáṇavìthi,
    jivháviññáṇavìthi,
    káyaviññáṇavìthi manoviññáṇavìthi ti
    viññáṇavasena
    dvárappavattá cittappavattiyo yojetabbá.

    IV. COMPENDIUM OF THE COGNITIVE PROCESS 151


    According to the doors the six cognitive processes are:

    1. the process connected with the eye door;

    2. the process connected with the ear door;

    3. the process connected with the nose door;

    4. the process connected with the tongue door;

    5. the process connected with the body door; and

    6. the process connected with the mind door.
      Or, according to consciousness, the cognitive processes are:

    1. the process connected with eye-consciousness;

    2. the process connected with ear-consciousness;

    3. the process connected with nose-consciousness;

    4. the process connected with tongue-consciousness;

    5. the process connected with body-consciousness; and

    6. the process connected with mind-consciousness.

    The cognitive processes connected with the doors should be co-
    ordinated (with the corresponding consciousness).


    Guide to §4

    The six cognitive processes: The word vìthi literally means street, but
    here it is used in the sense of process. When cittas arise cognizing an object
    at the sense doors or the mind door, they do not occur at random or in
    isolation, but as phases in a series of discrete cognitive events leading one
    to the other in a regular and uniform order. This order is called
    cittaniyáma,
    the fixed order of consciousness.

    For a cognitive process to occur, all the essential conditions must be
    present. According to the Commentaries, the essential conditions for each
    type of process are as follows:

    1. For an eye-door process:

      1. eye-sensitivity (cakkhuppasáda);

      2. visible object (rúpárammaṇa);

      3. light (áloka);

      4. attention (manasikára).

    2. For an ear-door process:

      1. ear-sensitivity (sotappasáda);

      2. sound (saddárammaṇa);

      3. space (ákása);

      4. attention.

        152 IV. VÌTHISAṄGAHA


    3. For a nose-door process:

      1. nose-sensitivity (ghánappasáda);

      2. smell (gandhárammaṇa);

      3. air element (vayodhátu);

      4. attention.

    4. For a tongue-door process:

      1. tongue-sensitivity (jivháppasáda);

      2. taste (rasárammaṇa);

      3. water element (ápodhátu);

      4. attention.

    5. For a body-door process:

      1. body-sensitivity (káyappasáda);

      2. tangible object (phoṭṭhabbárammaṇa);

      3. earth element (paṭhavìdhátu);

      4. attention.

    6. For a mind-door process:

      1. the heart-base (hadayavatthu);

      2. mental object (dhammárammaṇa);

      3. the bhavaṅga;

      4. attention.1

    The six types of cognitive processes are conveniently divided into two
    groups—the five-door process (
    pañcadváravìthi), which includes the
    five processes occurring at each of the physical sense doors; and the mind-
    door process (
    manodváravìthi), which comprises all processes that occur
    solely at the mind door. Since the bhavaṅga is also the channel from which
    the five-door processes emerge, the latter are sometimes called mixed
    door processes (
    missaka-dváravìthi) as they involve both the mind door
    and a physical sense door. The processes that occur solely at the mind door
    are then called bare mind-door processes (
    suddha-manodváravìthi) since
    they emerge from the bhavaṅga alone without the instrumentality of a
    physical sense door. As will be seen, the first five processes all follow a
    uniform pattern despite the difference in the sense faculty, while the sixth
    comprises a variety of processes which are alike only in that they occur
    independently of the external sense doors.


    §5 Sixfold Presentation of Objects

    Atimahantaṃ mahantaṃ parittaṃ atiparittañ ti pañcadváre,
    manodváre
    pana vibhútam avibhútañ ti chadhá visayappavatti
    veditabbá.

    IV. COMPENDIUM OF THE COGNITIVE PROCESS 153


    The sixfold presentation of objects should be understood as
    follows:

    1. At the five sense doors, it is: (i) very great, (ii) great, (iii)
      slight, (iv) very slight.

    2. At the mind door, it is: (v) clear and (vi) obscure.


    Guide to §5

    Presentation of objects: The Pali expression visayappavatti means
    the presentation of an object to consciousness at one of the six doors, or
    the occurrence of states of consciousness upon the presentation of an
    object. The sixfold presentation of objects is analyzed into four alterna-
    tives at the five sense doors—very great, great, slight, and very slight; and
    two alternatives at the mind door—clear and obscure.

    In this context the words “great” (mahá) and “slight” (paritta) are
    not used with reference to the size or grossness of the object, but to the
    force of its impact on consciousness. Even though a large or gross
    visible object is present at the eye door, if the sensitive matter of the
    eye is weak, or the object impinges on the eye after it has passed its
    prime, or the light is dim, the object will not make a distinct impression
    and thus will fall into the categories of slight or very slight. On the
    other hand, if a small or subtle form impinges on the eye while it is at
    its prime, and the sensitive matter of the eye is strong, and the light is
    bright, then the object will make a distinct impression and will fall into
    the categories of great or very great.

    Therefore the terms “great object” and “slight object,” etc., indicate,
    not the size of the object, but the number of process cittas (
    vìthicitta) that
    arise from the moment the object enters the avenue of a sense door until
    the moment the presentation of the object to consciousness ceases. A
    similar principle distinguishes the presentation of objects in the mind
    door into the clear and the obscure.


    The Five-Door Process
    (pañcadváravìthi)


    §6 The Very Great Object

    Kathaṃ? Uppáda-ṭṭhiti-bhaṅga-vasena khaṇattayaṃ ekacittak-
    khaṇaṃ
    náma. Táni pana sattarasa cittakkhaṇáni rúpadhammánam
    áyu.
    Ekacittakkhaṇátìtáni bahucittakkhaṇátìtáni ṭhitippattán’
    eva
    pañcálambanáni pañcadváre ápátham ágacchanti.

    154 IV. VÌTHISAṄGAHA


    How (is the intensity in the presentation of objects determined)?
    One mind-moment consists of the three (sub-) moments—arising,
    presence, and dissolution. The duration of material phenomena
    consists of seventeen such mind-moments. The five sense objects
    enter the avenue of the five sense doors at the stage of presence,
    when one or several mind-moments have passed.

    Tasmá yadi ekacittakkhaṇátìtakaṃ rúpárammaṇaṃ cakkhussa
    ápátham
    ágacchati, tato dvikkhattuṃ bhavaṅge calite bhavaṅgasotaṃ
    vocchinditvá
    tam eva rúpárammaṇaṃ ávajjantaṃ pañcadvár-
    ávajjanacittaṃ
    uppajjitvá nirujjhati. Tato tass’ ánantaraṃ tam eva
    rúpaṃ
    passantaṃ cakkhuviññáṇaṃ, sampaṭicchantaṃ sampaṭic-
    chanacittaṃ,
    santìrayamánaṃ santìraṇacittaṃ, vavatthapentaṃ
    votthapanacittañ
    ti yathákkamaṃ uppajjitvá nirujjhanti.

    Therefore, if a visible form as object, having passed one mind-
    moment (i), enters the avenue of the eye, the life-continuum vibrates
    for two mind-moments and is arrested (ii, iii). Then a five-door
    adverting consciousness arises and ceases adverting to that same
    visible form as object (iv). Immediately after there arise and cease
    in due order:

    1. eye-consciousness seeing that form;

    2. receiving consciousness receiving it;

    3. investigating consciousness investigating it;

    4. determining consciousness determining it.

    Tato paraṃ ekúnatiṃsakámávacarajavanesu yaṃ kiñci laddhap-
    paccayaṃ
    yebhuyyena sattakkhattuṃ javati. Javanánubandháni ca
    dve
    tadárammaṇapákáni yathárahaṃ pavattanti. Tato paraṃ
    bhavaṅgapáto.

    Following this, any one of the twenty-nine sense-sphere javanas
    which has gained the right conditions runs its course, generally for
    seven mind-moments (ix-xv). After the javanas, two registration
    resultants arise accordingly (xvi-xvii). Then comes the subsidence
    into the life-continuum.

    Ettávatá cuddasa vìthicittuppádá dve bhavaṅgacalanáni pubb’ev’
    atìtakam
    ekacittakkhaṇan ti katvá sattarasa cittakkhaṇáni paripúrenti.
    Tato
    paraṃ nirujjhati. Álambanam etaṃ atimahantaṃ náma gocaraṃ.

    IV. COMPENDIUM OF THE COGNITIVE PROCESS 155


    Stream of bhavaṅga
    Past bhavaṅga
    Vibrational bhavaṅga
    Arrest bhavaṅga

    Five-door adverting
    Eye-consciousness

    Receiving
    Investigating
    Determining


    Javana

    Registration
    Registration

    Stream of bhavaṅga


    V. COMPENDIUM OF THE PROCESS-FREED 185

    CHAPTER V

    COMPENDIUM OF THE PROCESS-FREED

    (Vìthimuttasaògahavibhága)


    §1 Introductory Verse

    Vìthicittavasen’ evaṃ pavattiyam udìrito
    Pavattisaṅgaho
    náma sandhiyaṃ dáni vuccati.


    Thus the compendium of the occurrence (of consciousness) has
    been explained by way of the cognitive process during the course
    of existence. Now the compendium of the occurrence (of
    consciousness) at rebirth will be told.


    Guide to §1

    In the preceding chapter the author explained the active aspect of the
    flow of consciousness, its occurrence in cognitive processes during the
    course of a lifetime. In the present chapter he will explain the occurrence
    of passive or “process-freed” consciousness. Although, in the opening
    verse, the author specifies “at rebirth” (
    sandhiyaṃ), this chapter will deal
    with process-freed consciousness in the roles of bhavaṅga and death as
    well.


    §2 Enumeration of Categories

    Catasso bhúmiyo, catubbidhá paṭisandhi, cattári kammáni,
    catudhá
    maraṇ’uppatti ti vìthimuttasaṅgahe cattári catukkáni
    veditabbáni.

    In the compendium of process-freed consciousness, four sets of
    four should be understood as follows:

    1. four planes of existence;

    2. four modes of rebirth-linking;

    3. four kinds of kamma; and

    4. fourfold advent of death.

    186 V. VÌTHIMUTTASAṄGAHA


    234 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA

    CHAPTER VI

    COMPENDIUM OF MATTER

    (Rúpasaògahavibhága)

    §1 Introductory Verse

    Ettávatá vibhattá hi sappabhedappavattiká
    Cittacetasiká
    dhammá rúpaṃ dáni pavuccati.
    Samuddesá
    vibhágá ca samuṭṭháná kalápato
    Pavattikkamato
    ti pañcadhá tattha saṅgaho.

    Having thus far analyzed consciousness and mental factors in
    accordance with their classes and modes of occurrence, matter will
    now be dealt with.

    The compendium of matter is fivefold: enumeration, classifica-
    tion, origination, groups, and the modes of occurrence.


    Guide to §1

    The first five chapters of the Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha form, in a
    way, a complete compendium dealing with various aspects of conscious
    experience—with the 89 or 121 types of consciousness, with the 52
    mental factors and their permutations, with the occurrence of
    consciousness in cognitive processes and at rebirth, with the planes of
    existence, and with the classification of kamma and its result.

    These first five chapters may be considered a detailed analysis of
    the first two ultimate realities—citta and cetasikas, consciousness and
    mental factors. In Chapter VI Ácariya Anuruddha will analyze in detail
    the third ultimate reality, matter (
    rúpa). He will first enumerate the kinds
    of material phenomena; then he will explain the principles by which
    they are classified, their causes or means of origination, their
    organization into groups, and their modes of occurrence. Finally he
    will conclude the chapter with a brief look at the fourth ultimate reality,
    the unconditioned element, Nibbána.

    The Pali word for matter, rúpa, is explained by derivation from the
    verb
    ruppati, which means “to be deformed, disturbed, knocked about,
    oppressed, broken.”
    1 The commentators maintain that “matter is so

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 235

    called because it undergoes and imposes alteration owing to adverse
    physical conditions such as cold and heat, etc.”
    2 The Buddha himself,
    in explanation of the term “matter” or “material form,” declares: “And
    why, monks, do you say material form (
    rúpa)? It is deformed (ruppati),
    therefore it is called material form. Deformed by what? Deformed by
    cold, by heat, by hunger, by thirst, by flies, mosquitoes, wind, sunburn,
    and creeping things” (S.22:79/iii, 86).


    Enumeration of Material Phenomena
    (rúpasamuddesa)


    §2 In Brief: Great Essentials and Derived Matter

    Cattári mahábhútáni, catunnañ ca mahábhútánaṃ upádáya rúpan
    ti
    duvidham p’etaṃ rúpaṃ ekádasavidhena saṅgahaṃ gacchati.

    Matter is twofold, namely: the four great essentials, and material
    phenomena derived from the four great essentials. These two
    constitute eleven categories.


    Guide to §2

    Matter is twofold: The Abhidhamma enumerates twenty-eight types
    of material phenomena, which are briefly comprised in two general
    categories: the four great essentials and material phenomena derived
    from the four great essentials.
    The four great essentials (mahábhúta)
    are the primary material elements—earth, water, fire, and air. These are
    the fundamental constituents of matter which are inseparable and which,
    in their various combinations, enter into the composition of all material
    substances, from the most minute particle to the most massive mountain.
    Derived material phenomena (upádáya rúpa) are material phenomena
    derived from, or dependent upon, the four great essentials. These are
    twenty-four in number. The great essentials may be compared to the
    earth, the derivative phenomena to trees and shrubs that grow in
    dependence on the earth.

    All these twenty-eight types of material phenomena are distributed
    into eleven general classes. Seven of these are called concretely
    produced matter (
    nipphannarúpa), since they possess intrinsic natures
    and are thus suitable for contemplation and comprehension by insight.
    The other four classes, being more abstract in nature, are called non-
    concretely produced matter (
    anipphannarúpa). (See Table 6.1.)

    236 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA



    TABLE 6.1:

    THE TWENTY-EIGHT MATERIAL PHENOMENA AT A GLANCE


    Concretely Produced Matter (18)

    1. Great Essentials

      1. Earth element

      2. Water element

      3. Fire element

      4. Air element

    2. Sensitive Phenomena

      1. Eye-sensitivity

      2. Ear-sensitivity

      3. Nose-sensitivity

      4. Tongue-sensitivity

      5. Body-sensitivity

    3. Objective Phenomena

      1. Visible form

      2. Sound

      3. Smell

      4. Taste

        *. Tangibility (= 3 elements:
        earth, fire, air)

    4. Sexual Phenomena

      1. Femininity

      2. Masculinity

    5. Heart Phenomenon

      1. Heart-base

    6. Life Phenomenon

      1. Life faculty

    7. Nutritional Phenomenon

      1. Nutriment

        Non-Concrete Matter (10)

    8. Limiting Phenomenon

    1. Space element
      IX.
      Communicating Phenomena

    2. Bodily intimation

    3. Vocal intimation

      X. Mutable Phenomena

    4. Lightness

    5. Malleability

    6. Wieldiness

      (plus two intimations)

      XI. Characteristics of Matter

    7. Production

    8. Continuity

    9. Decay

    10. Impermanence

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 237


    §3 In Detail: Concretely Produced Matter

    Kathaṃ?

    1. Paṭhavìdhátu, ápodhátu, tejodhátu, váyodhátu bhútarúpaṃ
      náma.

    2. Cakkhu, sotaṃ, ghánaṃ, jivhá, káyo pasádarúpaṃ náma.

    3. Rúpaṃ, saddo, gandho, raso, ápodhátuvajjitaṃ bhútattaya-
      saṅkhátaṃ
      phoṭṭhabbaṃ gocararúpaṃ náma.

    4. Itthattaṃ purisattaṃ bhávarúpaṃ náma.

    5. Hadayavatthu hadayarúpaṃ náma.

    6. Jìvitindriyaṃ jìvitarúpaṃ náma.

    7. Kabaḷìkáro áháro áhárarúpaṃ náma.

      How?

      1. Essential material phenomena: the earth element, the water
        element, the fire element, and the air element.

      2. Sensitive material phenomena: eye, ear, nose, tongue, and
        body.

      3. Objective material phenomena: visible form, sound, smell,
        taste, and tangibility, the latter consisting in the three essen-
        tials excluding the water element.

      4. Material phenomena of sex: femininity and masculinity.

      5. Material phenomenon of the heart: the heart-base.

      6. Material phenomenon of life: the life faculty.

      7. Material phenomenon of nutriment: edible food.

        Iti ca aṭṭhárasavidham p’ etaṃ sabhávarúpaṃ, salakkhaṇarúpaṃ,
        nipphannarúpaṃ,
        rúparúpaṃ, sammasanarúpan ti ca saṅgahaṃ
        gacchati.


        Thus these eighteen kinds of material phenomena are grouped
        together as: matter possessing intrinsic nature, matter possessing real
        characteristics, concretely produced matter, material matter, and
        matter to be comprehended by insight.


        Guide to §3

        1. The earth element (paṭhavìdhátu): The great essentials are called
          elements (
          dhátu) in the sense that they bear their own intrinsic natures
          (
          attano sabhávaṃ dhárenti). The earth element is so called because, like
          the earth, it serves as a support or foundation for the coexisting material
          phenomena. The word
          paṭhavì comes from a root meaning to expand or

          238 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA

          spread out, and thus the earth element represents the principle of extension.
          The earth element has the characteristic of hardness or softness, the function
          of acting as a foundation (for the other primary elements and derived
          matter), and manifestation as receiving.
          3 Its proximate cause is the other
          three great essentials. Both hardness and softness are modes in which the
          earth element is experienced by the sense of touch.

          The water element (ápodhátu): The water element, or fluidity, is
          the material factor that makes different particles of matter cohere,
          thereby preventing them from being scattered about. Its characteristic
          is trickling or oozing, its function is to intensify the coexisting material
          states, and it is manifested as the holding together or cohesion of
          material phenomena. Its proximate cause is the other three great
          essentials. The Abhidhamma holds that unlike the other three great
          essentials, the water element cannot be physically sensed but must be
          known inferentially from the cohesion of observed matter.

          The fire element (tejodhátu) has the characteristic of heat, its
          function is to mature or ripen other material phenomena, and it is
          manifested as a continuous supply of softness. Both heat and cold are
          modes in which the fire element is experienced.

          The air element (váyodhátu) is the principle of motion and pressure.
          Its characteristic is distension (
          vitthambana), its function is to cause
          motion in the other material phenomena, and it is manifested as
          conveyance to other places. Its proximate cause is the other three great
          essentials. It is experienced as tangible pressure.

          Taken together, the four great essentials are founded upon the earth
          element, held together by the water element, maintained by the fire
          element, and distended by the air element.

        2. Sensitive material phenomena (pasádarúpa) are five types of matter
          located in each of the five sense organs.
          4 The sensitivity is to be
          distinguished from the gross sense organ which functions as its support.
          What is conventionally called the eye is spoken of in the Abhidhamma
          as the composite eye (
          sasambhára-cakkhu), a compound of various
          material phenomena. Among these is eye-sensitivity (
          cakkhu-pasáda), the
          sensitive substance in the retina that registers light and colour and serves
          as a physical base and door for eye-consciousness. Ear-sensitivity (
          sota-) is to be found inside the ear-hole, “in the place shaped like a
          finger-stall and surrounded by fine brown hairs”; it is the sensitive
          substance that registers sounds and serves as a physical base and door for
          ear-consciousness. Nose-sensitivity (
          ghána-pasáda) is to be found inside
          the nasal orifice, as the substance that registers smells. Tongue-sensitivity
          (
          jivhá-pasáda) is to be found diffused over the tongue, serving to register
          tastes. And body-sensitivity (
          káya-pasáda) extends all over the organic

          VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 239

          body “like a liquid that soaks a layer of cotton,” and serves to register
          tactile sensations.

          The eye’s characteristic is sensitivity of the primary elements that
          is ready for the impact of visible data; or its characteristic is sensitivity
          of the primary elements springing from a desire to see. Its function is
          to pick up a visible datum as object. It is manifested as the foundation
          of eye-consciousness. Its proximate cause is the primary elements born
          of kamma springing from a desire to see. Each of the other sensitive
          material phenomena—the ear, the nose, the tongue, and the body—
          should be similarly understood, with appropriate substitutions.

        3. Objective material phenomena (gocararúpa) are the five sense
          fields which serve as the objective supports for the corresponding types
          of sense consciousness. It should be noted that the tangible object is
          constituted by three of the great essentials: the earth element,
          experienced as hardness or softness; the fire element, experienced as
          heat or cold; and the air element, experienced as pressure. The water
          element, being the principle of cohesion, is not, according to the
          Abhidhamma, included in the tangible datum. The other four sense
          objects—visible forms, etc.—are types of derived matter.

          Collectively, objective material phenomena have the characteristic
          of impinging on the sense bases. Their function is to be the objects of
          sense consciousness. They are manifested as the resort of the respective
          sense consciousness. Their proximate cause is the four great essentials.

        4. Material phenomena of sex (bhávarúpa) are the two faculties
          of femininity and masculinity. These faculties have, respectively, the
          characteristic of the female sex and of the male sex. Their function is
          to show femininity and masculinity. They are manifested as the reason
          for the mark, sign, work, and ways of the female and of the male; that
          is, for the sexual structure of the body, for its feminine or masculine
          features, for the typical feminine or masculine occupations, and for
          the typical feminine or masculine deportment.

        5. Material phenomenon of the heart (hadayarúpa): On the heart-
          base, see III, §20. The heart-base has the characteristic of being the
          material support for the mind element and the mind-consciousness
          element (see III, §21). Its function is to uphold them. It is manifested
          as the carrying of these elements. It is to be found in dependence on
          the blood inside the heart, and is assisted by the four great essentials
          and maintained by the life faculty.

        6. The life faculty (jìvitindriya) is the material counterpart of the
          mental life faculty, one of the seven universal cetasikas. Life, or vitality,
          is called a faculty because it has a dominating influence over its
          adjuncts. The life faculty has the characteristic of maintaining the

          240 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA

          coexistent kinds of matter at the moment of their presence. Its function
          is to make them occur. It is manifested as the establishment of their
          presence. Its proximate cause is the four great essentials that are to be
          maintained.

        7. Edible food (kabaḷìkáráhára) has the characteristic of nutritive
          essence (
          ojá), that is, the nutritional substance contained in gross edible
          food. Its function is to sustain the physical body. It is manifested as
          the fortifying of the body. Its proximate cause is gross edible food,
          which is the base of nutritive essence.

          These eighteen kinds of material phenomena: The eighteen material
          phenomena just enumerated are grouped together as
          matter possessing nature (sabhávarúpa) because each type has a distinct objective
          nature such as hardness in the case of the earth element, etc.; as
          matter real characteristics (salakkhaṇarúpa) because they are marked
          by the three general characteristics of impermanence, suffering, and non-
          self; as
          concretely produced matter (nipphannarúpa) because they are
          directly produced by conditions such as kamma, etc.; as
          material matter(rúparúpa) because they possess matter’s essential characteristic of
          undergoing deformation; and
          as matter to be comprehended by insight(sammasanarúpa) because they are to be made the objects of insight
          contemplation by way of the three characteristics.


          §4 In Detail: Non-Concretely Produced Matter

        8. Ákásadhátu paricchedarúpaṃ náma.

        9. Káyaviññatti vacìviññatti viññattirúpaṃ náma.

        10. Rúpassa lahutá, mudutá, kammaññatá, viññattidvayaṃ viká-
          rarúpaṃ
          náma.

        11. Rúpassa upacayo, santati, jaratá, aniccatá lakkhaṇarúpaṃ
          náma.
          Játirúpam eva pan’ ettha upacayasantatinámena
          pavuccati.


      8. Limiting material phenomenon: the element of space.

      9. Intimating material phenomena: bodily intimation and vocal
        intimation.

      10. Mutable material phenomena: material lightness, malle-
        ability, wieldiness, and the two forms of intimation.

      11. Characteristics of material phenomena: material production,
        continuity, decay, and impermanence. Here by production
        and continuity are meant the material phenomenon of birth.

      VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 241

      Guide to §4

      Non-concretely produced matter: The types of matter in groups (8)-

      (11) are designated non-concretely produced matter (anipphannarúpa)
      because they do not arise directly from the four main causes of matter
      (see §9) but exist as modalities or attributes of concretely produced
      matter. However they are still included among the ultimate realities
      (
      paramattha dhamma).

    8. The space element (ákásadhátu): Space, as understood in the
      Abhidhamma, is not bare geometric extension but the void region that
      delimits and separates objects and groups of material phenomena, enabling
      them to be perceived as distinct. The space element has the characteristic
      of delimiting matter. Its function is to display the boundaries of matter. It
      is manifested as the confines of matter, or as the state of gaps and apertures.
      Its proximate cause is the matter delimited.

    9. Intimating material phenomena (viññattirúpa): Viññatti,
      intimation, is that by means of which one communicates one’s ideas,
      feelings, and attitudes to another. There are two means of intimation, bodily
      and vocal. The former is a special modification in the consciousness-
      originated air element which causes the body to move in ways that reveal
      one’s intentions. The latter is a special modification in the consciousness-
      originated earth element which issues in speech by which one reveals one’s
      intentions. Both have the function of displaying intention. They are
      manifested, respectively, as a cause of bodily movement and of verbal
      expression. Their proximate causes are, respectively, the air element and
      the earth element born of consciousness.

    10. Mutable material phenomena (vikárarúpa): This category
      comprises special modes or manifestations of concretely produced
      matter. It includes the two types of intimation and three other material
      phenomena: lightness, malleability, and wieldiness.

      Among these, lightness (lahutá) has the characteristic of non-
      sluggishness. Its function is to dispel heaviness in matter. It is
      manifested as light transformability. Its proximate cause is light matter.

      Malleability (mudutá) has the characteristic of non-rigidity. Its function
      is to dispel rigidity in matter. It is manifested as non-opposition to any
      kind of action. Its proximate cause is malleable matter.

      Wieldiness (kammaññatá) has the characteristic of wieldiness that
      is favourable to bodily action. Its function is to dispel unwieldiness.
      It is manifested as non-weakness. Its proximate cause is wieldy matter.

    11. Characteristics of material phenomena (lakkhaụarúpa): This
      category includes four types of material phenomena. Of these,
      production (
      upacaya) and continuity (santati) are both terms for the
      genesis, arising, or birth (
      játi) of matter. They differ in that production

    242 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA

    is the first arising of a material process, the initial launching or setting
    up of the process, while continuity is the repeated genesis of material
    phenomena in the same material process. For example, the arising of
    the body, sex and heart groups at conception is production, while the
    subsequent arising of those same material groups throughout life is
    continuity.

    Production of matter has the characteristic of setting up. Its function
    is to make material instances emerge for the first time. It is manifested
    as launching or as the completed state. Its proximate cause is the matter
    produced.

    Continuity of matter has the characteristic of occurrence. Its function
    is to anchor. It is manifested as non-interruption. Its proximate cause
    is matter to be anchored.

    Decay (jaratá) has the characteristic of the maturing or aging of
    material phenomena. Its function is to lead them on towards their
    termination. It is manifested as loss of newness without loss of being.
    Its proximate cause is matter that is decaying.

    Impermanence (aniccatá) has the characteristic of the complete
    breaking up of material phenomena. Its function is to make them
    subside. It is manifested as destruction and falling away. Its proximate
    cause is matter that is completely breaking up.


    §5 Twenty-eight Kinds of Matter

    Iti ekádasavidham p’etaṃ rúpaṃ aṭṭhavìsatividhaṃ hoti sarúpa-
    vasena.
    Kathaṃ?

    Bhútappasádavisayá bhávo hadayam icc’ api
    Jìvitáhárarúpehi
    aṭṭhárasavidhaṃ tathá.

    Paricchedo ca viññatti vikáro lakkhaṇan ti ca
    Anipphanná
    dasa ti aṭṭhavìsavidhaṃ bhave.

    Ayam ettha rúpasamuddeso.

    Thus the eleven kinds of material phenomena are treated as twenty-
    eight according to their specific properties. How (twenty-eight)?

    Essentials, sensory organs, objects, sex, heart, life, and
    nutriment—thus concrete matter is eighteenfold.

    Limitation (space), intimation, mutability, and characteristics—
    thus there are ten that are not concretely produced. In all there are
    twenty-eight.

    Herein, this is the enumeration of matter.


    §6 As Singlefold

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 243

    Classification of Matter
    (rúpavibhága)

    Sabbañ ca pan’ etaṃ rúpaṃ ahetukaṃ, sappaccayaṃ, sásavaṃ,
    saṅkhataṃ,
    lokiyaṃ, kámávacaraṃ, anárammaṇaṃ, appahátabbam
    evá
    ti ekavidham pi ajjhattikabáhirádivasena bahudhá bhedaṃ
    gacchati.

    Now all this matter is singlefold in so far as it is all: rootless,
    with conditions, subject to taints, conditioned, mundane, pertaining
    to the sense-sphere, objectless, not to be abandoned. However, when
    conceived as internal and external, etc., matter becomes manifold.


    Guide to §6

    All this matter is singlefold: All matter is rootless because it does
    not associate with either the wholesome, unwholesome, or indeterminate
    roots, association with roots being restricted to mental phenomena. All
    matter is
    with conditions because it arises dependent on the four causes
    (see §9 below). It is
    subject to taints (sásava) because it can be made
    an object of the four taints (see VII, §3).
    5 It is all conditioned and
    mundane because there is no matter that transcends the world of the
    five clinging aggregates. All matter is of the
    sense sphere: though
    matter exists in the fine-material plane, it pertains by its nature to the
    sense sphere because it is the object of sensual craving. Matter is
    objectless because, unlike mental phenomena, it cannot know an object;
    and it is
    not to be abandoned because it cannot be abandoned, like
    the defilements, by the four supramundane paths.


    §7 As Manifold

    Kathaṃ?

    Pasádasaṅkhátaṃ pañcavidham pi ajjhattikarúpaṃ náma; itaraṃ
    báhirarúpaṃ.

    Pasáda-hadayasaṅkhátaṃ chabbidham pi vatthurúpaṃ náma;
    itaraṃ
    avatthurúpaṃ.

    Pasáda-viññattisaṅkhátaṃ sattavidham pi dvárarúpaṃ náma;
    itaraṃ
    advárarúpaṃ.

    Pasáda-bháva-jìvitasaṅkhátaṃ aṭṭhavidham pi indriyarúpaṃ
    náma;
    itaraṃ anindriyarúpaṃ.

    244 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA


    How?

    The five kinds of sensitive material phenomena are internal; the
    rest are external.

    The six kinds, comprising the sensitive organs and the heart, are
    material phenomena that are bases; the rest are not bases.

    The seven kinds, comprising the sensitive organs and (the two)
    media of intimation, are material phenomena that are doors; the
    rest are not doors.

    The eight kinds, comprising the sensitive organs, sex states and
    life, are material phenomena that are faculties; the rest are not fac-
    ulties.

    Pasáda-visayasaṅkhátaṃ dvádasavidham pi oḷárikarúpaṃ, santike
    rúpaṃ,
    sappaṭigharúpañ ca; itaraṃ sukhumarúpaṃ, dúre rúpaṃ,
    appaṭigharúpañ
    ca.

    Kammajaṃ upádinnarúpaṃ; itaraṃ anupádinnarúpaṃ.
    Rúpáyatanaṃ
    sanidassanarúpaṃ; itaraṃ anidassanarúpaṃ.

    The twelve kinds, comprising the five sensitive organs and (seven)
    sense objects, are gross, proximate, and impinging material
    phenomena; the rest are subtle, distant, and non-impinging.

    Material phenomena born of kamma are “clung-to”; the others
    are “not clung-to.”

    The visible form base is visible; the rest are non-visible.

    Cakkhádidvayaṃ asampattavasena, ghánádittayaṃ sampatta-
    vasená
    ti pañcavidham pi gocaraggáhikarúpaṃ; itaraṃ agocarag-
    gáhikarúpaṃ.

    Vaṇṇo, gandho, raso, ojá, bhútacatukkañ ti aṭṭhavidham pi
    avinibbhogarúpaṃ;
    itaraṃ vinibbhogarúpaṃ.

    Eye and ear, as not reaching (their object), and nose, tongue and
    body, as reaching (their object), are five kinds of material
    phenomena that take objects; the others are material phenomena that
    do not take objects.

    Colour, odour, taste, nutritive essence, and the four essentials
    are the eight kinds of material phenomena that are inseparable; the
    rest are separable.

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 245

    Guide to §7

    Internal (ajjhattika): Here, the term “internal” is used in relation to
    matter in a technical sense applicable only to the five types of sensitive
    materiality which serve as the doors for the mental phenomena. Although
    other types of material phenomena occur within the physical body, only
    these five sensitive factors are referred to as internal.

    Bases (vatthu): see III, §20.

    Doors (dvára): The five sensitive material phenomena are doors of
    cognition, that is, media for consciousness and mental factors to
    encounter their objects. Bodily and vocal intimation are doors of
    action, that is, channels for bodily and verbal deeds.

    Faculties (indriya): The sensitivities are so called because they exercise
    a controlling power (
    indra) in their respective spheres. Each of these
    controls the coexistent material phenomena in exercising its specific
    function, such as seeing, hearing, etc. The sex faculty controls the
    manifestation of masculine or feminine features and traits. The life faculty
    controls the coexistent types of matter, as a pilot controls a ship.

    Gross, proximate, and impinging material phenomena: These
    three terms are used here in a technical sense which should not be
    confused with their ordinary connotations. They are restricted in
    application to the material phenomena that are instrumental in the
    genesis of sense consciousness, and imply nothing about the relative
    size or nearness of the object. These phenomena are twelvefold—the
    five sensitive organs and the seven objective data—the tangible base
    being reckoned as threefold because it consists of three great essentials.
    Those material phenomena which do not directly contribute to the
    arising of sense consciousness are called subtle, distant, and non-

    impinging, again, regardless of their size and distance.

    Clung-to (upádinna): The eighteen kinds of matter born of kamma are
    known as “clung-to,” because they have been acquired as the fruits of
    kamma motivated by craving and wrong view. Matter produced by causes
    other than kamma is known as “not clung-to.” Generally, however, in a
    less technical sense, all organic matter in the body is referred to as “clung-
    to,” while inorganic matter is spoken of as “not clung-to.” It should be
    noted that, unlike the other pairs of terms used for the purpose of
    classification, the pair “clung-to” and “not clung-to” does not establish a
    mutually exclusive dichotomy, for nine kinds of material phenomena born
    of kamma can also originate from other causes (see below, §14).

    Eye and ear, as not reaching (their object): According to the
    Abhidhamma, the eye and ear are regarded as sense organs that do not
    reach or touch (
    asampatta) their respective objects. For the eye or ear
    to serve as a base for consciousness, its objects must be

    246 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA

    non-contiguous. In contrast, the other three sense organs, it is held,
    directly touch (
    sampatta) their objects.

    Material phenomena that take objects: The Pali expression
    gocaraggáhika is used figuratively to indicate that the five sense
    organs serve as the bases for the consciousnesses that arise with their
    support. But the sense organs, being matter, cannot literally apprehend
    objects. Rather, it is the sense consciousnesses based on them that
    actually cognize the objects.

    Material phenomena that are inseparable: The four great essentials
    and four derivatives—colour, smell, taste, and nutritive essence—are
    known as inseparable matter (
    avinibbhogarúpa) because they are
    always bound together and are present in all material objects from the
    simplest to the most complex. The other types of material phenomena
    may be present or not, and are thus regarded as separable. A material
    group (
    kalápa) that consists solely of these eight elements is known
    as a “pure octad” (
    suddhaṭṭhaka) or a “group with nutritive essence as
    eighth” (
    ojaṭṭhamaka).


    §8 Summary

    Icc’ evam aṭṭhavìsati vidham pi ca vicakkhaṇá
    Ajjhattikádibhedena
    vibhajanti yathárahaṃ.

    Ayam ettha rúpavibhágo.

    Thus the wise analyze in a fitting way the twenty-eight kinds of
    matter with respect to such divisions as the internal and so forth.

    Herein, this is the classification of matter.


    Guide to §8

    For a schematic representation of the classifications of mater-
    ial phenomena, also in regard to their modes of origin and
    formation into groups, see Table 6.3 at the end of this chapter.


    The Origination of Matter
    (rúpasamuṭṭhána)


    §9 The Four Modes of Origin

    Kammaṃ, cittaṃ, utu, áháro ti cattári rúpasamuṭṭhánáni náma.

    Material phenomena originate in four ways, from kamma,
    consciousness, temperature, and nutriment.

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 247


    §10 Kamma as a Mode of Origin

    Tattha kámávacaraṃ rúpávacarañ ti pañcavìsatividham pi
    kusalákusalakammam
    abhisaṅkhataṃ ajjhattikasantáne kamma-
    samuṭṭhánarúpaṃ
    paṭisandhim upádáya khaṇe khaṇe samuṭṭhápeti.

    Therein, the twenty-five kinds of wholesome and unwholesome
    kamma pertaining to the sense sphere and the fine-material sphere
    produce, in one’s internal continuum, volitionally conditioned
    material phenomena originating from kamma, moment by moment
    beginning with rebirth-linking.


    Guide to §10

    Material phenomena originating from kamma (kammasam- Kamma here refers to volition (cetaná) in past
    wholesome and unwholesome states of consciousness. The twenty-five
    kinds of kamma that produce material phenomena are the volitions of
    the twelve unwholesome cittas, the eight great wholesome cittas, and
    the five fine-material wholesome cittas. The volitions of the wholesome
    immaterial-sphere cittas generate rebirth in the immaterial plane and
    thus cannot produce material phenomena originating from kamma.

    Kamma produces material phenomena at each sub-moment among
    the three sub-moments of consciousness—arising, presence, and
    dissolution—starting with the arising sub-moment of the rebirth-linking
    consciousness; it continues to do so throughout the course of existence
    up to the seventeenth mind-moment preceding the death consciousness.
    Eighteen kinds of material phenomena are produced by kamma: the
    eight inseparables in the nine groups produced by kamma (see §17);
    the five sensitivities; the two sex faculties; the life faculty; the heart-
    base; and space. Of these, nine kinds—the eight faculties and the heart-
    base—arise exclusively from kamma. The other nine kinds arise from
    kamma only when they occur in the kamma-born groups; otherwise
    they originate from the other causes.


    §11 Consciousness as a Mode of Origin

    Arúpavipáka-dvipañcaviññáṇa-vajjitaṃ pañcasattatividham pi
    cittaṃ
    cittasamuṭṭhánarúpaṃ paṭhamabhavaṅgam upádáya jáyantam
    eva
    samuṭṭhápeti.

    The seventy-five types of consciousness, excluding the immate-
    rial-sphere resultants and the two sets of fivefold sense conscious-
    ness, produce material phenomena originating from consciousness

    248 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA


    beginning with the first moment of the life-continuum, but they
    do so only (at the moment of) arising.

    Tattha appanájavanaṃ iriyápatham pi sannámeti. Votthapana-
    kámávacarajavan’-ábhiññá
    pana viññattim pi samuṭṭhápenti.
    Somanassajavanáni
    pan’ ettha terasa hasanam pi janenti.

    Therein, the javanas of absorption also uphold the bodily postures.
    But the determining consciousness, javanas of the sense sphere, and
    direct-knowledge consciousness produce also (bodily and vocal)
    intimation. Herein, the thirteen javanas accompanied by joy produce
    smiling too.


    Guide to §11

    Material phenomena originating from consciousness (cittasam-
    uṭṭhána-rúpa)
    : Material phenomena produced by consciousness spring
    up starting from the arising moment of the first bhavaṅga citta immediately
    after the rebirth consciousness. The rebirth consciousness does not produce
    consciousness-born matter, since at the moment of rebirth the matter that
    arises is born of kamma, and because this consciousness is a newcomer to
    the new existence. The tenfold sense consciousness lacks the power to
    produce matter, and the four immaterial resultants cannot do so since they
    arise only in the immaterial realms. According to the commentators mental
    phenomena are strongest at the moment of arising, material phenomena
    strongest at the moment of presence. Consciousness therefore produces
    matter only at its arising moment, when it is strongest, not at the moments
    of presence and dissolution.

    The javanas of absorption, etc.: The maintenance or upholding of
    the bodily postures is a function of states of consciousness. The twenty-
    six javanas of absorption perform this function minimally, by
    maintaining the body in a sitting, standing, or lying position. The other
    thirty-two cittas mentioned—the determining consciousness, sense-
    sphere javanas, and direct-knowledge cittas—not only uphold the
    postures but also activate bodily and vocal intimation.

    Thirteen produce smiling too: An ordinary worldling may smile
    or laugh with any of the four cittas rooted in greed and accompanied by
    joy, or with any of the four great wholesome cittas accompanied by joy.
    Trainees smile with six of these cittas, the two connected with wrong view
    being excluded. Arahants may smile with one of five cittas—the four joyful
    great functionals and the rootless smile-producing citta.

    On how different types of consciousness produce various material
    phenomena, see Table 6.2.

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 249

    TABLE 6.2: CONSCIOUSNESS AS A CAUSE
    OF MATERIAL PHENOMENA




    CITTAS

    No. of Cittas

    Consness.-born Matter

    Postures


    Intimation

    Smiling

    Greed-rooted - joy

    4

    +

    +

    +

    +

    Greed-rooted - equanimity

    4

    +

    +

    +

    Hate-rooted

    2

    +

    +

    +

    Delusion-rooted

    2

    +

    +

    +

    Sense consciousness

    10

    Receiving

    2

    +

    Investigating

    3

    +

    Five-door adverting

    1

    +

    Mind-door adverting

    1

    +

    +

    +

    Smile-producing

    1

    +

    +

    +

    +

    SS wholesome - joy

    4

    +

    +

    +

    +

    SS wholesome - equanimity

    4

    +

    +

    +

    SS resultant

    8

    +

    SS functional - joy

    4

    +

    +

    +

    +

    SS functional - equanimity

    4

    +

    +

    +

    FMS wholesome

    5

    +

    +

    FMS resultant

    5

    +

    FMS functional

    5

    +

    +

    IS wholesome

    4

    +

    +

    IS resultant

    4

    IS functional

    4

    +

    +

    Supramundane

    8

    +

    +

    Direct knowledge

    2

    +

    +

    +

    250 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA


    §12 Temperature as a Mode of Origin

    Sìtuṇhotu-samaññátá tejodhátu ṭhitipattá va utusamuṭṭhánarúpaṃ
    ajjhattañ
    ca bahiddhá ca yathárahaṃ samuṭṭhápeti.

    The fire element, which comprises both cold and heat, on reaching
    its stage of presence, produces, according to circumstances, both
    internal and external material phenomena originating from
    temperature.


    Guide to §12

    Material phenomena originating from temperature (utusam-
    uṭṭhánarúpa)
    : Beginning from the stage of presence at the moment of
    rebirth-linking, the internal fire element found in the material groups
    born of kamma combines with the external fire element and starts
    producing organic material phenomena originating from temperature.
    Thereafter the fire element in the material groups born of all four causes
    produces organic material phenomena born of temperature throughout
    the course of existence. Externally, temperature or the fire element also
    produces inorganic material phenomena, such as climatic and
    geological transformations.


    §13 Nutriment as a Mode of Origin

    Ojásaṅkháto áháro áhárasamuṭṭhánarúpaṃ ajjhoharaṇakále
    ṭhánappatto
    va samuṭṭhápeti.

    Nutriment, known as nutritive essence, on reaching its stage of
    presence, produces material phenomena originating from nutriment
    at the time it is swallowed.


    Guide to §13

    Material phenomena originating from nutriment (áhárasam-
    uṭṭhánarúpa)
    : The internal nutritive essence, supported by the external,
    produces material phenomena at the moment of presence starting from
    the time it is swallowed. The nutritive essence that has reached presence
    in the material groups originating from nutriment produces a further
    pure octad, and the nutritive essence in that octad originates still a
    further octad; thus the occurrence of octads links up ten or twelve times.
    The nutriment taken by a pregnant mother, pervading the body of the
    embryo, originates materiality in the child. Even nutriment smeared
    on the body is said to originate materiality. The nutritive essence in

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 251

    the internal groups born of the other three causes also originates several
    occurrences of pure octads in succession. The nutriment taken on one
    day can support the body for as long as seven days.


    §14 Analysis by way of Origins

    Tattha hadaya-indriyarúpáni kammaján’ eva, viññattidvayaṃ
    cittajam
    eva, saddo cittotujo, lahutádittayaṃ utucittáhárehi sambhoti.
    Avinibbhogarúpáni
    c’eva ákásadhátu ca catúhi sambhútáni.
    Lakkhaṇarúpáni
    na kutoci jáyanti.

    Therein, the material phenomena of the heart and the (eight)
    faculties are born of kamma. The two media of intimation are born
    only of consciousness. Sound is born of consciousness and
    temperature. The triple qualities of lightness, (malleability, and
    wieldiness) arise from temperature, consciousness, and nutriment.
    The inseparable material phenomena and the element of space arise
    from four causes. Characteristic material phenomena do not arise
    from any cause.


    Guide to §14

    Articulate sounds are caused by consciousness, inarticulate sounds
    by temperature. The triple qualities of lightness, malleability, and
    wieldiness arise from favourable climatic conditions, a buoyant state
    of mind, and wholesome nutriment, while unfavourable climate,
    depressed states of mind, and unwholesome nutriment cause heaviness,
    rigidity, and unwieldiness in the physical body. The space element
    occurs as the interstices between the material groups born of the four
    causes, and therefore it is regarded as being derivatively born of the
    four causes. The reason why the characteristics do not arise from any
    cause is explained in the next section.


    §15 Summary

    Aṭṭhárasa paṇṇarasa terasa dvádasá ti ca
    Kammacittotukáhárajáni
    honti yathákkamaṃ.
    Jáyamánádirúpánaṃ
    sabhávattá hi kevalaṃ
    Lakkhaṇáni
    na jáyanti kehicì ti pakásitaṃ.

    Ayam ettha rúpasamuṭṭhánanayo.

    Eighteen, fifteen, thirteen, and twelve arise respectively from
    kamma, consciousness, temperature, and nutriment.

    252 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA


    It is explained that the characteristics (of material phenomena)
    are not produced by any (modes of origin) since their intrinsic nature
    consists solely in the qualities of being produced, etc.

    Herein, this is the origination of matter.


    Guide to §15

    The eighteen that arise from kamma are: 8 inseparables + 8 faculties

    + heart-base + space.

    The fifteen that arise from consciousness are: 8 inseparables + 5
    mutables + sound + space.

    The thirteen that arise from temperature are: 8 inseparables +
    lightness triad + sound + space.

    The twelve that arise from nutriment are: 8 inseparables + lightness
    triad + space.

    The twenty-eight material phenomena can be further classified
    according to their number of causes as follows:

    one cause: 8 faculties + heart-base + 2 intimations = 11;
    two causes: sound = 1;

    three causes: lightness triad = 3;

    four causes: 8 inseparables + space = 9;
    causeless: characteristics = 4.


    The Grouping of Material Phenomena
    (kalápayojana)


    §16 In Brief

    Ekuppádá ekanirodhá ekanissayá sahavuttino ekavìsati rúpakalápá
    náma.

    There are twenty-one material groups inasmuch as they arise
    together, cease together, have a common basis, and occur together.


    Guide to §16

    Material phenomena do not occur singly, but in combinations or
    groups known as
    rúpakalápas, of which twenty-one are enumerated.
    Just as all the cetasikas possess four characteristics (see II, §1), so too
    do the material phenomena in a group. All the material phenomena in
    a group arise together and cease together. They have a common base,

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 253

    namely, the conascent great essentials, which are the proximate cause
    for the derivative phenomena as well as for each other. And they all
    occur together from their arising to their cessation.


    §17 Groups Originating from Kamma

    Tattha jìvitaṃ avinibbhogarúpañ ca cakkhuná saha cakkhudasakan ti
    pavuccati.
    Tathá sotádìhi saddhiṃ sotadasakaṃ, ghánadasakam,
    jivhádasakaṃ,
    káyadasakaṃ, itthibhávadasakaṃ, pumbhávadasakaṃ,
    vatthudasakañ
    ti yathákkamaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Avinibbhogarúpam eva
    jìvitena
    saha jìvitanavakan ti pavuccati. Ime nava kammasamuṭṭhánakalápá.

    Therein, life and the (eight) inseparable material phenomena
    together with the eye are called the eye decad. Similarly, (by joining
    the former nine) together with the ear and so forth, the ear decad,
    nose decad, tongue decad, body decad, female decad, male decad,
    (heart-)base decad, should respectively be formed. Inseparable
    material phenomena, together with life, are called the vital nonad.
    These nine groups originate from kamma.


    §18 Groups Originating from Consciousness

    Avinibbhogarúpaṃ pana suddhaṭṭhakaṃ. Tad eva káyaviññattiyá
    saha
    káyaviññattinavakaṃ; vacìviññatti saddehi saha vacì-
    viññattidasakaṃ;
    lahutádìhi saddhiṃ lahutádi-ekádasakaṃ,
    káyaviññatti-lahutádi-dvádasakaṃ,
    vacìviññatti-saddalahutádi-
    terasakañ
    ti cha cittasamuṭṭhánakalápá.

    The inseparable material phenomena constitute the “pure octad.”
    They, together with bodily intimation, constitute the bodily
    intimation nonad; together with vocal intimation and sound, the
    vocal intimation decad; together with the material phenomena of
    the lightness triad, the un-decad of the lightness triad; the dodecad
    of bodily intimation and the lightness triad; and the tridecad of vocal
    intimation, sound, and the lightness triad. These six material groups
    originate from consciousness.


    §19 Groups Originating from Temperature

    Suddhaṭṭhakaṃ, saddanavakaṃ, lahutádi-ekádasakaṃ, sadda-
    lahutádi-dvádasakañ
    ti cattáro utusamuṭṭhánakalápá.

    The pure octad, the sound nonad, the un-decad of the lightness

    254 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA


    triad; the dodecad of sound and the lightness triad—these four
    originate from temperature.


    §20 Groups Originating from Nutriment

    Suddhaṭṭhakaṃ lahutádi-ekádasakañ ti dve áhárasamuṭṭhána-
    kalápá.

    The pure octad and the un-decad of the lightness triad are the
    two material groups that originate from nutriment.


    §21 The Internal and External

    Tattha suddhaṭṭhakaṃ saddanavakañ ti dve utusamuṭṭhána-
    kalápá
    bahiddhá pi labbhanti. Avasesá pana sabbe pi ajjhattikam
    eva.

    Of them, the two material groups produced by temperature—
    the pure octad and the sound nonad—are found externally too. All
    the rest are strictly internal.


    §22 Summary

    Kammacittotukáhárasamuṭṭháná yathákkamaṃ
    Nava
    cha caturo dve ti kalápá ekavìsati.

    Kalápánaṃ paricchedalakkhaṇattá vicakkhaṇá
    Na
    kalápaṅgam icc’ áhu ákásaṃ lakkhaṇáni ca.

    Ayam ettha kalápayojaná.

    There are twenty-one material groups—nine, six, four, and two—
    produced in due order from kamma, consciousness, temperature,
    and nutriment.

    As space demarcates, and the characteristic marks just indicate,
    the wise state that they are not constituents of material groups.

    Herein, this is the grouping of material phenomena.


    Guide to §22

    The nine groups produced by kamma are: (1) the eye decad; (2) the
    ear decad; (3) the nose decad; (4) the tongue decad; (5) the body decad;

    (6) the female decad; (7) the male decad; (8) the heart-base decad; (9)
    the vital nonad.

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 255

    The six groups produced by consciousness are: (1) the pure octad;

    (2) the bodily intimation decad; (3) the vocal intimation decad; (4)
    the lightness triad un-decad; (5) the bodily intimation and lightness
    triad dodecad; (6) the vocal intimation, sound, and lightness triad
    tridecad.

    The four groups produced by temperature are: (1) the pure octad;

    (2) the sound nonad; (3) the lightness triad un-decad; (4) the sound
    and lightness triad dodecad.

    The two groups produced by nutriment are: (1) the pure octad; (2)
    the lightness triad un-decad.


    The Occurrence of Material Phenomena
    (rúpappavattikkama)


    §23 In the Sensuous World

    Sabbáni pan’ etáni rúpáni kámaloke yathárahaṃ anúnáni
    pavattiyaṃ
    upalabbhanti. Paṭisandhiyaṃ pana saṃsedajánañ c’eva
    opapátikánañ
    ca cakkhu-sota-ghána-jivhá-káya-bháva-vatthu-dasaka-
    saṅkhátáni
    satta dasakáni pátubhavanti ukkaṭṭhavasena. Omaka-
    vasena
    pana cakkhu-sota-ghána-bháva-dasakáni kadáci pi na
    labbhanti.
    Tasmá tesaṃ vasena kalápaháni veditabbá.

    All these material phenomena are obtained with no deficiency,
    according to circumstances, during the course of existence in the
    sensuous world. But at rebirth-linking, to moisture-born beings and
    to those of spontaneous birth, there arise at most the seven decads—
    the decads of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, sex, and the heart-base.
    As a minimum, sometimes the eye, ear, nose, and sex decads are
    not obtained. This is how deficiencies of material groups should
    be understood.

    Gabbhaseyyakasattánam pana káya-bháva-vatthu-dasaka-
    saṅkhátáni
    tìṇi dasakáni pátubhavanti. Tatthá pi bhávadasakaṃ
    kadáci
    na labbhati. Tato paraṃ pavattikále kamena cakkhudasakádìni
    ca
    pátubhavanti.

    To the womb-born creatures there arise (at rebirth) three decads—
    the decads of body, sex, and the heart-base. Sometimes, however,
    the sex decad is not obtained. Thereafter, during the course of
    existence, gradually there arise the eye decad and so forth.

    256 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA


    Guide to §23

    The present section deals with the manner in which these material
    groups come into being at the moment of conception, during the course
    of existence, and in different realms. According to Buddhism there are
    four kinds of birth, namely, egg-born beings (
    aṇðaja), womb-born
    beings (
    jalábuja), moisture-born beings (saṃsedaja), and beings
    having spontaneous birth (
    opapátika). Moisture-born beings include
    certain lowly forms of animal life. Beings having a spontaneous birth
    are generally invisible to the physical eye. Petas and devas usually
    belong to this class. By the mention of “womb-born creatures” in the
    text, egg-born beings are also implicitly included.


    §24 The Continuity of Occurrence

    Icc’ evaṃ paṭisandhim upádáya kammasamuṭṭháná, dutiyacittam
    upádáya
    cittasamuṭṭháná, ṭhitikálam upádáya utusamuṭṭháná,
    ojápharaṇam
    upádáya áhárasamuṭṭháná ti catusamuṭṭhána-
    rúpakalápasantati
    kámaloke dìpajálá viya nadìsoto viya ca
    yávatáyukaṃ
    abbocchinnaṃ pavattati.

    Thus the continuity of material groups produced in four ways—
    namely, kamma-born from the time of rebirth-linking,
    consciousness-born from the second moment of consciousness,
    temperature-born from the time of the stage of presence, nutriment-
    born from the time of the diffusion of nutritive essence—
    uninterruptedly flows on in the sense sphere till the end of life,
    like the flame of a lamp or the stream of a river.


    §25 At the Time of Death

    Maraṇakále pana cuticitt’ opari sattarasamacittassa ṭhitikálam
    upádáya
    kammajarúpáni na uppajjanti. Puretaraṃ uppannáni ca
    kammajarúpáni
    cuticittasamakálam eva pavattitvá nirujjhanti. Tato
    paraṃ
    cittajáhárajarúpañ ca vocchijjati. Tato paraṃ utusamuṭṭhána-
    rúpaparampará
    yáva matakalebarasaṅkhátá pavattanti.

    But at the time of death, kamma-born material phenomena no
    longer arise starting with the stage of presence of the seventeenth
    consciousness preceding the death consciousness. Kamma-born
    material phenomena that arose earlier occur till the death-moment
    and then cease. Following that, the consciousness-born and

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 257


    nutriment-born material phenomena come to cessation. Thereafter,
    a continuity of material qualities produced by temperature persists
    as long as it can be called a corpse.


    §26 Verse

    Icc’ evaṃ matasattánaṃ punad eva bhavantare
    Paṭisandhim
    upádáya tathá rúpaṃ pavattati.

    Thus to the deceased beings, again in a subsequent life, material
    phenomena arise, starting from rebirth-linking, in the same way.


    §27 In the Fine-material World

    Rúpaloke pana ghána-jivhá-káya-bháva-dasakáni ca áháraja-
    kalápáni
    ca na labbhanti. Tasmá tesaṃ paṭisandhikále cakkhu-sota-
    vatthuvasena
    tìṇi dasakáni jìvitanavakañ ti cattáro kamma-
    samuṭṭhánakalápá,
    pavattiyaṃ cittotusamuṭṭháná ca labbhanti.

    In the fine-material world, the decads of nose, tongue, body,
    sex, and the material groups produced by nutriment are not found.
    Therefore, to those beings, at the time of rebirth-linking there arise
    four material groups produced by kamma—the three decads of eye,
    ear, and heart-base, and the vital nonad. During the course of
    existence, material phenomena produced by consciousness and by
    temperature are also found.


    Guide to §27

    The beings in the fine-material realms, being asexual, lack the two
    decads of sex, and though they possess the physical forms of the nose,
    tongue and body, these organs are destitute of sense receptivity.


    §28 Among Non-Percipient Beings

    Asaññasattánaṃ pana cakkhu-sota-vatthu-saddáni pi na labbhanti.
    Tathá
    sabbáni pi cittajarúpáni. Tasmá tesaṃ paṭisandhikále
    jìvitanavakam
    eva pavattiyañ ca saddavajjitaṃ utusamuṭṭhánarúpaṃ
    atiricchati.

    Among the non-percipient beings, the eye, ear, heart-base, and
    sound are also not found. Similarly, no consciousness-born
    material phenomena are found. Therefore, at the moment of their

    258 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA


    rebirth-linking, only the vital nonad arises. During the course
    of existence, material phenomena produced by temperature, with
    the exception of sound, continue.


    §29 Summary

    Icc’ evaṃ káma-rúp’-ásaññisaṅkhátesu tìsu ṭhánesu paṭisandhi-
    pavattivasena
    duvidhá rúpappavatti veditabbá.

    Thus in the three cases of the sensuous world, the fine-material
    world, and non-percipient beings, the occurrence of material phe-
    nomena should be understood as twofold, by way of rebirth-link-
    ing and the course of existence.

    Aṭṭhavìsati kámesu honti tevìsa rúpisu
    Sattaras’
    ev’ asaññìnaṃ arúpe natthi kiñci pi.
    Saddo
    vikáro jaratá maraṇañ c’ opapattiyaṃ

    Na labbhanti pavatte tu na kiñci pi na labbhati.

    Ayam ettha rúpappavattikkamo.

    In the sense planes, twenty-eight material phenomena are found;
    in the fine-material planes, twenty-three; among the non-percipients,
    seventeen; but none in the immaterial plane.

    At the moment of conception, sound, mutability, decay, and
    death are not found. In the course of existence, there is nothing
    that is not obtained.

    Herein, this is the procedure regarding the occurrence
    of material phenomena.


    Nibbána


    §30 Definition

    Nibbánaṃ pana lokuttarasaṅkhátaṃ catumaggañáṇena
    sacchikátabbaṃ
    magga-phalánam álambanabhútaṃ vánasaṅkhátáya
    taṇháya
    nikkhantattá nibbánan ti pavuccati.

    Nibbána is termed supramundane, and is to be realized by the
    knowledge of the four paths. It becomes an object to the paths and
    fruits, and is called Nibbána because it is a departure from craving,
    which is an entanglement.

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 259

    Guide to §30

    Nibbána is termed supramundane: The concluding section of this
    chapter deals briefly with the fourth ultimate reality, Nibbána.
    Etymologically, the word
    nibbána —the Pali form of the better known
    Sanskrit
    nirváṇa—is derived from a verb nibbáti meaning “to be blown
    out” or “to be extinguished.” It thus signifies the extinguishing of the
    worldly “fires” of greed, hatred, and delusion. But the Pali
    commentators prefer to treat it as the negation of, or “departure from”
    (
    nikkhantatta), the entanglement (vána) of craving, the derivation
    which is offered here. For as long as one is entangled by craving, one
    remains bound in
    saṃsára, the cycle of birth and death; but when all
    craving has been extirpated, one attains Nibbána, deliverance from the
    cycle of birth and death.


    §31 Analysis

    Tad etaṃ sabhávato ekavidham pi sa-upádisesa-nibbánadhátu
    anupádisesa-nibbánadhátu
    ti duvidhaṃ hoti káraṇapariyáyena.
    Tathá
    suññataṃ animittaṃ appaṇihitañ ti tividhaṃ hoti ákára-
    bhedena.

    Though Nibbána is onefold according to its intrinsic nature, by
    reference to a basis (for distinction), it is twofold, namely, the element
    of Nibbána with the residue remaining, and the element of Nibbána
    without the residue remaining. It is threefold according to its different
    aspects, namely, void, signless, and desireless.


    Guide to §31

    Though Nibbána is onefold according to its intrinsic nature, etc.:
    Nibbána is a single undifferentiated ultimate reality. It is exclusively
    supramundane, and has one intrinsic nature (
    sabháva), which is that
    of being the unconditioned deathless element totally transcendent to
    the conditioned world. Nevertheless, by reference to a basis for
    distinction, Nibbána is said to be twofold. The basis for distinction is
    the presence or absence of the five aggregates. The element of Nibbána
    as experienced by Arahants is called “with the residue remaining” (
    sa-) because, though the defilements have all been extinguished,
    the “residue” of aggregates acquired by past clinging remains through
    the duration of the Arahant’s life. The element of Nibbána attained
    with the Arahant’s demise is called that “without the residue remaining”
    (
    anupádisesa), because the five aggregates are discarded and are never

    260 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA

    acquired again. The two elements of Nibbána are also called, in the
    Commentaries, the extinguishment of the defilements (
    kilesa-) and the extinguishment of the aggregates (khandha-).

    It is threefold according to its different aspects: Nibbána is called
    the void (
    suññata) because it is devoid of greed, hatred, and delusion,
    and because it is devoid of all that is conditioned. It is called signless
    (
    animitta) because it is free from the signs of greed, etc., and free from
    the signs of all conditioned things. It is called desireless (
    appaṇihita)
    because it is free from the hankering of greed, etc., and because it is
    not desired by craving.


    §32 Summary

    Padam accutam accantam asaṅkhatam anuttaraṃ
    Nibbánam
    iti bhásanti vánamuttá mahesayo.

    Iti cittaṃ cetasikaṃ rúpaṃ nibbánam icc’ api
    Paramatthaṃ
    pakásenti catudhá va tathágatá.

    Great seers who are free from craving declare that Nibbána is
    an objective state which is deathless, absolutely endless,
    unconditioned, and unsurpassed.

    Thus as fourfold the Tathágatas reveal the ultimate realities—
    consciousness, mental factors, matter, and Nibbána.

    Iti Abhidhammatthasaṅgahe
    Rúpasaṅgahavibhágo
    náma
    chaṭṭho
    paricchedo.

    Thus ends the sixth chapter

    in the Manual of Abhidhamma entitled
    the Compendium of Matter.


    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER 261

    TABLE 6.3
    COMPREHENSIVE CHART ON MATTER

    262 VI. RÚPASAṄGAHA




    28 Material
    Phenomena

    (§§ 2-5)

    16 Classifications

    (§§ 7-8)


    Essentials

    Derived

    Internal

    External

    Base

    Non-Base

    Door

    Non-Door

    Faculty

    Non-faculty

    Gross, Etc.

    Subtle, Etc.

    Clung-to

    Not Clung-to

    Taking Objects

    No Objects

    Inseparable

    Separable

    1

    Earth



















    2

    Water



















    3

    Fire



















    4

    Air



















    5

    Eye



















    6

    Ear



















    7

    Nose



















    8

    Tongue



















    9

    Body



















    10

    Form



















    11

    Sound



















    12

    Smell



















    13

    Taste



















    *

    Tangibility



    ( = 3

    great essentials -

    earth, fire, and air )



    14

    Femininity



















    15

    Masculinity



















    16

    Heart-base



















    17

    Life faculty


















    18

    Nutriment



















    19

    Space



















    20

    Bodily intim.



















    21

    Vocal intim.



















    22

    Lightness



















    23

    Malleability



















    24

    Wieldiness



















    25

    Production



















    26

    Continuity



















    27

    Decay



















    28

    Impermanence




















    4

    24

    5

    23

    6

    22

    7

    21

    8

    20

    12

    16

    18

    19

    5

    23

    8

    20

    18
















    ( = 3 great essentials - earth, fire, and air )














    Kamma-Born

    4 Causes

    (§§ 9-15)

    15





























    Cons.-Born

    13





























    Temp.-Born

    12





























    Nutrim.-Born

    10





























    Eye Decad

    9 Kamma-Born

    21 GROUPINGS (§§ 16-22)

    10





























    Ear Decad

    10





























    Nose Decad

    10





























    Tongue Decad

    10





























    Body Decad

    10





























    Female Decad

    10





























    Male Decad

    10





























    Base Decad

    9





























    Vital Nonad

    8





























    Pure Octad

    6 Cons.-Born

    9





























    Bod. Int. Nonad

    10





























    Vocal Int. Decad

    11





























    Undecad

    12





























    Dodecad

    13




























    Tridecad

    8





























    Pure Octad

    4 Temp-Born

    9





























    Sound Nonad

    11





























    Undecad

    12




























    Dodecad

    8





























    Pure Octad

    2NB*

    11





























    Undecad

    263

    VI. COMPENDIUM OF MATTER

    KEY: 2NB = 2 Nutriment-Born


    VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA

    264

    CHAPTER VII

    COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES

    (Samuccayasaògahavibhága)

    §1 Introductory Verse

    Dvásattatividhá vuttá vatthudhammá salakkhaṇá
    Tesaṃ dáni yatháyogaṃ pavakkhámi samuccayaṃ.

    The seventy-two kinds of entities have (already) been described
    with their characteristics. Now I will speak of their categories in
    the ways that are applicable.


    Guide to §1

    The seventy-two kinds of entities: The four ultimate realities that
    have been described in the first six chapters can be analyzed into
    seventy-two distinct entities (
    vatthudhammá), that is, phenomena which
    exist with intrinsic natures (
    sabháva—see I, §2).

    1. Consciousness, though divided into eighty-nine types, is
      regarded as one entity because all cittas have the same
      intrinsic nature—the cognizing of an object.

    2. The fifty-two cetasikas are viewed each as a distinct ultimate
      entity since each mental factor has its own individual intrinsic
      nature.

    3. The eighteen concretely produced material phenomena are,
      for the same reason, each reckoned separately as individual
      entities.

    4. Nibbána, which is one in essence, counts as a single entity.

    Although the ten kinds of non-concretely produced matter are
    expounded under the heading of the ultimate realities, they are not
    considered to be concrete entities because they lack intrinsic natures
    and thus do not enter into the range of insight contemplation.

    I will speak of their categories: Having described the four ultimate
    realities with their seventy-two constituents, the author will now show
    how they are grouped into the various categories employed for
    classification in the Abhidhamma Piṭaka.

    VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 265


    §2 Enumeration of Categories

    Akusalasaṅgaho, missakasaṅgaho, bodhipakkhiyasaṅgaho,
    sabbasaṅgaho cá ti samuccayasaṅgaho catubbidho veditabbo.

    The compendium of categories should be understood as fourfold:

    1. the compendium of the unwholesome;

    2. the compendium of mixed categories;

    3. the compendium of requisites of enlightenment; and

    4. the compendium of the whole.

    Compendium of the Unwholesome
    (akusalasaògaha)

    §3 Taints

    Kathaṃ? Akusalasaṅgahe táva cattáro ásavá: kámásavo,
    bhavásavo, diṭṭhásavo, avijjásavo.

    How? First, in the compendium of the unwholesome, there are
    four taints: (1) the taint of sensual desire, (2) the taint of (attachment
    to) existence, (3) the taint of wrong views, (4) the taint of ignorance.


    Guide to §3

    The word ásava means literally that which flows out. In Pali the
    word denotes both pus oozing from an abscess and intoxicants which
    have been fermented for a long time. The defilements classified as
    taints are called
    ásavas because they are similar to oozing pus and to
    fermented intoxicants. The Commentaries state that the
    ásavas are so
    called because they flow right up to the topmost plane of existence or
    because they flow up to change-of-lineage (
    gotrabhú—see IX, §34).
    Of the four taints, the taint of sensual desire and the taint of
    (attachment to) existence are both modes of the cetasika greed (
    lobha),
    directed in the one case to sense pleasure, in the other to continued
    existence. The taint of wrong view is identified as the cetasika wrong
    view (
    diṭṭhi) and the taint of ignorance as the cetasika delusion (moha).


    §4 Floods

    Cattáro oghá: kámogho, bhavogho, diṭṭhogho, avijjogho.

    Four floods: (1) the flood of sensual desire, (2) the flood of
    (attachment to) existence, (3) the flood of wrong views, (4) the
    flood of ignorance.

    266 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA


    §5 Bonds

    Cattáro yogá: kámayogo, bhavayogo, diṭṭhiyogo, avijjáyogo.

    Four bonds: (1) the bond of sensual desire, (2) the bond of
    (attachment to) existence, (3) the bond of wrong views, (4) the bond
    of ignorance.


    Guide to §§4-5

    The same defilements that are called taints are also called floods
    (
    ogha) because they sweep beings away into the ocean of existence,
    and because they are hard to cross. They are further called bonds (
    yoga)
    because they yoke beings to suffering and do not allow them to escape.


    §6 Bodily Knots

    Cattáro ganthá: abhijjhá káyagantho, vyápádo káyagantho,
    sìlabbataparámáso káyagantho idaṃsaccábhiniveso káyagantho.

    Four bodily knots: (1) the bodily knot of covetousness, (2) the
    bodily knot of ill will, (3) the bodily knot of adherence to rites
    and ceremonies, (4) the bodily knot of dogmatic belief that “This
    alone is the truth.”


    Guide to §6

    The bodily knots are so called because they tie the mind to the
    body or the present body to bodies in future existences. Here the term
    “body” (
    káya) applies to both the mental and physical body in the
    sense of an aggregation. Of the four knots, covetousness means craving
    or greed, which pulls beings towards desirable objects. Ill will is
    identical with the cetasika hatred, which is manifested as aversion
    towards undesirable objects. “Adherence to rites and ceremonies” is
    the belief that the performance of rituals constitutes the means to
    liberation. Dogmatic belief is the firm conviction that one’s own view
    is the only truth and that all other views are false. These last two bodily
    knots are both aspects of the cetasika wrong view.


    §7 Clingings

    Cattáro upádáná: kámupádánaṃ, diṭṭhupádánaṃ, sìlabbat-
    upádánaṃ, attavádupádánaṃ.

    VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 267


    Four clingings: (1) clinging to sense pleasures, (2) clinging to
    wrong views, (3) clinging to rites and ceremonies, (4) clinging to
    a doctrine of self.


    Guide to §7

    Of the four kinds of clinging, the first may be understood as intensified
    craving for sense pleasures, though the Commentaries point out that this
    kind of clinging can also be understood more broadly as craving for any
    of the things of the world. Clinging to wrong views is the adoption of
    any of the morally pernicious views such as nihilism, fatalism, etc., or
    any of the speculative views about the eternal or non-eternal existence of
    the world, etc.
    1 Clinging to rites and ceremonies is the wrong view that
    the performance of rites and rituals or the undertaking of ascetic practices
    and related observances can lead to liberation. Clinging to a doctrine of
    self is the adoption of personality view (
    sakkáyadiṭṭhi), the identification
    of any of the five aggregates as a self or the accessories of a self. The
    Suttas mention twenty types of personality view. These are obtained by
    considering each of the five aggregates in four ways, thus: “One regards
    materiality as self, or self as possessing materiality, or materiality as in
    self, or self as in materiality.” The same is repeated with respect to feeling,
    perception, mental formations, and consciousness. (See e.g., M. 44/i,300.)
    The clinging to sense pleasures is a manifestation of greed, the other three
    clingings are modes of the cetasika wrong view.


    §8 Hindrances

    Cha nìvaraṇáni: kámacchandanìvaraṇaṃ, vyápádanìvaraṇaṃ,
    thìnamiddhanìvaraṇaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccanìvaraṇaṃ, vicikic-
    chánìvaraṇaṃ, avijjánìvaraṇaṃ.

    Six hindrances: the hindrances of (1) sensual desire, (2) ill will,

    (3) sloth and torpor, (4) restlessness and worry, (5) doubt, (6) ignorance.

    Guide to §8

    The hindrances are so called because they obstruct the way to a
    heavenly rebirth and to the attainment of Nibbána. According to the
    commentary the hindrances are mental factors which prevent unarisen
    wholesome states from arising and which do not allow arisen wholesome
    states to endure. The first five hindrances are the major obstacles to
    the attainment of the jhánas, the sixth hindrance is the major obstacle
    to the arising of wisdom.

    Altogether eight cetasikas are included among the hindrances. In two

    268 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA

    cases, however, a pair of mental factors is counted as a single hindrance.
    The Abhidhamma commentaries explain that sloth and torpor, and
    restlessness and worry, are joined into compounds because of the
    similarities in their respective functions, conditions, and antidotes. Sloth
    and torpor both have the function of engendering mental sluggishness,
    they are conditioned by laziness and drowsiness, and they are countered
    by arousing energy. Restlessness and worry share the function of
    engendering disquietude, they are conditioned by disturbing thoughts,
    and they are countered by the development of calm.


    §9 Latent Dispositions

    Satt’ánusayá: kámarágánusayo, bhavarágánusayo, paṭighánusayo,
    mánánusayo, diṭṭhánusayo, vicikicchánusayo, avijjánusayo.

    Seven latent dispositions: the latent dispositions to (1) sensual
    lust, (2) attachment to existence, (3) aversion, (4) conceit, (5) wrong

    views, (6) doubt, (7) ignorance.


    Guide to §9

    The latent dispositions (anusaya) are defilements which “lie along
    with” (
    anusenti) the mental process to which they belong, rising to
    the surface as obsessions whenever they meet with suitable conditions.
    The term “latent dispositions” highlights the fact that the defilements
    are liable to arise so long as they have not been eradicated by the
    supramundane paths. Though all defilements are, in a sense,
    anusayas,
    the seven mentioned here are the most prominent. Both sensual lust
    and attachment to existence are modes of greed; the others are each
    distinct cetasikas. Thus altogether six cetasikas function as
    anusayas.


    §10 Fetters (Suttanta Method)

    Dasa saṃyojanáni: kámarágasaṃyojanaṃ, rúparágasaṃyojanaṃ,
    arúparágasaṃyojanaṃ, paṭighasaṃyojanaṃ, mánasaṃyojanaṃ,
    diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ, sìlabbataparámásasaṃyojanaṃ, vicikic-
    chásaṃyojanaṃ, uddhaccasaṃyojanaṃ, avijjásaṃyojanaṃ, suttante.

    Ten fetters, according to the Suttanta method: the fetters of (1)
    sensual lust, (2) attachment to fine-material existence, (3) attachment
    to immaterial existence, (4) aversion, (5) conceit, (6) wrong views,

    (7) adherence to rites and ceremonies, (8) doubt, (9) restlessness,

    (10) ignorance.

    VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 269


    §11 Fetters (Abhidhamma Method)

    Aparáni dasa saṃyojanáni: kámarágasaṃyojanaṃ, bhavarága-
    saṃyojanaṃ, paṭighasaṃyojanaṃ, mánasaṃyojanaṃ, diṭṭhi-
    saṃyojanaṃ, sìlabbataparámásasaṃyojanaṃ, vicikicchásaṃyojanaṃ,
    issásaṃyojanaṃ, macchariyasaṃyojanaṃ, avijjásaṃyojanaṃ,
    abhidhamme.

    Another ten fetters, according to the Abhidhamma method: the
    fetters of (1) sensual lust, (2) attachment to existence, (3) aversion,

    (4) conceit, (5) wrong views, (6) adherence to rites and ceremonies,

    (7) doubt, (8) envy, (9) avarice, (10) ignorance.


    Guide to §§10-11

    The fetters are unwholesome mental factors which bind beings to
    the round of existence. The first set of ten fetters is mentioned both in
    the Sutta Piṭaka and in the Abhidhamma Piṭaka, the second set only
    in the Abhidhamma Piṭaka. In the first set (1)-(3) are aspects of greed
    and (6)-(7) aspects of wrong view; the rest are distinct cetasikas. In the
    second set (1)-(2) are aspects of greed, (5)-(6) aspects of wrong view,
    and the rest distinct cetasikas.


    §12 Defilements

    Dasa kilesá: lobho, doso, moho, máno, diṭṭhi, vicikicchá, thìnaṃ,
    uddhaccaṃ, ahirikaṃ, anottappaṃ.

    Ten defilements: (1) greed, (2) hatred, (3) delusion, (4) conceit,

    (5) wrong views, (6) doubt, (7) sloth, (8) restlessness, (9) shame-
    lessness, (10) fearlessness of wrongdoing.


    Guide to §12

    The defilements (kilesa) are so called because they afflict (kilissanti)
    or torment the mind, or because they defile beings by dragging them
    down to a mentally soiled and depraved condition.


    §13 A Clarification

    Ásavádìsu pan’ ettha kámabhavanámena tabbatthuká taṇhá
    adhippetá. Sìlabbataparámáso idaṃsaccábhiniveso attavádupádánañ
    ca tathápavattaṃ diṭṭhigatam eva pavuccati.

    270 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA



    Defilements

    TABLE 7.1: THE DEFILEMENTS AS MENTAL FACTORS




    Mental Factors

    Taints

    Floods

    Bonds

    Knots

    Clingings

    Hindrances

    Dispositions

    Fetters

    Defilements

    Total

    1

    Greed










    9

    2

    Wrong View










    8

    3

    Delusion










    7

    4

    Hatred










    5

    5

    Doubt










    4

    6

    Conceit










    3

    7

    Restlessness










    3

    8

    Sloth










    2

    9

    Worry










    1

    1 0

    Torpor










    1

    1 1

    Shamelessness










    1

    1 2

    Fearlessness










    1

    1 3

    Envy










    1

    1 4

    Avarice










    1


    No. of factors

    3

    3

    3

    3

    2

    8

    6

    9

    10


    VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 271


    Herein, among the taints, etc., it is craving that is intended by
    the terms “sensual desire” and “(attachment to) existence,” since it
    has them (i.e., sensuality and existence) as its basis. It is wrong
    view that is spoken of as “adherence to rites and ceremonies,” “the
    dogmatic belief that ‘This alone is the truth,’” and “clinging to a
    doctrine of self,” because it occurs in such modes.


    §14 Summary

    Ásavoghá ca yogá ca tayo ganthá ca vatthuto
    Upádáná duve vuttá aṭṭha nìvaraṇá siyuṃ.

    Chaḷevánusayá honti nava saṃyojaná matá
    Kilesá dasa vutto’ yaṃ navadhá pápasaṅgaho.

    By way of entity, the taints, floods, bonds, and knots are threefold.

    There are two kinds of clinging spoken of and eight hindrances.

    The latent dispositions are only six, and the fetters can be
    understood as nine. The defilements are ten. Thus the compendium
    of evil is stated as ninefold.


    Guide to §14

    This section attempts to show how the different categories of
    defilements can be reduced to the fourteen unwholesome cetasikas.
    The results of this reduction can be seen in Table 7.1.


    Compendium of Mixed Categories
    (missakasaògaha)


    §15 Roots

    Missakasaṅgahe cha hetú: lobho, doso, moho, alobho, adoso,
    amoho.

    In the compendium of mixed categories there are six roots: (1)
    greed, (2) hatred, (3) delusion, (4) non-greed, (5) non-hatred, (6)
    non-delusion.


    Guide to §15

    The compendium of mixed categories is so called because it presents
    classificatory schemes which include wholesome, unwholesome, and
    morally indeterminate factors together. On the roots, see III, §5.

    272 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA


    §16 Jhána Factors

    Satta jhánaṅgáni: vitakko, vicáro, pìti, ekaggatá, somanassaṃ,
    domanassaṃ, upekkhá.

    The seven jhána factors: (1) initial application, (2) sustained
    application, (3) zest, (4) one-pointedness, (5) joy, (6) displeasure,

  7. equanimity.


Guide to §16

The word jhána is not used here in the usual sense of meditative
absorption, but in the broader sense of close contemplation (
upanij-) of an object. Therefore the states listed here are considered
jhána factors even when they occur outside a meditative framework.
These seven cetasikas are called jhána factors because they enable the
mind to closely contemplate its object. Of them, displeasure is
exclusively unwholesome and occurs only in the two cittas connected
with aversion. The other six can be wholesome, unwholesome, or
indeterminate, depending on the citta in which they occur.


§17 Path Factors

Dvádasa maggaṅgáni: sammádiṭṭhi, sammásaṅkappo, sammávácá,
sammákammanto, sammá-ájivo, sammáváyámo, sammásati,
sammásamádhi, micchádiṭṭhi, micchásaṅkappo, miccháváyámo,
micchásamádhi.

Twelve path factors: (1) right view, (2) right intention, (3) right
speech, (4) right action, (5) right livelihood, (6) right effort, (7)

right mindfulness, (8) right concentration, (9) wrong view, (10)
wrong intention, (11) wrong effort, (12) wrong concentration.


Guide to §17

Here the word “path” is used in the sense of that which leads to a
particular destination, that is, towards the blissful states of existence, the
woeful states, and Nibbána. Of the twelve factors, the first eight lead to
the blissful states and Nibbána, the last four lead to the woeful states.

These twelve path factors can be reduced to nine cetasikas. Right
view is the cetasika of wisdom. Right intention, right effort, right
mindfulness and right concentration are, respectively, the cetasikas of
initial application, energy, mindfulness, and one-pointedness found
in the wholesome and indeterminate cittas with roots. Right speech,

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 273

right action, and right livelihood are the three abstinences (virati) found
collectively in the supramundane cittas and separately on particular
occasions in mundane wholesome cittas.

Of the four wrong path factors, wrong view is the cetasika of views,
and is the only exclusively unwholesome cetasika among the path
factors. The other three factors are, in order, the cetasikas of initial
application, energy, and one-pointedness in the unwholesome cittas.
There are no distinct path factors of wrong speech, wrong action, and
wrong livelihood, since these are simply unwholesome modes of
conduct motivated by defilements. There is no factor of wrong
mindfulness, since mindfulness is an exclusively beautiful cetasika
absent in the unwholesome cittas.


§18 Faculties

Bávìsat’ indriyáni: cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghánindriyaṃ,
jivhindriyaṃ, káyindriyaṃ, itthindriyaṃ, purisindriyaṃ, jìvitindriyaṃ,
manindriyaṃ, sukhindriyaṃ, dukkhindriyaṃ, somanassindriyaṃ,
domanassindriyaṃ, upekkhindriyaṃ, saddhindriyaṃ, viriyindriyaṃ,
satindriyaṃ, samádhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ, anaññátañ-
ñassámìtindriyaṃ, aññindriyaṃ, aññátávindriyaṃ.

Twenty-two faculties: (1) the eye faculty, (2) the ear faculty,

(3) the nose faculty, (4) the tongue faculty, (5) the body faculty,

(6) the femininity faculty, (7) the masculinity faculty, (8) the life
faculty, (9) the mind faculty, (10) the pleasure faculty, (11) the
pain faculty, (12) the joy faculty, (13) the displeasure faculty, (14)
the equanimity faculty, (15) the faith faculty, (16) the energy
faculty, (17) the mindfulness faculty, (18) the concentration faculty,

(19) the wisdom faculty, (20) the faculty, “I will know the
unknown,” (21) the faculty of final knowledge, (22) the faculty of
one who has final knowledge.


Guide to §18

The faculties are phenomena which exercise control in their respective
domains over their associated states. The first five faculties are identified
with the five physical sensitivities; the two sexual faculties (6-7) with the
two material phenomena of sex; the life faculty (8) is twofold, as the mental
life faculty and the physical life faculty. The mind faculty (9) is
consciousness (
citta) in its entirety, that is, all eighty-nine cittas. The five
faculties of feeling were discussed above (III, §2). The five spiritual faculties

274 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA

(15-19) reappear below at §27, and the last three faculties are explained
at §22.


§19 Powers

Nava baláni: saddhábalaṃ, viriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samádhi-
balaṃ, paññábalaṃ, hiribalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, ahirikabalaṃ,
anottappabalaṃ.

Nine powers: (1) the power of faith, (2) the power of energy,

(3) the power of mindfulness, (4) the power of concentration, (5)
the power of wisdom, (6) the power of shame, (7) the power of
fear of wrongdoing, (8) the power of shamelessness, (9) the power
of fearlessness of wrongdoing.


Guide to §19

These nine powers are so called because they cannot be shaken by
their opposites and because they strengthen their adjuncts. Powers (1),
(3), (5), (6), and (7) may be either wholesome or indeterminate; (8) and

(9) are exclusively unwholesome; (2) and (4) are of all three qualities.


§20 Predominants

Cattáro adhipatì: chandádhipati, viriyádhipati, cittádhipati,
vìmaṃsádhipati.

Four predominants: (1) predominance of desire, (2) predominance
of energy, (3) predominance of consciousness, (4) predominance of
investigation.


Guide to §20

The predominants are factors which dominate their conascent states
in undertaking and accomplishing difficult or important tasks. The
difference between the predominants and the faculties lies in the degree
and range of their control. A predominant exercises supreme control
over the entire citta, while a faculty exercises control only in its
respective sphere. Thus, whereas several faculties can be present in a
single citta, only one predominant can be present at any given time.
In this respect a predominant is compared to a king who, as the sole
head of state, lords over all his ministers, while the faculties are
compared to the ministers who can govern their own districts but cannot
interfere with the others.

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 275

The four predominants are the cetasika desire (that is, desire-to-act,
which should not be confused with
lobha, desire as greed), the cetasika
energy, citta, and the cetasika wisdom, here called investigation. Desire,
energy, and citta become predominants only in fifty-two javana cittas,
the two rooted in delusion and the Arahant’s smiling consciousness
being the exceptions; investigation becomes a predominant only in
the thirty-four three-rooted javana cittas. Only one state can be a
predominant at a time, and then only when it dominates the conascent
states. The predominant investigation may be wholesome or
indeterminate; the other predominants are of all three ethical qualities.


§21 Nutriments

Cattáro áhárá: kabaḷìkáro áháro, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetaná
tatiyá, viññáṇaṃ catutthaṃ.

Four nutriments: (1) edible food, (2) contact as the second, (3)
mental volition as the third, (4) consciousness as the fourth.


Guide to §21

The word nutriment (áhára) means that which sustains by acting as
a strong supporting condition. According to the Suttanta method of
explanation, edible food as nutriment sustains the physical body;
contact sustains feeling; mental volition sustains rebirth in the three
realms of existence, because volition is kamma and kamma generates
rebirth; and consciousness sustains the compound of mind-and-body.
According to the Abhidhamma method, edible food sustains the
material phenomena of fourfold origination in the body, and the other
three nutriments sustain all their conascent mental and material
phenomena. Whereas edible food, as matter, is indeterminate, the three
mental nutriments can be of all three ethical qualities.


§22 Clarifications

Indriyesu pan’ ettha sotápattimaggañáṇaṃ anaññátaññas-
sámìtindriyaṃ; arahattaphalañáṇaṃ aññátávindriyaṃ; majjhe cha
ñáṇáni aññindriyánì ti pavuccanti. Jìvitindriyañ ca rúpárúpavasena
duvidhaṃ hoti.

Herein, among the faculties it is explained that the faculty “I
will know the unknown” is the knowledge of the path of stream-
entry; the faculty of one who has final knowledge is the knowledge

276 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA


of the fruit of Arahantship; the faculty of final knowledge is the
six intermediate kinds of (supramundane) knowledge. The life
faculty is twofold—physical and mental.

Pañcaviññáṇesu jhánaṅgáni, aviriyesu baláni, ahetukesu
maggaṅgáni na labbhanti. Tathá vicikicchácitte ekaggatá
maggindriyabalabhávaṃ na gacchati. Dvihetuka-tihetukajavanesv’
eva yathásambhavaṃ adhipati eko’ va labbhati.

The jhána factors are not found in the fivefold sense
consciousness, the powers in those (kinds of consciousness) that are
without energy, or the path factors in those that are rootless. So
too, in the consciousness accompanied by doubt, one-pointedness
does not attain to the stature of a path factor, a faculty, or a power.
Only one predominant is obtained at a time, according to
circumstances, and only in javanas with two roots or three roots.


Guide to §22

The five types of sense consciousness are merely simple confronta-
tions with their respective objects. Because their function and physical
base are weak, and they occupy an elementary place in the cognitive
process, they cannot engage in a close contemplation of the object,
and thus their concomitant feeling and one-pointedness do not acquire
the stature of jhána factors. Moreover, initial application (
vitakka) is
the foundation of the jhána factors, and in the five types of sense
consciousness initial application is absent, not because it has been
transcended (as in the higher jhánas) but because they are too primitive
in function to include it.

Similarly, energy is required in a citta for its constituents to acquire
the stature of powers (
bala). Therefore, in the sixteen cittas devoid of
energy, the mental factor of one-pointedness cannot fulfill the function
of the power of concentration.

The cittas devoid of roots cannot serve as a path leading to a
particular destination; thus the path factors are not found in the eighteen
rootless cittas.

In the consciousness accompanied by doubt, one-pointedness lacks
reinforcement by decision (
adhimokkha) and is overrun by doubt, with
its vacillating nature; thus it cannot attain the status of a path factor,
faculty, or power.

The predominants can occur only one at a time, for it is inherent in
the nature of predominance that only one state can function as a

TABLE 7.2: MIXED CATEGORIES

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 277


Nutriments 4

Predominants 4

Powers 9

Faculties 22

Path factors 12

Jhána factors 7

Roots 6




Shamelessness,
fearlessness

Displeasure

Four wrong factors

Displeasure

Greed, hate,
delusion

Unwholesome
Only




“I will know
the unknown.”




Wholesome
Only

Edible food



five senses, two
sexes, mat. life,
pleasure, pain, one
w/ final

knowledge




Indeterminate
Only


Investigation

Faith, mindfulness,
wisdom, shame,
fear

Faith, mindfulness,
wisdom, final
knowledge

Eight right factors


Non-greed, non-
hate, non-delusion

Wholesome &
Indeterminate

Contact, volition,
consciousness

Desire, energy,
consciousness

Energy,
concentration

Mental life, mind,
joy, equanimity
energy, concen-
tration


Init. appl., sus.
appl., zest, one-
ptns., joy, eqn.


All Three
Qualities

278 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA

predominant in any given citta, and then only in javanas with two or
three roots “according to circumstances,” that is, when one of the four
predominant factors is exercising the role of predominance.


§23 Summary

Cha hetú pañca jhánaṅgá maggaṅgá nava vatthuto
Soḷas’indriyadhammá ca baladhammá nav’ eritá.
Cattáro’ dhipatì vuttá tatháhárá ti sattadhá
Kusaládisamákiṇṇo vutto missakasaṅgaho.

By way of entity, six roots, five jhána factors, nine path factors,
sixteen faculties, and nine powers have been described.

Likewise, four predominants have been stated and four nutriments.
Thus the compendium of mixed categories, consisting of a combination
of wholesome states and the rest, has been stated in seven ways.


Guide to §23

By way of entity, the jhána factors are fivefold because joy,
displeasure, and equanimity are all feelings, and feeling is a single
cetasika. The reduction of the path factors to nine has been explained
above. The faculties become sixteenfold because faculties (10)-(14)
are all represented by one cetasika, feeling, while faculties (19)-(22)
are all aspects of the cetasika wisdom; the life faculty becomes two
entities—one material counted among the twenty-eight kinds of
material phenomena, the other mental counted among the fifty-two
cetasikas.

The distribution of the mixed categories among the various ethical
classes is shown in Table 7.2.


Compendium of Requisites of Enlightenment
(bodhipakkhiyasaògaha)

§24 Four Foundations of Mindfulness

Bodhipakkhiyasaṅgahe cattáro satipaṭṭháná: káyánupassaná-
satipaṭṭhánaṃ, vedanánupassaná-satipaṭṭhánaṃ, cittánupassaná-
satipaṭṭhánaṃ, dhammánupassaná-satipaṭṭhánaṃ.

In the compendium of requisites of enlightenment, there are four
foundations of mindfulness: (1) the foundation of mindfulness in
contemplation of the body; (2) the foundation of mindfulness in
contemplation of feelings; (3) the foundation of mindfulness in

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 279


contemplation of consciousness; (4) the foundation of mindfulness
in contemplation of mental objects.


Guide to §24

Requisites of enlightenment: The Pali expression bodhipakkhiya-means literally “states on the side of enlightenment.”
Although the expression appears rarely in the Suttas, in later literature
it comes to be used as a general term for the thirty-seven factors into
which the Buddha compressed the practice of his teaching (see D.16/
ii,120, M.77/ii,11-12). These factors are called “requisites of
enlightenment” because they conduce to the attainment of enlighten-
ment, which is the knowledge of the four supramundane paths. The
thirty-seven requisites, as shown, fall into seven groups.
2

Four foundations of mindfulness (satipaṭṭháná): The word paṭṭhána

here is taken to have the dual meanings of “setting up” (or “application”

= upaṭṭhána) and “foundations,” that is, of sati or mindfulness. The
four foundations of mindfulness form a complete system of meditative
practice for the development of mindfulness and insight. The method
is expounded at length in two suttas, D.22 and M.10, and in a collection
of short suttas, the Satipaṭṭhána Saṃyutta (S.47).
3

The four foundations of mindfulness have a single essence, which
consists of mindful contemplation of phenomena. They are differenti-
ated insofar as this mindful contemplation is to be applied to four
objects—the body, feelings, states of consciousness, and mental
objects. The latter comprises such factors as the five hindrances, the
five aggregates, the six sense bases, the seven enlightenment factors,
and the Four Noble Truths. The practice of the four foundations of
mindfulness is identical with right mindfulness as the seventh factor
of the Noble Eightfold Path.


§25 Four Supreme Efforts

Cattáro sammappadháná: uppannánaṃ pápakánaṃ dhammánaṃ
pahánáya váyámo, anuppannánaṃ pápakánaṃ dhammánaṃ
anuppádáya váyámo, anuppannánaṃ kusalánaṃ dhammánaṃ
uppádáya váyámo, uppannánaṃ kusalánaṃ dhammánaṃ
bhiyyobháváya váyámo.

There are four supreme efforts: (1) the effort to discard evil states
that have arisen, (2) the effort to prevent the arising of unarisen
evil states, (3) the effort to develop unarisen wholesome states, (4)
the effort to augment arisen wholesome states.

280 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA


Guide to §25

Four supreme efforts (sammappadháná): Here one mental factor,
energy, performs four separate functions. This fourfold effort is identical
with right effort, the sixth factor of the Noble Eightfold Path.


§26 Four Means to Accomplishment

Cattáro iddhipádá: chandiddhipádo, viriyiddhipádo, cittiddhipádo,
vìmaṃsiddhipádo.

There are four means to accomplishment: the means to
accomplishment consisting of (1) desire, (2) energy, (3)

consciousness, (4) investigation.


Guide to §26

Four means to accomplishment (iddhipádá): The word iddhi here
signifies all sublime and supramundane states to be accomplished by
applying effort to the practice of the Buddha’s teaching. The principal
methods of achieving these are called the means of accomplishment.
These are identical with the four predominants (see §20). However,
while those states become predominants (
adhipati) on any occasion
when they are instrumental in accomplishing a goal, they become
iddhipádas only when they are applied to achieving the goal of the
Buddha’s teaching. The expression
iddhipáda extends to both
mundane and supramundane states.
4


§27 Five Faculties

Pañc’ indriyáni: saddhindriyaṃ, viriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ,
samádhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ.

There are five faculties: the faculties of (1) faith, (2) energy,

(3) mindfulness, (4) concentration, (5) wisdom.


§28 Five Powers

Pañca baláni: saddhábalaṃ, viriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samádhi-
balaṃ, paññábalaṃ.

There are five powers: the powers of (1) faith, (2) energy, (3)
mindfulness, (4) concentration, (5) wisdom.

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 281


Guide to §§27-28

The faculties and powers comprise the same five factors, though
different functions are attached to the two categories. The faculties are
factors which
exercise control in their respective domains, while the
powers are these same factors considered as being
unshakable by their. Thus the five faculties exercise control in the respective
spheres of resolution (
adhimokkha), exertion (paggaha), awareness
(
upaṭṭhána), non-distraction (avikkhepa), and discernment (dassana);
in doing so they help to overcome their opposites—indecision,
laziness, negligence, agitation, and delusion. The five powers are these
same states considered as unwavering and as incapable of being
overcome by their opposites. In the development of the faculties, faith
and wisdom are to be balanced to avoid the extremes of blind credulity
and intellectual cleverness; energy and concentration are to be balanced
to avoid restless agitation and sluggish immobility of mind. But strong
mindfulness is always necessary, for mindfulness oversees the
development of the other faculties and ensures that they are kept in
balance.


§29 Seven Factors of Enlightenment

Satta bojjhaṅgá: satisambojjhaṅgo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo,
viriyasambojjhaṅgo, pìtisambojjhaṅgo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo,
samádhisambojjhaṅgo, upekkhásambojjhaṅgo.

There are seven factors of enlightenment: the enlightenment
factors of (1) mindfulness, (2) investigation of states, (3) energy,

(4) zest, (5) tranquillity, (6) concentration, (7) equanimity.


Guide to §29

Among the seven factors of enlightenment, investigation of states
(
dhammavicaya) is a designation for wisdom (paññá), insight into
mental and material phenomena as they really are. Tranquillity
(
passaddhi) means tranquillity both of consciousness and of the mental
body (see II, §5). Equanimity (
upekkhá) here means mental neutrality
(
tatramajjhattatá), one of the universal beautiful cetasikas, not neutral
feeling. The three factors of investigation, energy, and zest are opposed
to mental sluggishness; the three factors of tranquillity, concentration,
and equanimity counteract mental excitation. Mindfulness assures that
the two groups occur in balance, neither exceeding the other.

282 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA


§30 Eight Path Factors

Aṭṭha maggaṅgáni: sammádiṭṭhi, sammásaṅkappo, sammávácá,
sammákammanto, sammá-ájìvo, sammáváyámo, sammásati,
sammásamádhi.

There are eight path factors: (1) right view, (2) right intention,

(3) right speech, (4) right action, (5) right livelihood, (6) right
effort, (7) right mindfulness, (8) right concentration.


Guide to §30

Of the eight factors of the Noble Eightfold Path, right view
(
sammádiṭṭhi) is the cetasika of wisdom exercised in understanding
the Four Noble Truths. Right intention (
sammásaṅkappa) is the cetasika
of initial application (
vitakka) directed towards renunciation, good will,
and harmlessness. Path factors (3)-(5) are identical with the three
abstinences (see II, §6). Right effort is the same as the four supreme
efforts (§25). Right mindfulness is the same as the four foundations of
mindfulness (§24). Right concentration is defined in terms of the four
jhánas of the Suttanta system (see D. 22/ii,313).


§31 A Clarification

Ettha pana cattáro satipaṭṭháná ti sammásati eká va pavuccati.

Tathá cattáro sammappadháná ti ca sammáváyámo.

Here, by the four foundations of mindfulness, right mindfulness
alone is implied. Similarly, by the four supreme efforts, right effort
is implied.


§32 By way of States

Chando cittam upekkhá ca saddhá-passaddhi-pìtiyo
Sammádiṭṭhi ca saṅkappo váyámo viratittayaṃ
Sammásati samádhì ti cuddas’ ete sabhávato
Sattatiṃsappabhedena sattadhá tattha saṅgaho.

The sevenfold compendium of the thirty-seven factors is
composed of these fourteen states considered by way of their intrinsic
nature: desire, consciousness, equanimity, faith, tranquillity, zest,
right view, intention, effort, the three abstinences, right mindfulness,
and concentration.

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 283


§33 By way of Occurrence

Saṅkappa-passaddhi ca pìt’upekkhá
Chando ca cittaṃ viratittayañ ca
Nav’ ekaṭṭháná viriyaṃ nav’ aṭṭha
Satì samádhì catu pañca paññá
Saddhá duṭṭhán’ uttamasattatiṃsa
Dhammánam eso pavaro vibhágo.

Sabbe lokuttare honti na vá saṃkappapìtiyo
Lokiye pi yatháyogaṃ chabbisuddhippavattiyaṃ.

The analysis of these thirty-seven excellent factors is as follows:
nine—intention, tranquillity, zest, equanimity, desire, consciousness,
and the three abstinences—each occur only once; energy occurs nine
times; mindfulness eight times; concentration four times; wisdom
five times; and faith two times.

All these occur in the supramundane, except at times intention
and zest. In the mundane, too, they occur in the course of the sixfold
purification, according to circumstances.


Guide to §§32-33

In §32 the thirty-seven requisites of enlightenment are reduced to
fourteen entities, one being citta, the other thirteen cetasikas. In §33 the
occurrence of these entities among the requisites is tabulated by collating
synonyms. The results of this tabulation are seen in Table 7.3.

Energy occurs nine times as: four supreme efforts, means of
accomplishment, faculty, power, enlightenment factor, and path factor.
Mindfulness occurs eight times as: four foundations of mindfulness,

faculty, power, enlightenment factor, and path factor.

Concentration occurs four times as: faculty, power, enlightenment
factor, and path factor.

Wisdom occurs five times as: means of accomplishment, faculty,
power, enlightenment factor, and path factor.

Faith occurs twice as a faculty and power. The remaining states occur
only once.

Intention is not found in supramundane cittas occurring at the level of
the second jhána and above. This is because right intention
(
sammásaṅkappa) is the cetasika of vitakka or initial application, and the
supramundane paths and fruits conjoined with the second and higher jhánas
are free from
vitakka. Similarly, zest (pìti) is not found in supramundane
cittas occurring at the level of the fourth and fifth jhánas.

284 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA



Requisites

TABLE 7.3: THE REQUISITES OF ENLIGHTENMENT
AS MENTAL FACTORS




Mental Factors

4 Fnd. of Mindfulness

4 Supreme Efforts

4 Means to Accomp.

5 Faculties

5 Powers

7 Enlight. Factors

8 Path Factors

Total

1

Energy


4






9

2

Mindfulness

4







8

3

Wisdom







5

4

Concentration








4

5

Faith








2

6

Initial Application








1

7

Tranquillity








1

8

Zest








1

9

Equanimity








1

1 0

Desire








1

1 1

Consciousness








1

1 2

Right Speech








1

1 3

Right Action








1

1 4

Right Livelihood








1

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 285

The sixfold purification (chabbisuddhi): These are the six mundane
stages of purification preceding and culminating in the seventh,
supramundane, stage of purification (see IX, §22). These six stages are
an expanded version of the more common threefold division of the
preliminary path into virtue, concentration, and wisdom. The seventh
stage is the attainment of the supramundane paths. In the six mundane
stages of purification the thirty-seven requisites of enlightenment are
found in various combinations, according to circumstances.


Compendium of the Whole
(sabbasaògaha)


§34 The Five Aggregates

Sabbasaṅgahe pañcakkhandhá: rúpakkhandho, vedanákkhandho,
saññákkhandho, saṅkhárakkhandho, viññáṇakkhandho.

In the compendium of the whole, the five aggregates are: (1)
the materiality aggregate, (2) the feeling aggregate, (3) the perception
aggregate, (4) the mental formations aggregate, (5) the
consciousness aggregate.


Guide to §34

The compendium of the whole: In this section the author’s purpose
is to collect those schemata of the Abhidhamma philosophy that
incorporate the totality of concrete entities. These schemata are set
forth, not for the purpose of developing an abstract ontology, but to
show the range of phenomena that are to be comprehended with insight.
This accords with the Buddha’s statement: “Without directly knowing
the whole, without fully understanding the whole, one is incapable of
destroying suffering” (S.35:26/iv,17).

The five aggregates: The word khandha is understood in the sense
of group, mass, or aggregate (
rási). The Buddha analyzes a living
being into these five groups. In the Suttas he states: “Whatever kind
of materiality there is, whether past, future or present, internal or
external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—this is called
the materiality aggregate.” The same method is applied to the other
four aggregates (S.22:48/iii,47). The relationship between the five
aggregates and the four ultimate realities has been explained above
(see I, §2).

286 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA


§35 The Five Aggregates of Clinging

Pañc’ upádánakkhandhá: rúpupádánakkhandho, vedanupádának-
khandho, saññupádánakkhandho, saṅkhárupádánakkhandho,
viññáṇupádánakkhandho.

The five aggregates of clinging are: (1) the materiality aggregate
of clinging, (2) the feeling aggregate of clinging, (3) the perception
aggregate of clinging, (4) the mental formations aggregate of
clinging, (5) the consciousness aggregate of clinging.


Guide to §35

The five aggregates of clinging: These are called upádánakkhandha,
aggregates of clinging, because they constitute the objects of clinging.
The Buddha states: “Whatever kind of materiality there is, whether past,
future or present, etc., connected with taints and subject to clinging—this
is called the materiality aggregate of clinging.” Again, the same method
of definition applies to the other four aggregates (S.22:48/iii,48). Here,
all components of the five aggregates that enter into range of the four
types of clinging (see §7) are called aggregates of clinging. This includes
the entire aggregate of materiality and the four mental aggregates of the
mundane plane. The four mental aggregates of the supramundane plane
are not aggregates of clinging because they entirely transcend the range
of clinging; that is, they cannot become objects of greed or wrong views.
5


§36 The Twelve Sense Bases

Dvádas’ áyatanáni: cakkháyatanaṃ, sotáyatanaṃ, ghánáyatanaṃ,
jivháyatanaṃ, káyáyatanaṃ, manáyatanaṃ, rúpáyatanaṃ,
saddáyatanaṃ, gandháyatanaṃ, rasáyatanaṃ, phoṭṭhabbáyatanaṃ,
dhammáyatanaṃ.

The twelve sense bases are: (1) the eye base, (2) the ear base,

(3) the nose base, (4) the tongue base, (5) the body base, (6) the
mind base, (7) the visible form base, (8) the sound base, (9) the
smell base, (10) the taste base, (11) the tangible base, (12) the mental-
object base.


Guide to §36

The twelve sense bases offer another perspective on the whole. From
this perspective the totality of concrete entities is viewed by way of

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 287

the doors and objects of consciousness. Bases (1)-(5) are identical with
the five kinds of sensitive material phenomena and bases (7)-(11) with
the five kinds of objective material phenomena. The mind base (6),
however, has a wider range than the mind door. It is identified with
the aggregate of consciousness in its totality, comprising all eighty-
nine types of citta. The mental-object base does not completely
coincide with mental object (
dhammárammaṇa), but includes only
those entities not found among the other bases. Thus it excludes the
first five objective bases, the five types of sensitive matter, and citta,
which is identical with the mind base. It also excludes concepts
(
paññatti), since the notion of base (áyatana) extends only to ultimate
realities, i.e., things existing by way of intrinsic nature (
sabháva), and
does not extend to things that owe their existence to conceptual
construction. The mental-object base comprises the fifty-two mental
factors, the sixteen kinds of subtle matter, and Nibbána (see §39
below).
6


§37 The Eighteen Elements

Aṭṭhárasa dhátuyo: cakkhudhátu, sotadhátu, ghánadhátu, jivhádhátu,
káyadhátu, rúpadhátu, saddadhátu, gandhadhátu, rasadhátu,
phoṭṭhabbadhátu, cakkhuviññáṇadhátu, sotaviññáṇadhátu,
ghánaviññáṇadhátu, jivháviññáṇadhátu, káyaviññáṇadhátu, manodhátu,
dhammadhátu, manoviññáṇadhátu.

The eighteen elements are: (1) the eye element, (2) the ear element,

(3) the nose element, (4) the tongue element, (5) the body element,

(6) the visible form element, (7) the sound element, (8) the smell
element, (9) the taste element, (10) the tangible element, (11) the eye-
consciousness element, (12) the ear-consciousness element, (13) the
nose-consciousness element, (14) the tongue-consciousness element,

(15) the body-consciousness element, (16) the mind element,

(17) the mental-object element, (18) the mind-consciousness element.


Guide to §37

The elements are called dhátu because they bear (dhárenti) their
own intrinsic natures. The eighteen elements are obtained from the
twelve bases by dividing the mind base into the seven elements of
consciousness (see III, §21). In all other respects the bases and the
elements are identical. For a correlation of the aggregates, bases, and
elements with the four ultimate realities, see Table 7.4.

TABLE 7.4: THE FOUR ULTIMATES AS AGGREGATES,
SENSE BASES, AND ELEMENTS

Realities

Bases

rs, Nib

18

me as abo

288 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA



Consciousness
89


Consciousness
Aggregate


Mind base

Eye-cons. ele.

Ear- "


"

Nose- "


"

Tongue-"


"

Body- "


"

Mind-element

Mind-cons. ele.

Nibbána

None


Mental-obect
base

(subtle matter, mental
facto bána


Mental-object
element

(sa ve)


Mental
factors
52

Feeling aggr.

Perception

"

Formations "


Matter
28


Materiality
Aggregate

Eye

base

Eye element

Ear

"

Ear

"


Nose

"

Nose

"


Tongue "

Tongue

"


Body

"

Body

"


Form

"

Form

"


Sound

"

Sound

"


Smell

"

Smell

"


Taste

"

Taste

"


Tangible "

Tangible "


Ultimate


4


Aggregates

5


Sense


12


Elements

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 289


§38 The Four Noble Truths

Cattári ariyasaccáni: dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ
ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodha-
gáminìpaṭipadá ariyasaccaṃ.

The Four Noble Truths are: (1) the noble truth of suffering, (2)
the noble truth of the origin of suffering, (3) the noble truth of
the cessation of suffering, and (4) the noble truth of the path leading
to the cessation of suffering.


Guide to §38

The Four Noble Truths are the fundamental teaching of the Buddha,
discovered by him on the night of his Enlightenment and expounded
by him repeatedly during his long ministry. These four truths are called
noble (
ariya) because they are penetrated by the noble ones; because
they are the truths taught by the supreme Noble One, the Buddha;
because their discovery leads to the state of a noble one; and because
they are the real, unalterable, undeceptive truths about existence.

The noble truth of suffering is expounded as twelvefold: the suf-
fering of birth, aging, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, despair,
association with the unpleasant, separation from the pleasant, not to
get what one wants, and the five aggregates of clinging. Concisely,
the noble truth of suffering comprises all phenomena of the three
mundane planes of existence except craving.

The noble truth of the origin of suffering is a single factor, namely,
craving (
taṇhá), which is identical with the cetasika of greed (lobha).
Craving, however, has three aspects: craving for sense pleasures (
káma-), craving for continued existence (bhavataṇhá), and craving for
annihilation (
vibhavataṇhá).

The Abhidhamma texts explain craving for continued existence as
lust accompanied by the view of existence (
bhavadiṭṭhi), i.e., by the
eternalist view; craving for non-existence as lust accompanied by the
view of non-existence (
vibhavadiṭṭhi), i.e., by the annihilationist view.
See Vibh §916.

The noble truth of the cessation of suffering is also singlefold: it
is Nibbána, which is to be realized by the eradication of craving.

The noble truth of the way to the cessation of suffering is the Noble
Eightfold Path. In the teaching of the four truths, this is the collection
of eight cetasikas corresponding to the eight path factors arisen in the
cittas of the four supramundane paths. It should be noted that while in
the section on the requisites of enlightenment, the eight path factors

290 VII. SAMUCCAYASAṄGAHA

may be either mundane or supramundane, in the teaching of the Four
Noble Truths they are exclusively supramundane.
7


§39 A Clarification

Ettha pana cetasika-sukhumarúpa-nibbánavasena ekúnasattati
dhammá dhammáyatanaṃ dhammadhátú ti saṅkhaṃ gacchanti.
Manáyatanam eva sattaviññáṇadhátuvasena bhijjati.

Herein, sixty-nine states comprising (fifty-two) mental factors,
(sixteen kinds of) subtle matter, and Nibbána, are regarded as the
mental-object base and the mental-object element. The mind base
itself is divided into the seven elements of consciousness.


§40 Summary

Rúpañ ca vedaná saññá sesá cetasiká tathá
Viññáṇam iti pañc’ ete pañcakkhandhá ti bhásitá.
Pañc’upádánakkhandhá ti tathá tebhúmaká matá
Bhedábhávena nibbánaṃ khandhasaṅgahanissaṭaṃ.
Dvárálambanabhedena bhavant’áyatanáni ca
Dvárálambataduppannapariyáyena dhátuyo.

Dukkhaṃ tebhúmakaṃ vaṭṭaṃ taṇhásamudayo bhave
Nirodho náma nibbánaṃ maggo lokuttaro mato.

Maggayuttá phalá c’eva catusaccavinissaṭá
Iti pañcappabhedena pavutto sabbasaṅgaho.

Matter, feeling, perception, the remaining mental factors, and
consciousness—these five are called the five aggregates.

The same states that pertain to the three (mundane) planes are
regarded as the five aggregates of clinging.

As Nibbána lacks differentiation (such as past, present, future),
it is excluded from the category of aggregates.

Owing to the difference between doors and objects, there are
(twelve) sense bases. In accordance with doors, objects, and their
corresponding consciousness, arise the (eighteen) elements.

The round of existence in the three planes is suffering. Craving
is its origin. Cessation is Nibbána. The path is regarded as supra-
mundane.

Mental states associated with the paths and the fruits are excluded
from the four truths.

VII. COMPENDIUM OF CATEGORIES 291


Thus the compendium of the whole has been explained in five
ways.


Guide to §40

Mental states associated with the paths: Apart from the eight
cetasikas corresponding to the eight path factors, the other constituents
of the supramundane path consciousness—the citta itself and the
associated cetasikas—are not strictly speaking part of the eightfold
path, and thus are not comprehended by the Four Noble Truths. The
four fruits as well are excluded from the framework of the Four Noble
Truths.

Iti Abhidhammatthasaṅgahe
Samuccayasaṅgahavibhágo náma
sattamo paricchedo.

Thus ends the seventh chapter

in the Manual of Abhidhamma entitled
the Compendium of Categories.


292 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA

CHAPTER VIII

COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY

(Paccayasaògahavibhága)


§1 Introductory Verse


Yesaṃ saṅkhatadhammánaṃ ye dhammá paccayá yathá
Taṃ vibhágam ih’ edáni pavakkhámi yathárahaṃ.

I shall now explain here, in a fitting manner, the detailed analysis
of the conditioned states, and of those states which are their
conditions, and of how (they are related).


Guide to §1

I shall now explain here: Having thus far explained the four types
of ultimate realities and their categories, Ácariya Anuruddha now
proceeds to explain, in this compendium of conditionality, the analysis
of their relations as conditioning states (
paccayadhammá) and
conditionally arisen states (
paccayuppannadhammá), linked by the
conditioning forces (
paccayasatti).

Of the conditioned states (yesaí sankhatadhammánaí): Condi-
tioned states are phenomena (dhammá) that arise in dependence on
conditions, that is, all cittas, cetasikas, and material phenomena (except
the four material characteristics—see VI, §15).

Those states which are their conditions (ye dhammá paccayá): A
condition is a state which is efficacious (
upakáraka) in the arising or
persistence of other states. This means that a condition, when operative,
will cause other states connected to it to arise if they have not already
arisen, or, if they have arisen, will maintain them in existence. All
conditioned phenomena, as well as Nibbána and concepts, are included
in the category of conditioning states.

And of how (they are related) (yathá): This refers to the twenty-
four kinds of conditioning forces that operate between the conditioning
states and the conditioned states. These too will be analyzed.

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 293


§2 In Brief: The Two Methods

Paṭiccasamuppádanayo paṭṭhánanayo cá ti paccayasaṅgaho
duvidho veditabbo.

Tattha tabbhávabhávìbhávákáramattopalakkhito paṭiccasamup-
pádanayo. Paṭṭhánanayo pana áhaccapaccayaṭṭhitim árabbha
pavuccati. Ubhayaṃ pana vomissitvá papañcenti ácariyá.

The compendium of conditionality is twofold:

  1. the method of dependent arising; and

  2. the method of conditional relations.

Of these, the method of dependent arising is marked by the simple
happening of a state in dependence on some other state. The method
of conditional relations is discussed with reference to the specific
causal efficacy of the conditions. Teachers explain them by mixing
both methods.


Guide to §2

The method of dependent arising: The term “dependent arising”
is a compound of
paṭicca, dependent on, and samuppáda, arising,
origination. The expression is generally applied to the twelve-term
formula expounded in §3, commonly met with in the Suttas.

Abstractly stated, the principle of dependent arising is expressed
by the oft-occurring dictum: “When this exists, that comes to be; with
the arising of this, that arises” (
imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imass’ uppádá). In the present text this same principle of dependent
arising is characterized as “the simple happening of a state in
dependence on some other state” (
tabbhávabhávìbhávákáramatta).
Here
tabbháva, “some other state,” refers to the occurrence of the
condition;
bhávì means the conditioned state; and bhávákáramatta, “the
simple happening,” means the mere occurrence of the conditioned state.
As applied to the twelve terms of the Sutta formula, this principle
means that when any of the conditions, such as ignorance, etc., exist,
then in dependence on those conditions the conditionally arisen states,

such as kammic formations, etc., come to be.

The method of conditional relations: This is the method set forth in
the
Paṭṭhána, the Book of Conditional Relations, the seventh and last
part of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka. In contrast to the method of dependent
arising, which deals only with the conditioning states and conditioned
states and the structure of their arising, the method of the
Paṭṭhána also
deals with the conditioning forces (
paccayasatti). A force (satti) is that

294 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


which has the power to bring about or accomplish an effect. Just as the
hotness of chillis is inherent in the chillis and cannot exist without them,
so too the conditioning forces are inherent in the conditioning states and
cannot exist without them. All conditioning states have their particular
force, and this force enables them to cause the arising of the conditioned
states.

The specific causal efficacy of the conditions: This is a free
rendering of the cryptic Pali expression
áhacca paccayaṭṭhiti. Ledi
Sayádaw explains the phrase to mean “the special force of the
conditions, that is, their efficacy in various ways,” and he states that
unlike the method of dependent arising, where the mere conditioning
state is exhibited, the method of conditional relations is taught in full
by exhibiting the special force of the conditions.

Teachers explain them by mixing both methods: A mixed treatment
of the methods is found in the
Visuddhimagga, Chapter XVII, where
the twenty-four conditional relations are used to elucidate the
relationship between each pair of factors in the twelvefold formula of
dependent arising.


The Method of Dependent Arising
(paþiccasamuppádanaya)


§3 The Basic Formula

Tattha (1) avijjápaccayá saṅkhárá, (2) saṅkhárapaccayá

viññáṇaṃ, (3) viññáṇapaccayá námarúpaṃ, (4) námarúpapaccayá

saḷáyatanaṃ, (5) saḷáyatanapaccayá phasso, (6) phassapaccayá

vedaná, (7) vedanápaccayá taṇhá, (8) taṇhápaccayá upádánaṃ, (9)
upádánapaccayá bhavo, (10) bhavapaccayá játi, (11) játipaccayá
jarámaraṇa-soka-parideva-dukkha-domass’-upáyásá sambhavanti.
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotì ti.

Ayam ettha paṭiccasamuppádanayo.

Therein:

  1. Dependent on ignorance arise kammic formations.

  2. Dependent on kammic formations arises consciousness.

  3. Dependent on consciousness arises mind-and-matter.

  4. Dependent on mind-and-matter arise the six sense bases.

  5. Dependent on the six sense bases arises contact.

  6. Dependent on contact arises feeling.

  7. Dependent on feeling arises craving.

    VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 295


  8. Dependent on craving arises clinging.

  9. Dependent on clinging arises existence.

  10. Dependent on existence arises birth.

  11. Dependent on birth arise decay-and-death, sorrow, lamenta-
    tion, pain, grief, and despair.

Thus arises this whole mass of suffering.

Herein, this is the method of dependent arising.


Guide to §3

The method of dependent arising: Dependent arising is essentially
an account of the causal structure of the round of existence (
vaṭṭa),
disclosing the conditions that sustain the wheel of birth and death and
make it revolve from one existence to another. In the Commentaries
dependent arising is defined as the arising of effects evenly in
dependence on a conjunction of conditions (
paccaya-sámaggiṃ). This implies that no single cause
can produce an effect, nor does only one effect arise from a given cause.
Rather, there is always a collection of conditions giving rise to a
collection of effects. When, in the familiar formula, one state is declared
to be the condition for another, this is said in order to single out the
chief condition among a collection of conditions and relate it to the
most important effect among a collection of effects.
1

  1. Dependent on ignorance arise the kammic formations: Igno-
    rance (
    avijjá) is the cetasika delusion, which obscures perception of
    the true nature of things just as a cataract obscures perception of visible
    objects. According to the Suttanta method of explanation, ignorance
    is non-knowledge of the Four Noble Truths. According to the
    Abhidhamma method, ignorance is non-knowledge of eight things: the
    Four Noble Truths, the pre-natal past, the post-mortem future, the past
    and the future together, and dependent arising.

    Kammic formations (saṅkhárá) are the twenty-nine volitions associated
    with mundane wholesome and unwholesome cittas. The volitions in the
    eight great wholesome cittas and in the five wholesome fine-material jhána
    cittas are collectively called meritorious volitional formations (
    puññá-). The volitions in the twelve unwholesome cittas are called
    demeritorious volitional formations (
    apuññábhisaṅkhára). And the
    volitions in the four wholesome immaterial jhána cittas are called
    imperturbable volitional formations (
    áneñjábhisaṅkhára).

    When the mental continuum of a living being is imbued with
    ignorance, then his volitional activity generates kamma with the
    potency to produce results in the future. Hence ignorance is called the

    296 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


    chief condition for kammic formations. Ignorance is predominant in
    unwholesome activities, while it is latent in mundane wholesome
    activities. Hence both mundane wholesome and unwholesome kammic
    formations are said to be conditioned by ignorance.

  2. Dependent on kammic formations arises consciousness: That
    is, the kammic formations—the twenty-nine wholesome and unwhole-
    some volitions—condition the arising of the thirty-two kinds of
    resultant consciousness. At the moment of conception one especially
    potent kammic formation accumulated in the mental continuum of the
    deceased being generates one of the nineteen types of rebirth
    consciousness in the realm appropriate for that kamma to mature.
    Thereafter, during the course of existence, other accumulated kammas
    generate other resultant types of consciousness according to
    circumstances, as explained at V, §§27-33.

  3. Dependent on consciousness arises mind-and-matter: Whereas
    in step (2)
    viññáṇa refers exclusively to resultant consciousness, here
    it signifies both resultant consciousness and the kammic consciousness
    of previous lives. The term “mind” (
    náma) denotes the cetasikas
    associated with resultant consciousness, the term “matter” (
    rúpa)
    denotes material phenomena produced by kamma. In five-constituent
    existence (
    pañcavokárabhava)—that is, those realms where all five
    aggregates are found—consciousness conditions both mind and matter
    together. But in four-constituent existence (
    catuvokárabhava), the
    immaterial realms, it conditions mind alone. And in one-constituent
    existence (
    ekavokárabhava), the realm of non-percipient beings, it
    conditions matter alone. In the event of a five-constituent rebirth, when
    the rebirth consciousness arises at the moment of rebirth-linking there
    arise simultaneously the other three mental aggregates of feeling,
    perception, and mental formations, along with a particular conglomera-
    tion of material phenomena—in the case of human beings, the material
    decads of the body, sex, and the heart-base. Because consciousness is
    the chief of these coexistent mental and material elements, it is said
    that consciousness conditions mind-and-matter.

  4. Dependent on mind-and-matter arise the six sense bases: Here,
    “mind-and-matter” has the same denotation as in step (3). Of the six
    sense bases, the first five bases are the sensitive matter of the eye, ear,
    nose, tongue, and body, while the mind base denotes the thirty-two
    kinds of resultant consciousness. When the kamma-born material
    phenomena arise, they condition the arising of the five sense organs,
    which are also types of kamma-born matter. When the associated
    cetasikas arise, they condition the arising of the resultant consciousness,
    here called the mind base. In other words, the resultant consciousness

    VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 297

    conditions mind (náma), and mind conditions the resultant
    consciousness: they relate to each other as mutuality condition
    (
    aññamaññapaccaya). In the sensuous plane mind-and-matter
    conditions the arising of all six sense bases; in the fine-material plane
    only three bases arise—the eye, ear, and mind bases; in the immaterial
    plane mind alone conditions the arising of the mind base alone, the
    only sense base in that plane as the five material sense bases are
    necessarily absent.

  5. Dependent on the six sense bases arises contact: Contact (phassa)
    here denotes the contact associated with resultant consciousness.
    Contact is the “coming together” (
    saṅgati) of consciousness and the
    mental factors with an object at one or another of the six sense bases.
    The contact which arises at the sensitive eye base is called eye-contact.
    It marks the coming together of the eye, a visible form, and eye-
    consciousness. The other kinds of contact—ear-contact, etc.—likewise
    arise in dependence on their respective sense bases. Mind-contact is
    the contact associated with the twenty-two kinds of resultant
    consciousness, excluding the two sets of fivefold sense consciousness.
    As contact can occur only when the sense bases exist, it is said that
    contact is dependent on the six sense bases.

  6. Dependent on contact arises feeling: Whenever contact occurs,
    feeling (
    vedaná) arises simultaneously, conditioned by that same
    contact. Contact is the encounter of consciousness with the object, and
    that encounter is necessarily accompanied by a particular affective tone,
    the feeling produced by the contact. There are six classes of feeling:
    feeling born of eye-contact, feeling born of ear-contact, etc., to feeling
    born of mind-contact. In terms of its affective quality, feeling may be
    pleasant, painful, or neutral, according to the base and object.

  7. Dependent on feeling arises craving: Feeling conditions the
    arising of craving (
    taṇhá). There are six kinds of craving: craving for
    forms, for sounds, for smells, for tastes, for tangibles, and for mental
    objects. Each of these again becomes threefold according to whether
    it is simply craving for sensual pleasure; or craving for existence, i.e.,
    craving conjoined with an eternalist view (
    sassatadiṭṭhi); or craving
    for annihilation, i.e., craving conjoined with an annihilationist view
    (
    ucchedadiṭṭhi). In all its varieties, craving is ultimately reducible to
    the cetasika greed (
    lobha). See VII, §38.

    Although craving is distinguished by way of its object, the craving
    itself actually depends on the feeling that arises through contact with that
    object. If one experiences a pleasant feeling, one relishes that pleasant
    feeling and desires the object only insofar as it arouses the pleasant feeling.
    On the other hand, when one experiences a painful feeling, one has a

    298 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


    craving to be free from the pain and one longs for a pleasurable feeling to
    replace it. Neutral feeling has a peaceful nature, and this too becomes an
    object of craving. Thus the three kinds of feeling condition the arising of
    various types of craving.

  8. Dependent on craving arises clinging: Here clinging (upádána)
    is of the four kinds explained above (VII, §7). Clinging to sense
    pleasures is intensified craving, a mode of the cetasika greed; the other
    three kinds of clinging are modes of the cetasika wrong view. Each of
    these types of clinging is conditioned by craving. In the first case, weak
    or initial greed for an object is called craving, while the intensified
    greed is called clinging. In the other three cases, the greed that
    conditions wrong views is called craving, while the views that are
    accepted under the influence of that greed are called clinging.

  9. Dependent on clinging arises existence: There are two kinds of
    existence—the kammically active process of existence (
    kammabhava)
    and the passive or resultant process of existence (
    upapattibhava).
    Active existence denotes the twenty-nine types of wholesome and
    unwholesome volition, or all wholesome and unwholesome kamma that
    leads to new existence. Resultant existence denotes the thirty-two kinds
    of resultant cittas, their associated cetasikas, and material phenomena
    born of kamma.

    Clinging is a condition for active existence because, under the
    influence of clinging, one engages in action that is accumulated as
    kamma. Clinging is a condition for resultant existence because that
    same clinging leads one back into the round of rebirth in a state
    determined by one’s kamma.

  10. Dependent on existence arises birth: Here birth (játi) means
    the arising of the mundane resultant cittas, their cetasikas, and kamma-
    born matter in a new life in one or another realm of existence. The
    essential condition for the occurrence of a future birth lies in whole-
    some and unwholesome kamma, that is, in present kammically active
    existence.

  11. Dependent on birth arise decay-and-death, etc.: Once birth
    has occurred, there inevitably follow decay-and-death and all the other
    kinds of suffering between birth and death, such as sorrow, lamentation,
    pain, grief, and despair. All of this suffering is rooted in birth, thus
    birth is singled out as their principal condition.

Thus arises the whole mass of suffering: The whole mass of
suffering mentioned in step (11) arises through the concatenation of
interdependent conditioning and conditioned states described in the
formula.

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 299


§4 Categories of Analysis

Tattha tayo addhá, dvádas’ aṅgáni, vìsat’ ákárá, tisandhi,
catusaṅkhepá, tìṇi vaṭṭáni, dve múláni ca veditabbáni.

It should be understood that there are three periods, twelve factors,
twenty modes, three connections, four groups, three rounds, and
two roots.


§5 The Three Periods

Kathaṃ? Avijjá, saṅkhárá atìto addhá; játi, jarámaraṇaṃ anágato
addhá; majjhe aṭṭha paccuppanno addhá ti tayo addhá.


How? Ignorance and kammic formations belong to the past; birth
and decay-and-death belong to the future; the intermediate eight
factors belong to the present. Thus there are three periods.


Guide to §5

When the twelve factors are divided into three periods of time, this
should be seen as a mere expository device for exhibiting the causal
structure of the round of existence. It should not be taken to imply
that the factors assigned to a particular temporal period operate only
in that period and not on other occasions. In fact, the twelve factors
are always present together in any single life, mutually implicative
and interpenetrating, as §7 below will demonstrate.


§6 The Twelve Factors

Avijjá, saṅkhárá, viññáṇaṃ, námarúpaṃ, saḷáyatanaṃ, phasso,
vedaná, taṇhá, upádánaṃ, bhavo, játi, jarámaraṇan ti dvádas’
aṅgáni. Sokádivacanam pan’ ettha nissandaphalanidassanaṃ.

(1) Ignorance, (2) kammic formations, (3) consciousness, (4)
mind-and-matter, (5) the six sense bases, (6) contact, (7) feeling,

(8) craving, (9) clinging, (10) existence, (11) birth, (12) decay-
and-death are the twelve factors. The terms sorrow and so on are
shown as incidental consequences (of birth).


§7 The Four Groups

Avijjá-saṅkháraggahaṇena pan’ ettha taṇh’-úpádána-bhavá pi
gahitá bhavanti. Tathá taṇh’-úpádána-bhavaggahaṇena ca avijjá-

300 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


saṅkhárá; játi-jarámaraṇaggahaṇena ca viññáṇádiphalapañcakam
eva gahitan ti katvá:

Atìte hetavo pañca idáni phalapañcakaṃ
Idáni hetavo pañca áyatiṃ phalapañcakan ti.

Vìsat’ ákárá, tisandhi, catusaṅkhepá ca bhavanti.

Here, by taking ignorance and kammic formations, craving,
clinging, and existence are also taken. Likewise, by taking craving,
clinging, and existence, ignorance and kammic formations are also
taken. By taking birth and decay-and-death, the five effects—
consciousness and so on—are also taken.

Thus there are:

  1. Five causes pertaining to the past,

  2. And five effects to the present;

  3. Five causes pertaining to the present,

  4. And five effects to the future.

There are twenty modes, three connections, and four groups.


Guide to §7

When ignorance remains unabandoned in the mind, then craving
and clinging are bound to arise; and whenever craving and clinging
occur, they are rooted in and accompanied by ignorance. Further, the
terms “kammic formations” and “existence” both refer to the same
reality—kammically active volition. Therefore, when one set of terms
is mentioned, the other is implied, and when the other is mentioned,
the former is implied. Birth and decay-and-death are not enumerated
separately among the twenty modes because they are characteristics
of mind and matter, not ultimate realities. The ultimates which they
qualify are the five factors from consciousness through feeling (3-7).

The three connections obtain between past causes and present results
(2-3), between present results and present causes (7-8), and between
present causes and future results (10-11). The classifications proposed
in this passage are shown schematically in Table 8.1.


§8 The Three Rounds

Avijjá-taṇh’-úpádáná ca kilesavaṭṭaṃ; kammabhavasaṅkháto
bhav’ ekadeso saṅkhárá ca kammavaṭṭaṃ; upapattibhavasaṅkháto
bhav’ ekadeso avasesá ca vipákavaṭṭan ti tìṇi vaṭṭáni.

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 301


The three rounds:

  1. Ignorance, craving, and clinging belong to the round of
    defilements.

  2. One part of existence known as kammic existence and
    kammic formations belong to the round of kamma.

  3. One part of existence known as rebirth existence and the
    rest belong to the round of results.


    Guide to §8

    The three rounds exhibit the cyclic pattern of existence in saṃsára.
    The most fundamental round is the round of defilements. Blinded by
    ignorance and driven by craving, a person engages in various
    unwholesome and mundane wholesome activities. Thus the round of


    TABLE 8.1: DEPENDENT ARISING


    3 Periods

    12 Factors

    20 Modes &

    4 Groups

    Past

    Past causes 5:

    1, 2, 8, 9, 10


    Present


    Present effects 5:

    3 –7

    Present causes 5:

    8, 9, 10, 1, 2

    Future

    Future effects 5:

    3 –7

    1. Ignorance

    2. Formations

    1. Consciousness

    2. Mind - & - matter

    3. Six sense bases

    4. Contact

    5. Feeling

    1. Craving

    2. Clinging

    3. Existence

    1. Birth

    2. Decay - & - death


    Three Connections

    1. Past causes with present effects (between 2 & 3)

    2. Present effects with present causes (between 7 & 8)

    3. Present causes with future effects (between 10 & 11)


Three Rounds

  1. Round of defilements: 1, 8, 9

  2. Round of kamma: 2, 10 (part)

  3. Round of results: 3–7, 10 (part), 11, 12


Two Roots

  1. Ignorance: from past to present

  2. Craving: from present to future

302 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


defilements gives rise to the round of kamma. When this kamma matures
it ripens in the resultants, and thus the round of kamma gives rise to
the round of resultants. In response to these resultants—the pleasant
and painful fruits of his own actions—the person still immersed in
ignorance is overcome by craving to enjoy more pleasant experiences,
clings to those he already has, and tries to avoid the painful ones. Thus
the round of resultants generates another round of defilements. In this
way the threefold round turns incessantly until the ignorance at its
base is removed by the wisdom of insight and the supramundane paths.


§9 The Two Roots

Avijjátaṇhávasena dve múláni ca veditabbáni.

Ignorance and craving should be understood as the two roots.


Guide to §9

Ignorance is called the root from the past extending into the present,
which reaches its culmination in feeling. Craving is called the root
from the present extending into the future, which reaches its
culmination in decay-and-death.


§10 Summary

Tesam eva ca múlánaṃ nirodhena nirujjhati
Jarámaraṇamuccháya pìḷitánam abhiṇhaso
Ásavánaṃ samuppádá avijjá ca pavattati.

Vaṭṭam ábandham icc’ evaṃ tebhúmakam anádikaṃ
Paṭiccasamuppádo ti paṭṭhapesi mahámuni.

By the destruction of these roots the round ceases. With the
arising of the taints in those who are constantly oppressed by
infatuation with decay and death, ignorance again occurs.

The Great Sage has thus expounded this entangled, beginningless
round of becoming with its three planes as “dependent arising.”


Guide to §10

In the Sammádiṭṭhi Sutta (M.9/i,54-55) the Venerable Sáriputta is
asked to explain the cause of ignorance and he replies that ignorance
arises from the taints (
ásavasamudayá avijjásamudayo). When he is
asked to state the cause of the taints, he replies that the taints arise
from ignorance (
avijjásamudayá ásavasamudayo). Since the most

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 303

fundamental of the taints is the taint of ignorance (avijjásava), the
Venerable Sáriputta’s statement implies that the ignorance in any given
existence arises from the ignorance in the preceding existence. This,
in effect, establishes the round of becoming as beginningless
(
anádikaṃ) since any instance of ignorance always depends on a
preceding life in which ignorance was present, entailing an infinite
regression. On the taints, see VII, §3.


The Method of Conditional Relations
(paþþhánanaya)


§11 The Twenty-four Conditions

(1) Hetupaccayo, (2) árammaṇapaccayo, (3) adhipatipaccayo,

(4) anantarapaccayo, (5) samanantarapaccayo, (6) sahajátapaccayo,

(7) aññamaññapaccayo, (8) nissayapaccayo, (9) upanissayapaccayo,

(10) purejátapaccayo, (11) pacchájátapaccayo, (12) ásevanapaccayo,

(13) kammapaccayo, (14) vipákapaccayo, (15) áhárapaccayo,

(16) indriyapaccayo, (17) jhánapaccayo, (18) maggapaccayo,

(19) sampayuttapaccayo, (20) vippayuttapaccayo, (21) atthipaccayo,

(22) natthipaccayo, (23) vigatapaccayo, (24) avigatapaccayo ti ayam
ettha paṭṭhánanayo.

The following is the method of conditional relations: (1) root condition,

(2) object condition, (3) predominance condition, (4) proximity condition,

(5) contiguity condition, (6) conascence condition, (7) mutuality condition,

(8) support condition, (9) decisive support condition, (10) prenascence

condition, (11) postnascence condition, (12) repetition condition, (13) kamma

condition, (14) result condition, (15) nutriment condition, (16) faculty

condition, (17) jhána condition, (18) path condition, (19) association

condition, (20) dissociation condition, (21) presence condition, (22) absence
condition, (23) disappearance condition, (24) non-disappearance condition.


Guide to §11

The twenty-four conditions listed above form the subject matter of
the
Paṭṭhána, which presents a detailed exposition of the various ways
in which they inter-relate the mental and material phenomena
enumerated in the
Dhammasaṅgaṇì, the first book of the Abhidhamma
Piṭaka. In order to properly comprehend the Abhidhamma teaching on
conditional relations, it is essential to understand the three factors
involved in any particular relation: (1) the conditioning states

304 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


TABLE 8.2: THE TWENTY-FOUR CONDITIONS
AND THEIR VARIETIES


  1. Root condition

  2. Object condition

  3. Predominance condition

    1. Object predominance

    2. Conascence predominance

  4. Proximity condition

  5. Contiguity condition

  6. Conascence condition

  7. Mutuality condition

  8. Support condition

    1. Conascence support

    2. Prenascence support

      1. Base-prenascence
        support

      2. Base-object-
        prenascence support

  9. Decisive support condition

    1. Object decisive support

    2. Proximity decisive support

    3. Natural decisive support

  10. Prenascence condition

    1. Base prenascence

    2. Object prenascence

  11. Postnascence condition

  12. Repetition condition

  13. Kamma condition

    1. Conascent kamma

    2. Asynchronous kamma

  14. Result condition

  15. Nutriment condition

    1. Material nutriment

    2. Mental nutriment

  16. Faculty condition

    1. Prenascence faculty

    2. Material life faculty

    3. Conascence faculty

  17. Jhána condition

  18. Path condition

  19. Association condition

  20. Dissociation condition

    1. Conascence dissociation

    2. Prenascence dissociation

    3. Postnascence dissociation

  21. Presence condition

    1. Conascence presence

    2. Prenascence presence

    3. Postnascence presence

    4. Nutriment presence

    5. Faculty presence

  22. Absence condition

  23. Disappearance condition

  24. Non-disappearance condition


(paccayadhammá), the phenomena that function as conditions for other
phenomena either by producing them, by supporting them, or by
maintaining them; (2) the conditionally arisen states (
paccayuppanna-), the states conditioned by the conditioning states, the
phenomena that arise and persist in being through the assistance
provided by the conditioning states; and (3) the conditioning force of
the condition (
paccayasatti), the particular way in which the
conditioning states function as conditions for the conditioned states.
In the following sections (§§13-27) Ácariya Anuruddha will explain
how the twenty-four conditions structure the relations between the

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 305

different classes of phenomena. Instead of proceeding to explicate each
condition in the original order, he classifies the conditioning states
and the conditioned states as mind, matter, and mind-and-matter
conjoined, and then introduces the conditions pertinent to the relations
between these classes in their six permutations. In elaborating upon
these sections we will call attention to the three factors involved in
each condition when they are not immediately clear from the text.
2 In
Table 8.3 the conditioning and conditioned states for each condition
are listed following the traditional order.


§12 Application in Brief

Chadhá náman tu námassa pañcadhá námarúpinaṃ
Ekadhá puna rúpassa rúpaṃ námassa c’ekadhá.

Paññattinámarúpáni námassa duvidhá dvayaṃ
Dvayassa navadhá cá ti chabbidhá paccayá—kathaṃ?

In six ways mind is a condition for mind. In five ways mind is
a condition for mind-and-matter. Again, mind is a condition in one
way for matter, and matter in one way for mind. In two ways
concepts and mind-and-matter are a condition for mind. In nine
ways the dyad—mind-and-matter—is a condition for mind-and-
matter. Thus the relations are sixfold. How?


§13 Mind for Mind

Anantaraniruddhá cittacetasiká dhammá paccuppannánaṃ
cittacetasikánaṃ dhammánaṃ anantara-samanantara-natthi-
vigatavasena; purimáni javanáni pacchimánaṃ javanánaṃ
ásevanavasena; sahajátá cittacetasiká dhammá aññamaññaṃ
sampayuttavasená ti chadhá námaṃ námassa paccayo hoti.

In six ways mind is a condition for mind:

Consciousness and mental factors that immediately cease are a
condition for present consciousness and mental factors by way of
proximity, contiguity, absence and disappearance.

Preceding javanas are a condition for subsequent javanas by way
of repetition.

Conascent consciousness and mental factors are a condition for
one another by way of association.

306


Guide to §13

VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA

Proximity condition (4), contiguity condition (5): These two
conditions are identical in meaning; they differ only in the letter, which
highlights the same relation from slightly different angles. Formally
defined, proximity condition is a condition where one mental state, the
conditioning state, causes another mental state, the conditioned state, to
arise immediately after it has ceased, so that no other mental state can
intervene between them. Contiguity condition is a condition where the
conditioning mental state causes the conditioned mental state to arise
immediately after it has ceased, in accordance with the fixed order of the
mental process. These two conditions apply to the relationship between
the citta and cetasikas ceasing at any given moment and the citta and
cetasikas that arise in immediate succession. The citta and cetasikas that
have just ceased are the conditioning states; the citta and cetasikas that
arise immediately afterwards are the conditioned states. The death
consciousness of an Arahant, however, does not function as proximity or
contiguity condition, since it is not followed by any other citta.

Absence condition (22), disappearance condition (23): These two
conditions are another pair which are identical in substance but differ
merely in the letter. Absence condition is a condition where a mental
state in ceasing gives the opportunity to another mental state to arise
immediately next to itself. Disappearance condition is a condition
where a mental state, by its own disappearance, gives the opportunity
to the next mental state to arise. The conditioning and conditioned
states in these two relations are identical with those of the proximity
and contiguity conditions.

Repetition condition (12) is a condition where the conditioning mental
state causes the conditioned states, mental phenomena similar to itself, to
arise with increased power and efficiency after it has ceased. Just as a
student, by repeated study, becomes more proficient in his lessons, so the
conditioning states, by causing states similar to themselves to arise in
succession, impart greater proficiency and strength to them. The
conditioning states in this relation are solely mundane wholesome,
unwholesome, and functional mental phenomena at any given moment
in the javana process except the last javana, insofar as they serve as a
condition for mental phenomena having the same kammic quality
(wholesome, unwholesome, or functional) in the following javana moment.
The latter are the conditioned states in this relation.

Although the four supramundane path cittas are wholesome javanas,
they do not become the conditioning states of repetition condition because
they are followed by fruition cittas, which are resultants, and thus the
repetition essential to this relation is lacking. And though fruition cittas

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 307

can occur in succession in a javana process, because they are resultants
they do not meet the full definition of the conditioning states in repetition
condition. However, the triple-rooted sense-sphere wholesome cittas which
immediately precede the path cittas are conditioning states and the latter
are conditioned states in the repetition condition.

Association condition (19) is a condition where a mental state, the
conditioning state, causes other mental states, the conditioned states,
to arise and be associated in an inseparable group characterized by its
members having a common arising and cessation, a common object,
and a common physical base (see II, §1). This condition obtains between
any citta or cetasika as the conditioning state and all the other mental
phenomena in the same unit of consciousness as the conditioned states.


§14 Mind for Mind-and-Matter

Hetu-jhánaṅga-maggaṅgáni sahajátánaṃ námarúpánaṃ
hetádivasena; sahajátá cetaná sahajátánaṃ námarúpánaṃ;
nánákkhaṇiká cetaná kammábhinibbattánaṃ námarúpánaṃ
kammavasena; vipákakkhandhá aññamaññaṃ sahajátánaṃ rúpánaṃ
vipákavasená ti ca pañcadhá námaṃ námárúpánaṃ paccayo hoti.

In five ways mind is a condition for mind-and-matter:

Roots, jhána factors, and path factors are a condition for conascent
mind-and-matter by way of root, etc.

Conascent volition is a condition for conascent mind-and-matter,
and asynchronous volition for mind-and-matter born of kamma, by
way of kamma.

The (mental) resultant aggregates are a condition for one another
and for conascent matter by way of result.


Guide to §14

Root condition (1) is a condition where a conditioning state functions
like a root by imparting firmness and fixity to the conditioned states. The
conditioning states in this relation are the six mental factors known as
roots (see III, §5): the three unwholesome roots—greed, hatred, and
delusion; and the three beautiful roots—non-greed, non-hatred, and non-
delusion—which may be either wholesome or indeterminate. The
conditioned states are the mental states associated with each root and the
conascent material phenomena. Conascent material phenomena are those
born of kamma at the moment of rebirth-linking, and those born of
consciousness during the course of existence. Just as the roots of a tree

TABLE 8.3: CONDITIONING AND CONDITIONED STATES
OF THE TWENTY-FOUR CONDITIONS

308 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


Conditioned States

71 rtd. cittas, 52 cetas. exc. delusion conas. w. 2
delus.-rtd. cittas, mat. born of rtd. cittas,
kamma-born mat. at rtd. reb.

89 cittas, 52 cetas.


8 greed-rtd. cittas, 8 gt. wh. cittas, 4 gt. fnc. cittas

w. knwl., 8 spm. cittas, 45 cetas.
(exc. hate, etc., 2 illimitables)

52 predom. javs., 51 cetas. (exc. doubt)
other than predom. factor,

mat. born of predom. citta

Succeeding 89 cittas, 52 cetas.

Same as 4

89 cittas, 52 cetas. supported by each other,
conascent mat.

4 gt. ess. supported by each other, derived
conascent mat.

Conditioning States

6 roots

89 cittas, 52 cetas., 28 mat., Nibbána, concepts


18 concrete mat., 84 cittas (exc. 2 hate-rtd., 2 delus.-
rtd., body-cons. w. pain), 47 cetas. (exc. hate,
envy, avarice, worry, doubt), Nibbána

One of 3 predom. factors (desire, energy, wisdom)
conas. w. 52 predom. javs.,

citta of those 52 javs.

Preceding 89 cittas (exc. Arh.'s death cons.),
52 cetas.

Same as 4

  1. Both at reb. and exs.: 89 cittas, 52 cetas.
    which support each other and conascent mat.

  2. 4 gt. ess. which support each other and
    derived mat.

Condition

1. Root

2. Object

  1. Predominance

    1. Object predominance


    2. Conascence

predominance

4. Proximity

5. Contiguity

6. Conascence

TABLE 8.3 – Continued

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 309


Conditioned States

Heart-base supported by mental aggrs.; mental
aggrs. supported by heart-base.

89 cittas, 52 cetas. (mutually)
4 gt. ess. (mutually)

Same as 6(c)


Same as 6


In 5-aggr. planes: 85 cittas (exc. 4 IS rsts.), 52 cetas.
M-d-advt., 29 SS javs., 11 regs., 44 cetas. (exc.

envy, avarice, worry, 3 abstinences, 2 illimitables)
taking their heart-base as object


Same as 3(1)

Same as 4

Later 89 cittas, 52 cetas.


Same as 8(2)(a)

54 SS citas, 2 dir-knwl., 50 citas.

(exc. 2 illimitables)

Conditioning States

(c) At reb. in 5-aggr. planes: 4 mental aggrs.
and heart-base

  1. Both at reb. and exs.: 89 cittas, 52 cetas.

  2. 4 gt. ess.

  3. Same as 6(c)


Same as 6


During exs.: 6 mat. bases

The heart-base taken as object of the same
citta and cetas. it supports as base


Same as 3(1)

Same as 4

Strong past 89 cittas, 52 cetas., 28 mat., some
concepts


Same as 8(2)(a)

Present 18 concrete mat.

Condition

6. Conascence (cont.)

7. Mutuality

  1. Support

    1. Conascence support

    2. Prenascence support

      1. Base-prenasc. support

      2. Base-object-prenasc.
        support

  1. Decisive support

    1. Object decisive support

    2. Proxim. decisive support

    3. Natural decisive support

  1. Prenascence

    1. Base prenascence

    2. Object prenascence

TABLE 8.3: – Continued

310 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


Conditioned States

In 5-aggr. planes; mat. of body arisen along with pre-
ceding citta, from reb. on, at phase of presence

Following 51 javs. exc. first jav. and fruit jav.


89 cittas, 51 cetas. (exc. volition), conascent mat.
36 rst. cittas, 38 cetas., kamma-born mat.

36 rst. cittas, 38 cetas. (mutually), conas. mat.
exc. 2 intimations


Mat. born of nutriment

Mat. of same group (exc. nutr. essence), all mat. of
other groups

89 cittas, 52 cetas., mat. conas. w. each nutriment


10 sense cons., 7 univ. cetas.

9 kamma-born mat. conas. w. life faculty
89 cittas, 52 cetas., mat. conas. w. faculties

Conditioning States

In 5-aggr. planes: later 85 cittas starting from
first bhv., 52 cetas.

47 mun. javs. exc. last jav. of same kind, 52 cetas.


Volition in 89 cittas

33 past wh. and unwh. volitions

Both at reb. and exs.: 36 rst. cittras, 38 cetas. which
support each other and consascent mat.


  1. Nutr. essence in food

  2. Internal nutr. essence in groups born of 4 causes


Contact, volition, citta


5 mat. sensitivities

Mat. life faculty at reb. and during exs.

8 mental faculties: life, citta, feeling, faith, energy,
mindfulness, one-ptns., wisdom

Condition

11. Postnascence

12. Repetition

  1. Kamma

    1. Conascent kamma

    2. Asynchronous kamma

14. Result

  1. Nutriment

    1. Material nutriment


    2. Mental nutriment

  1. Faculty

    1. Prenascence faculty

    2. Material life faculty

    3. Conascence faculty

TABLE 8.3 – Continued

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 311


Conditioned States

79 cittas (exsc. 10 sense cons.), 52 cetas.,
conascent mat.

71 rtd. cittas, 52 cetas., mat. conas. w. rtd. cittas

Same as 7(a)


Conascent mat.


Same as 6(c)

Same as 8(2)(a) and (b)
Same as 11


Same as 6

Same as 10

Same as 11

Same as 15(1)

Same as 16(2)

Same as 4

Same as 4

Same as 21

Conditioning States

In. applic., sus. applic., zest, feeling, one-ptns.
conas. w. 79 cittas (exc. 10 sense cons.)

9 cetas. conas. w. 71 rtd. cittas; wisdom, in. applic.

3 abstinences, energy, mindfulness, one-ptns, view

Same as 7(a)


  1. In 5-agr. planes: at reb. and exs., 75 cittas
    (exc. 4 IS rsts., 10 sense cons., Arh.'s death
    cons.), 52 cetas.

  2. Same as 6(c)

Same as 8(2)(a) and (b)
Same as 11


Same as 6

Same as 10

Same as 11

Same as 15(1)

Same as 16(2)

Same as 4

Same as 4

Same as 21

Condition

17. Jhána

18. Path

19. Association

  1. Dissociation

    1. Conascence dissociation


    2. Prenascence dissoc.

    3. Postnascence dissoc.

  1. Presence

    1. Conascence presence

    2. Prenascence presence

    3. Postnacence presence

    4. Nutriment presence

    5. Faculty presence

22. Absence

23. Disappearance

24. Non-disappearance

312 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


are the basis for a tree’s existence, growth, and stability, so these roots
give rise to the conditioned states and make them firm and steady.

Jhána condition (17) is a condition where a conditioning state
causes the conditioned states to participate in the close contemplation
of an object. The conditioning states are the seven jhána factors, which
reduce to five cetasikas (see VII, §16, §23). The conditioned states are
the cittas and cetasikas associated with the jhána factors—that is, all
cittas except the ten types of sense consciousness—and the conascent
material phenomena. Although the conascent material phenomena
cannot contemplate the object themselves, because they are produced
by the close contemplation accomplished by the jhána factors they
are included among the conditioned states.

Path condition (18) is a condition where a conditioning state relates
to the conditioned states by causing them to function as a means for
reaching a particular destination. The conditioning states in this relation
are the twelve path factors, which reduce to nine cetasikas (see VII, §17,

§23). The four wrong path factors are the means for reaching the woeful
destinations; the eight right path factors are the means for reaching the
blissful destinations and Nibbána. The conditioned states are all cittas
except the eighteen that are rootless, the associated cetasikas, and the
conascent material phenomena. While the path factors in the resultant and
functional cittas do not lead to any destinations, they are still classed as
path factors because, considered abstractly in their own nature, they are
identical with those capable of leading to different destinations.

Kamma condition (13): This condition is of two kinds: (i) conascent
kamma condition (
sahajáta-kammapaccaya), and (ii) asynchronous
kamma condition (
nánákkhaṇika-kammapaccaya).

  1. In the conascent kamma condition, the conditioning states are
    the volitions (
    cetaná) in the eighty-nine cittas. The conditioned states
    are the citta and cetasikas associated with those volitions and the
    conascent material phenomena. Volition here functions as a conascent
    kamma condition by causing its concomitants to perform their
    respective tasks and by arousing the appropriate kinds of material
    phenomena simultaneously with its own arising.

  2. In the asynchronous kamma condition there is a temporal gap
    between the conditioning state and the conditioned states. The
    conditioning state in this relation is a past wholesome or an
    unwholesome volition. The conditioned states are the resultant cittas,
    their cetasikas, and material phenomena born of kamma, both at rebirth-
    linking and in the course of existence. The conditioning force here is
    the ability of such volition to generate the appropriate resultant mental
    states and kamma-born materiality. This conditional relation also
    obtains between a path consciousness and its fruition.

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 313

Result condition (14) is a condition where a conditioning state makes
the conditioned states that arise together with it be as passive, effortless,
and quiescent as itself. The conditioning states in this relation are the
resultant cittas and cetasikas. The conditioned states are those same
resultants with respect to each other and the conascent material phenomena.
Since resultants are produced from the maturing of kamma, they are not
active but passive and quiescent. Thus in the mind of a person in deep
sleep, the resultant bhavaṅga consciousness arises and passes away in
constant succession, yet during this time no efforts are made for action by
body, speech, or mind, and there is not even distinct awareness of an object.
Similarly, in the five-door cognitive process, the resultant cittas do not
make an exertion to know their object. It is only in the javana phase that
effort is made to clearly cognize the object, and again it is only in the
javana phase that actions are performed.


§15 Mind for Matter

Pacchájátá cittacetasiká dhammá purejátassa imassa káyassa
pacchájátavasená ti ekadhá va námaṃ rúpassa paccayo hoti.

Only in one way is mind a condition for matter: Subsequent
consciousness and mental factors are a condition for this preceding
(material) body by way of postnascence.


Guide to §15

Postnascence condition (11) is a condition where a conditioning
state assists conditioned states that had arisen prior to itself by
supporting and strengthening them. The conditioning states in this
relation are subsequently arisen cittas and cetasikas, the conditioned
states are the material phenomena of the body born of all four causes,
which material phenomena had arisen along with preceding cittas. This
condition begins with the first bhavaṅga in relation to the material
phenomena born of kamma at the moment of rebirth-linking. Just as
the rainwater that falls later promotes the growth and development of
the already existing vegetation, so the subsequently arisen mental states
support the pre-arisen material phenomena so that they continue to
produce similar material phenomena in succession.


§16 Matter for Mind

Cha vatthúni pavattiyaṃ sattannaṃ viññáṇadhátúnaṃ; pañc’
álambanáni ca pañcaviññáṇavìthiyá purejátavasená ti ekadhá va
rúpaṃ námassa paccayo hoti.

314 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


Only in one way is matter a condition for mind: The six bases
during the course of existence are a condition for the seven elements
of consciousness, and the five objects for the five processes of sense
consciousness, by way of prenascence.


Guide to §16

Prenascence condition (10) is a condition where a conditioning
state—a material state which has already arisen and reached the stage
of presence (
ṭhiti)—causes mental states, the conditioned states, to arise
after it. This is like the sun, which arises first in the world and gives
light to people who appear after it has arisen. There are two main types
of prenascence condition, (i) base prenascence (
vatthu-purejáta) and

  1. object prenascence (árammaṇa-purejáta).

    1. Each of the six physical bases during the course of existence is
      a conditioning state by way of base prenascence for the citta and
      cetasikas—the conditioned states—that take it as the material support
      for their arising (see III, §§20-22). The heart-base is not a prenascence
      condition for the mental states at the moment of rebirth-linking, since
      on that occasion the heart-base and mental states arise simultaneously
      as conascence and mutuality conditions. But the heart-base arisen at
      the rebirth moment becomes a prenascence condition for the first
      bhavaṅga citta immediately following the rebirth consciousness, and
      thereafter it becomes a prenascence condition for all mind element and
      mind-consciousness element cittas during the course of life.

    2. Each of the five sense objects is a conditioning state by way of
      object prenascence for the citta and cetasikas in a sense door cognitive
      process that take it as object. In addition, all eighteen types of
      concretely produced matter (see VI, §2) that have reached the stage of
      presence can become object prenascence condition for the cittas and
      cetasikas in a mind-door process.


§17 Concepts and Mind-and-Matter for Mind

Árammaṇavasena upanissayavasená ti ca duvidhá paññatti
námarúpáni námass’ eva paccayá honti.

Tattha rúpádivasena chabbidhaṃ hoti árammaṇaṃ.
Upanissayo pana tividho hoti: árammaṇúpanissayo, anantarúpa-

nissayo, pakatúpanissayo cá ti. Tatth’ álambanam eva garukataṃ
árammaṇúpanissayo. Anantaraniruddhá cittacetasiká dhammá
anantarúpanissayo. Rágádayo pana dhammá saddhádayo ca sukhaṃ
dukkhaṃ puggalo bhojanaṃ utu senásanañ ca yathárahaṃ ajjhattañ

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 315


ca bahiddhá ca kusaládidhammánaṃ kammaṃ vipákánan ti ca
bahudhá hoti pakatúpanissayo.

In two ways concepts and mind-and-matter are conditions for
mind—namely, by way of object and decisive support.

Therein, object is sixfold as visible form, etc. But decisive support
is threefold, namely, object decisive support, proximity decisive
support, and natural decisive support.

Of them, the object itself when it becomes prominent serves as
object decisive support. Consciousness and mental factors that
immediately cease, act as the proximity decisive support. The natural
decisive support is of many kinds: states of lust, etc., states of faith,
etc., pleasure, pain, individuals, food, season, lodgings—(all such
things) internal and external, as the case may be, are conditions
for wholesome states, etc. Kamma, too, is similarly a condition for
its results.


Guide to §17

Object condition (2) is a condition where a conditioning state, as
object, causes other states, the conditioned states, to arise taking it as
their object. The six classes of objects (see III, §16) are the conditioning
states in this relation, the corresponding cittas and cetasikas are the
conditioned states.

Decisive support condition (9): Of the three types of this condition:

  1. Object decisive support (árammaṇúpanissaya) is a condition
    where the conditioning state is an exceptionally desirable or important
    object which causes the conditioned states, the mental phenomena that
    apprehend it, to arise in strong dependence on it.

  2. Proximity decisive support (anantarúpanissaya) is identical with
    proximity condition with respect to the conditioning and conditioned
    states, but differs from it slightly in the forces of the conditions. Proximity
    is the force which causes the succeeding mental states to arise immediately
    after the preceding states have ceased; proximity decisive support is the
    force which causes the succeeding states to arise because they are strongly
    dependent on the ceasing of the preceding states.

  3. Natural decisive support (pakatúpanissaya) is a wide relation
    that includes as the conditioning states all past mental or material
    phenomena that become strongly efficacious for the arising, at a
    subsequent time, of the conditioned states, which are subsequent cittas
    and cetasikas. For example, prior lust may be a natural decisive support
    condition for the volitions of killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, etc.;

316 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


prior faith for the volitions of giving alms, undertaking precepts, and
practising meditation; the gaining of health for happiness and energy,
the onset of sickness for sorrow and torpor, etc.


§18 Mind-and-Matter for Mind-and-Matter

Adhipati-sahajáta-aññamañña-nissaya-áhára-indriya-vippayutta-
atthi-avigatavasená ti yathárahaṃ navadhá námarúpáni náma-
rúpánaṃ paccayá bhavanti.

Mind-and-matter is a condition for mind-and-matter in nine ways
according to circumstances, namely, by way of predominance,
conascence, mutuality, support, nutriment, faculty, dissociation,
presence, and non-disappearance.


Guide to §18

These conditions will be elaborated upon in the following sections.


§19 The Predominance Condition

Tattha garukataṃ álambanaṃ álambanádhipativasena námánaṃ
sahajátádhipati catubbidho pi sahajátavasena sahajátánaṃ náma-
rúpánan ti ca duvidho hoti adhipatipaccayo.

Therein, the predominance condition is twofold:

  1. The object to which weight is attached is a condition for
    states of mind by way of object predominance.

  2. The fourfold conascent predominance is a condition for
    conascent mind-and-matter by way of conascence.


Guide to §19

Predominance condition (3): Of the two types of this condition:

  1. Object predominance (árammaṇádhipati) is a condition where
    the conditioning state, as object, dominates over the mental states which
    take it as their object. Only those objects which are esteemed, cherished,
    or strongly desired can become the conditioning states in this relation.
    This condition is virtually identical with the object decisive support
    condition, differing from it only slightly in the conditioning forces:
    while the latter has the force of being a strongly efficacious cause for
    the arising of the citta and cetasikas, the former has the force of strongly
    attracting and dominating those states.

    VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 317

  2. Conascence predominance (sahajátádhipati) is a condition where
    a conditioning state dominates conditioned states conascent with itself.
    The conditioning states in this relation are the four predominants—desire,
    energy, consciousness, and investigation (see VII, §20). Only one of these
    can take on the role of predominance condition on a given occasion, and
    then only in javana cittas with two or three roots. The conascent mental
    and material phenomena are the conditioned states.


§20 The Conascence Condition

Cittacetasiká dhammá aññamaññaṃ sahajátarúpánañ ca,
mahábhútá aññamaññaṃ upádárúpánañ ca, paṭisandhikkhaṇe vatthu-
vipáká aññamaññan ti ca tividho hoti sahajátapaccayo.

The conascence condition is threefold: consciousness and mental
factors are a condition for one another and for the conascent material
phenomena; the four great essentials mutually and for the derived
material phenomena; the heart-base and the resultant (mental
aggregates) for one another at the moment of rebirth-linking.


Guide to §20

Conascence condition (6) is a condition where a conditioning state,
on arising, causes the conditioned states to arise simultaneously with
itself. This is compared to the flame of a lamp which, on arising, causes
the light, colour, and heat to arise along with it. This condition may
be divided into three types, as is done in the above text, or it may be
more finely divided into five types: (i) each mental state—citta or
cetasika—for the associated mental states; (ii) each mental state for
the conascent material phenomena; (iii) each of the four great essentials
for the other three great essentials; (iv) each of the four great essentials
for derived material phenomena; and (v) at the moment of rebirth-
linking, the heart-base for the resultant mental states, and the latter in
turn for the heart-base.


§21 The Mutuality Condition

Cittacetasiká dhammá aññamaññaṃ, mahábhútá aññamaññaṃ
paṭisandhikkhaṇe vatthu-vipáká aññamaññan ti ca tividho hoti
aññamaññapaccayo.

The mutuality condition is threefold: consciousness and mental
factors are a condition for one another; the four great essentials

318 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


for one another; the heart-base and the resultant (mental aggregates)
for one another at the moment of rebirth-linking.


Guide to §21

Mutuality condition (7) is actually a subordinate type of conascence
condition. In the general conascence condition, the conditioning state
simply causes the conditioned states to arise together with itself, but
no reciprocity in the conditioning force is required. However, in the
mutuality condition each of the conditioning states is, at the same time
and in the same way, a conditioned state in relation to the very states
that it conditions. Thus a conditioning state in the relation of mutuality
gives its force to the conditioned state and also receives the force of
the conditioned state, which is a conditioning state relative to itself.
This is compared to a tripod, each leg of which assists the other two
legs reciprocally in enabling the tripod to stand upright.


§22 The Support Condition

Cittacetasiká dhammá aññamaññaṃ sahajátarúpánañ ca
mahábhútá aññamaññaṃ upádárúpánañ ca cha vatthúni sattannaṃ
viññáṇadhátúnan ti ca tividho hoti nissayapaccayo.

The support condition is threefold: consciousness and mental
factors are a condition for one another and conascent material
phenomena; the four great essentials for one another and derived
material phenomena; and the six bases for the seven consciousness
elements.


Guide to §22

Support condition (8) is a condition where the conditioning state
causes the conditioned states to arise by serving as the support or
foundation on which they depend. The conditioning state is said to
be related to the conditioned state in a manner similar to the way the
earth supports trees and vegetation or a canvas supports a painting.

Two main categories of support condition are recognized: (i)
conascence support (
sahajáta-nissaya) and (ii) prenascence support
(
purejáta-nissaya). Conascence support condition is identical in all
respects with the conascence condition. Prenascence support condition
includes two subsidiary types. One is simple base-prenascence support
(
vatthu-purejáta-nissaya), which is identical with base prenascence,
discussed under the prenascence condition. The other is called

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 319

base-object-prenascence support (vatthárammaṇa-purejáta-nissaya).
This refers to the special case when a citta arises supported by the heart-
base and at the same time makes that heart-base its object. Thus on
such an occasion the heart-base is simultaneously a support and an
object for a single citta. Referring to this condition, the
Paṭṭhána states:
“One contemplates with insight that internal base as impermanent,
suffering, non-self; one enjoys it and delights in it; making it an object,
lust arises, wrong view arises, doubt arises, restlessness arises,
displeasure arises.”
3


§23 The Nutriment Condition

Kabaḷìkáro áháro imassa káyassa, arúpino áhárá sahajátánaṃ
námarúpánan ti ca duvidho hoti áhárapaccayo.

The nutriment condition is twofold: edible food is a condition
for this body; and immaterial nutriment, for the conascent mind-
and-matter.


Guide to §23

Nutriment condition (15) is a condition where a conditioning state
relates to the conditioned states by producing them, maintaining them
in existence, and supporting their growth and development. This is
compared to a prop which supports an old house and prevents it from
collapsing. Thus the essential function of nutriment is supporting or
reinforcing (
upatthambana).

The nutriment condition is twofold: (i) material nutriment
(
rúpáhára) and mental nutriment (námáhára).

  1. Material nutriment is the nutritive essense found in edible food,
    which is a conditioning state for this physical body. When food is
    ingested its nutritive essence produces new matter born of nutriment,
    and it also reinforces the material groups born of all four causes, keeping
    them strong and fresh so that they can continue to arise in succession.
    The internal nutriment contained in the material groups born of all
    four causes also serves as a condition by reinforcing the internal
    material phenomena coexisting with it in its own group and the material
    phenomena in the other groups situated in the body.

  2. Mental nutriment is threefold: the nutriments contact, mental
    volition, and consciousness. These are conditions for the conascent
    mental and material phenomena.

320 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


§24 The Faculty Condition

Pañcapasádá pañcannaṃ viññáṇánaṃ, rúpajìvitindriyaṃ
upádinnarúpánaṃ, arúpino indriyá sahajátánaṃ námarúpánan ti ca
tividho hoti indriyapaccayo.

The faculty condition is threefold: the five sensitive organs are
a condition for the five kinds of consciousness; the material life
faculty, for the material phenomena born of kamma; the immaterial
faculties, for conascent mind-and-matter.


Guide to §24

Faculty condition (16) is a condition where a conditioning state
relates to the conditioned states by exercising control in a particular
department or function. This condition is compared to a panel of
ministers, each of whom has freedom of control in governing his
particular region of the country and does not attempt to govern the
other regions. As stated in the text, there are three types of faculty
condition: (i) prenascence faculty, (ii) material life faculty, and (iii)
conascence faculty.

  1. In prenascence faculty, each of the five sensitivities
    (arisen at the static phase of the past bhavaṅga citta) is a faculty
    condition for its respective type of sense consciousness along with its
    cetasikas. This is so because the sensitive organ controls the efficiency
    of the consciousness that takes it as a base. For example, good eyes
    produce acute vision while weak eyes result in poor vision.

  2. The material life faculty in the material groups born of kamma
    is a faculty condition for the other nine material phenomena in the
    same groups, for it controls them by maintaining their vitality.

  3. The fifteen immaterial faculties (see VII, §18) are each a
    conascence faculty condition for the associated mental states and the
    conascent material phenomena.

Of the faculties, the two sex faculties of femininity and masculinity do
not become conditioning states in the faculty condition. They are excluded
because they do not have the functions of a condition. A condition has
three functions—producing, supporting and maintaining—but the sex
faculties do not execute any of these functions. Nevertheless, they are still
classed as faculties because they control the sexual structure, appearance,
character, and disposition of the body, so that the whole personality tends
towards either femininity or masculinity.
4

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 321


§25 The Dissociation Condition

Okkantikkhaṇe vatthu vipákánaṃ, cittacetasiká dhammá saha-
játarúpánaṃ sahajátavasena, pacchájátá cittacetasiká dhammá
purejátassa imassa káyassa pacchájátavasena, cha vatthúni
pavattiyaṃ sattannaṃ viññáṇadhátúnaṃ purejátavasená ti ca tividho
hoti vippayuttapaccayo.

The dissociation condition is threefold: at the moment of rebirth-
linking the heart-base is a condition for resultant (mental aggregates),
and consciousness and mental factors for conascent matter, by way of
conascence; the postnascent consciousness and mental factors for this
prenascent material body by way of postnascence; the six bases, in the
course of life, for the seven consciousness elements by way of
prenascence.


Guide to §25

Dissociation condition (20) is a condition where the conditioning state
is either a mental phenomenon that assists present material phenomena,
or a material phenomenon that assists present mental phenomena. In this
relationship the two components—the conditioning state and the
conditioned states—are necessarily of different types: if one is matter the
other must be mind; if one is mind the other must be matter. This is like
a mixture of water and oil, which remain separate though placed together.
Thus at the moment of rebirth the heart-base and the mental aggregates
arise simultaneously, each a dissociation condition for the other by reason
of the particular characteristics that distinguish them as material and mental
phenomena. At the moment of rebirth, again, the mental aggregates are a
condition for the other kinds of kamma-born matter, and during the course
of existence for mind-born matter, by way of dissociation condition.
Dissociation also comprises prenascent and postnascent types: the former
obtains between matter as the conditioning state and mind as the
conditioned state; the latter obtains between mind as the conditioning
state and matter as the conditioned state. These are identical with
prenascence support condition and postnascence condition, respectively.


§26 Presence and Non-Disappearance

Sahajátaṃ purejátaṃ pacchájátaṃ ca sabbathá
Kabaḷìkáro áháro rúpajìvitam icc’ ayan ti.

Pañcavidho hoti atthipaccayo avigatapaccayo ca.

322 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


The presence and non-disappearance conditions are altogether of
five kinds: conascence, prenascence, postnascence, edible food, and
material life.


Guide to §26

Presence condition (21), non-disappearance condition (24):
These are two conditions identical in meaning and differing only
in the letter. In this relationship a conditioning state helps the
conditioned states to arise or persist in being during a time when it
exists alongside the conditioned states. It is not necessary, however,
for the conditioning state and the conditioned states to be conascent;
all that is required is for the two to temporally overlap, and for the
conditioning state to support in some way the conditioned states
during the time they overlap. Thus presence condition includes
prenascence and postnascence as well as conascence. While the text
mentions only five types of presence condition, since these five in
turn include additional subsidiary types, presence condition
comprises a wide variety of other conditions. This will become clear
in the next section, which deals with the subsumption of all
conditional relations under four master conditions.


§27 The Synthesis of Conditions

Áramman’-úpanissaya-kamma-atthipaccayesu ca sabbe pi paccayá
samodhánaṃ gacchanti.

Sahajátarúpan ti pan’ ettha sabbatthá pi pavatte cittasam-
uṭṭhánánaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ kaṭattá rúpánañ ca vasena duvidho hoti
veditabbaṃ.

All conditions are included in the conditions of object, decisive
support, kamma, and presence.

Herein, in all cases conascent material phenomena should be
understood as twofold: throughout the course of existence they
should be understood as those born of consciousness, and at rebirth-
linking, as those born of kamma.


Guide to §27

The way in which all conditions are included in these four conditions
is explained by Ledi Sayádaw in his commentary as follows:

The predominance condition being twofold, object predominance
is always comprised by the object and decisive support conditions,

TABLE 8.4:

THE SYNTHESIS OF CONDITIONS

* = sometimes only

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 323


Object predominance

Base-object-prenascence
support

Object prenascence
Dissociation*

Object

Object predominance

Base-object prenascence
support*

Object prenascence*

Asynchronous kamma*
Dissociation*
Proximity

Contiguity
Repetition
Absence

Disappearance

Decisive Support

Asynchronous kamma

Kamma

Object predominance*

Conascence predominance*
Conascence support

Base-prenascence support
Base-object-prenascence

support

Base prenascence
Object prenascence
Conascent kamma
Dissociation

Root

Conascence
Mutuality

Result

Nutriment
Faculty
Jhána
Path

Association

Non-disappearance
Postnascence

Presence

324 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


and sometimes by the presence condition as well; while conascence
predominance is comprised by the presence condition.

The main types of support condition—conascence support and base-
prenascence support—both come within the scope of the presence
condition. The special case of base-object-prenascence support, in
which the heart-base becomes an object of the same mind-door cittas
it supports as a base, is included in both object and presence conditions,
and in decisive support as well if the heart-base is given special
importance as object.

Of the two main types of prenascence condition, base prenascence
is included in presence condition while object prenascence is included
in both object and presence and possibly in decisive support too.

Of the two types of kamma condition, conascent kamma is included
in presence condition, while asynchronous kamma is included in
kamma condition and, if strong, in decisive support as well.

Dissociation condition is included in presence condition, but if the
heart-base becomes simultaneously base and object, it is included in
presence, object, and possibly decisive support.

Of the remaining conditions, the following eleven are always included
within presence condition: root, conascence, mutuality, resultant,
nutriment, faculty, jhána, path, association, non-disappearance, and post-
nascence. The following five are always included in decisive support
condition: proximity, contiguity, repetition, absence, and disappearance.

The manner in which the various conditions are subsumed under
the main types of conditions is shown schematically in Table 8.4.


§28 Summary

Iti tekáliká dhammá kálamuttá ca sambhavá
Ajjhattañ ca bahiddhá ca saṅkhatásaṅkhatá tathá.
Paññattinámarúpánaṃ vasena tividhá ṭhitá
Paccayá náma paṭṭháne catuvìsati sabbathá ti.

Thus the things pertaining to the three periods of time and
timeless, internal and external, conditioned and unconditioned, are
threefold by way of concepts, mind, and matter.

In all, the conditions in the scheme of conditional relations are
twenty-four.

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 325


Analysis of Concepts
(paññattibheda)


§29 In Brief

Tattha rúpadhammá rúpakkhandho va; cittacetasikasaṅkhátá
cattáro arúpino khandhá nibbánañ cá ti pañcavidham pi arúpan ti
ca náman ti ca pavuccati.

Tato avasesá paññatti pana paññápiyattá paññatti, paññápanato
paññattì ti ca duvidhá hoti.

Therein, the material phenomena are just the aggregate of matter.
Consciousness and mental factors, which comprise the four
immaterial aggregates, and Nibbána, are the five kinds that are
immaterial. They are also called “name.”

What remains are concepts, which are twofold: concept as that
which is made known, and concept as that which makes known.


Guide to §29

At this point Ácariya Anuruddha has completed his exposition of
the four ultimate realities, their classification in various schemata, and
their treatment according to the principles of conditionality. However,
he has not yet discussed concepts (
paññatti). Although concepts pertain
to conventional reality and not to ultimate reality, they are still
included in the Abhidhamma by the treatise
Puggalapaññatti.
Therefore in the last part of Chapter VIII he will briefly discuss concepts.
They are also called “name”: The four immaterial aggregates are
called
náma, “name,” in the sense of bending (namana) because they
bend towards the object in the act of cognizing it. They are also called
náma in the sense of causing to bend (námana) since they cause one
another to bend on to the object. Nibbána is called
náma solely in the
sense of causing to bend. For Nibbána causes faultless states—that is,
the supramundane cittas and cetasikas—to bend on to itself by acting

as an objective predominance condition.5

What remains are concepts: There are two kinds of concepts,
atthapaññatti or concepts-as-meanings, and námapaññatti or concepts-
as-names. The former are the meanings conveyed by the concepts, the
latter the names or designations which convey that meaning. For
example, the notion of a four-legged furry domestic animal with certain
physical features and traits is the concept-as-meaning of the term “dog”;
the designation and idea “dog” is the corresponding concept-as-name.

326 VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA


The meaning-concept is the concept as that which is made known; the
name-concept is the concept as that which makes known.

§30 Concept as What is Made Known

Kathaṃ? Taṃtaṃ bhútapariṇámákáram upádáya tathá tathá
paññattá bhúmipabbatádiká, sambhárasannivesákáram upádáya
geharathasakaṭádiká, khandhapañcakam upádáya purisapuggaládiká,
candávattanádikam upádáya disákáládiká, asamphuṭṭhákáram
upádáya kúpaguhádiká, taṃtaṃ bhútanimittaṃ bhávanávisesañ ca
upádáya kasiṇanimittádiká cá ti evam ádippabhedá pana para-
matthato avijjamáná pi atthaccháyákárena cittuppádánam álambana-
bhútá taṃtaṃ upádáya upanidháya káraṇaṃ katvá tathá tathá
parikappiyamáná saṅkháyati, samaññáyati, voharìyati, paññápìyatì
ti paññattì ti pavuccati. Ayaṃ paññatti paññápiyattá paññatti náma.

How? There are such terms as “land,” “mountain,” and the like,
so designated on account of the mode of transition of the respective
elements; such terms as “house,” “chariot,” “cart,” and the like, so
named on account of the mode of formation of materials; such terms
as “person,” “individual,” and the like, so named on account of the
five aggregates; such terms as “direction,” “time,” and the like,
named according to the revolution of the moon and so forth; such
terms as “well,” “cave,” and the like, so named on account of the
mode of non-impact and so forth; such terms as kasiṇa signs and
the like, so named on account of respective elements and
distinguished mental development.

All such different things, though they do not exist in the ultimate
sense, become objects of consciousness in the form of shadows of
(ultimate) things.

They are called concepts because they are thought of, reckoned,
understood, expressed, and made known on account of, in
consideration of, with respect to, this or that mode. This kind of
concept is so called because it is made known.


Guide to §30

“Concept as what is made known” is the same as meaning-concept
(
atthapaññatti). Here the author enumerates different types of meaning-
concepts.

Land, mountain, etc., are called in Pali saṇṭhánapaññatti, formal
concepts, since they correspond to the form or configuration of things.

VIII. COMPENDIUM OF CONDITIONALITY 327

House, chariot, village, etc., are called samúhapaññatti, collective
concepts, since they correspond to a collection or group of things.

East, west, etc., are called disápaññatti, local concepts, since they
correspond to a locality or direction.

Morning, noon, week, month, etc., are called kálapaññatti, temporal
concepts, since they correspond to periods or units of time.

Well, cave, etc., are called ákásapaññatti, spatial concepts, since
they correspond to spatial regions void of perceptible matter.

The kasiṇa signs are called nimittapaññatti, sign concepts, since
they correspond to mental signs gained by meditative development.


§31 Concept as What Makes Known

Paññápanato paññatti pana náma-námakammádinámena
paridìpitá. Sá vijjamánapaññatti, avijjamánapaññatti, vijjamánena
avijjamánapaññatti, avijjamánena vijjamánapaññatti, vijjamánena
vijjamánapaññatti, avijjamánena avijjamánapaññatti cá ti chabbidhá
hoti.

Tattha yadá pana paramatthato vijjamánaṃ rúpavedanádiṃ etáya
paññápenti tadá’yaṃ vijjamánapaññatti. Yadá pana paramatthato
avijjamánaṃ bhúmipabbatádiṃ etáya paññápenti, tadá’yaṃ
avijjamánapaññattì ti pavuccati. Ubhinnaṃ pana vomissakavasena
sesá yathákkamaṃ chaḷabhiñño, itthisaddo, cakkhuviññáṇaṃ,
rájaputto ti ca veditabbá.

Then, as it makes known, it is called concept. It is described as
name, nomenclature, etc.

It is sixfold: (1) a (direct) concept of the real; (2) a (direct)
concept of the unreal; (3) a concept of the unreal by means of the
real; (4) a concept of the real by means of the unreal; (5) a concept
of the real by means of the real; and (6) a concept of the unreal by
means of the unreal.

As, for instance, when it makes known what really exists in the
ultimate sense by a term such as “matter,” “feeling,” and so forth,
it is called a (direct) concept of the real.

When it makes known what does not really exist in the ultimate
sense by a term, such as “land,” “mountain,” and so forth, it is called
a (direct) concept of the unreal.

The rest should be respectively understood by combining both
as, for instance, “possessor of sixfold direct knowledge,” “woman’s
voice,” “eye-consciousness,” and “king’s son.”

328

Guide to §31

VIII. PACCAYASAṄGAHA

“Concept as what makes known” is the same as name concept
(
námapaññatti). Again, the author provides an enumeration of instances.
A (direct) concept of the real: Matter, feeling, etc., are ultimate
realities; therefore the concepts that designate them are direct concepts

of the real.

A (direct) concept of the unreal: “Land” and “mountain,” etc., are
not ultimate realities but conventional entities established conceptually
through mental construction. Though these concepts are based on
ultimate entities, the meanings they convey are not things that are
themselves ultimate entities since they do not correspond to things
that exist by way of their own intrinsic nature (
sabhávato).

The rest should be respectively understood: Here, “possessor of
sixfold direct knowledge” is a concept of the unreal by means of the
real, since the direct knowledges are ultimately real but the “possessor”
is a mental construction. “Woman’s voice” is a concept of the real by
means of the unreal, since the sound of the voice ultimately exists but
not the woman. “Eye-consciousness” is a concept of the real by means
of the real, since both eye-sensitivity and the consciousness dependent
on it exist in an ultimate sense. “King’s son” is a concept of the unreal
by way of the unreal, since neither the king nor the son ultimately
exists.
6


§32 Summary

Vacìghosánusárena sotaviññáṇavìthiyá
Pavattánantaruppannamanodvárassa gocará
Atthá yassánusárena viññáyanti tato paraṃ
Sáyaṃ paññatti viññeyyá lokasaṅketanimmitá ti.

By following the sound of speech through the process of ear-
consciousness, and then by means of the concept conceived by (the
process in the) mind-door that subsequently arises, meanings are
understood. These concepts should be understood as fashioned by
worldly convention.

Iti Abhidhammatthasaṅgahe
Paccayasaṅgahavibhágo náma
aṭṭhamo paricchedo.

Thus ends the eighth chapter

in the Manual of Abhidhamma entitled
the Compendium of Conditionality.


IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 329

CHAPTER IX

COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS

(Kammaṭṭhánasaògahavibhága)


§1 Introductory Verse


Samathavipassanánaṃ bhávanánam ito paraṃ
Kammaṭṭhánaṃ
pavakkhámi duvidham pi yathákkamaṃ.

From here on I will explain in order the two types of meditation
subject for the respective development of calm and insight.


Guide to §1

Two types of meditation subject: The Pali term kammaṭṭhána means
literally “field of action” or “workplace.” The term is used to designate
a subject of meditation, the workplace for the meditator to develop
the special attainments in the field of contemplation. In Buddhism two
approaches to meditative development are recognized, calm and
insight. Of the two, the development of insight is the distinctively
Buddhistic form of meditation. This system of meditation is unique to
the Buddha’s Teaching and is intended to generate direct personal
realization of the truths discovered and enunciated by the Buddha.
The development of calm is also found in non-Buddhist schools of
meditation. However, in the Buddha’s Teaching calming meditation
is taught because the serenity and concentration which it engenders
provide a firm foundation for the practice of insight meditation. Each
of the two types of meditation has its own methodology and range of
meditation subjects, to be explained in the course of this chapter.

Calm and insight: The word samatha, rendered “calm,” denotes
quietude of mind. The word is almost synonymous with concentration
(
samádhi), though it derives from a different root, sam, meaning to
become peaceful. Technically,
samatha is defined as the one-
pointedness of mind (
cittass’ekaggatá) in the eight meditative
attainments—the four fine-material-sphere jhánas of the Suttanta system
(five in the Abhidhamma system) and the four immaterial-sphere jhánas.
These attainments are called calm because, owing to the one-
pointedness of mind, the wavering or trepidation of the mind is subdued
and brought to an end.
1

330 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


The word vipassaná, rendered “insight,” is explained as seeing in
diverse ways (
vividhákárato dassana). Insight is the direct meditative
perception of phenomena in terms of the three characteristics—
impermanence, suffering, and non-self. It is a function of the cetasika of
wisdom (
paññá) directed towards uncovering the true nature of things.

The explanation of calm and insight meditation in this chapter of the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha is a summary of the entire Visuddhimagga, to
which the reader is referred for an elaborate treatment of these topics.


COMPENDIUM OF CALM

(samathasaògaha)
Basic
Categories

§2 Meditation Subjects

Tattha samathasaṅgahe táva dasa kasiṇáni, dasa asubhá, dasa
anussatiyo,
catasso appamaññáyo, eká saññá, ekaṃ vavatthánaṃ,
cattáro
áruppá ti sattavidhena samathakammaṭṭhánasaṅgaho.

Therein, in the compendium of calm, first the compendium of
meditation subjects for developing calm is sevenfold: (1) ten kasiṇas,

(2) ten kinds of foulness, (3) ten recollections, (4) four illimitables,

(5) one perception, (6) one analysis, and (7) four immaterial states.


Guide to §2

These seven categories amount to forty separate meditation subjects,
to be enumerated in §§6-12. See Table 9.1.


§3 Temperaments

Rágacaritá, dosacaritá, mohacaritá, saddhácaritá, buddhicaritá,
vitakkacaritá
ti chabbidhena caritasaṅgaho.

The compendium of temperaments is sixfold: (1) the lustful, (2)
the hateful, (3) the deluded, (4) the faithful, (5) the intellectual,
and (6) the discursive.


Guide to §3

“Temperament” (carita) means personal nature, the character of a
person as revealed by his or her natural attitudes and conduct. The
temperaments of people differ owing to the diversity of their past

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 331


kammas. The commentators state that the temperament is determined
by the kamma productive of the rebirth-linking consciousness.

Of the six temperaments, the lustful and the faithful types form a
parallel pair since both involve a favourable attitude towards the object,
one unwholesome, the other wholesome. So too, the hateful and the
intellectual temperaments form a parallel pair, since in an unwholesome
way hate turns away from its object, while intelligence does so through
the discovery of genuine faults. The deluded and the discursive
temperaments also form a pair, since a deluded person vacillates owing
to superficiality, while a discursive one does so due to facile speculation.
For more on the temperaments, see Vism. III, 74-102.

§4 Development

Parikammabhávaná, upacárabhávaná, appanábhávaná ti tisso
bhávaná.

The three stages of mental development are: preliminary
development, access development, and absorption development.

Guide to §4

Preliminary development occurs from the time one begins the practice
of meditation up to the time the five hindrances are suppressed and the
counterpart sign emerges.
Access development occurs when the five hind-
rances become suppressed and the counterpart sign emerges. It endures
from the moment the counterpart sign arises up to the change-of-lineage
citta (
gotrabhú) in the cognitive process culminating in jhána. The citta
that immediately follows change-of-lineage is called absorption. This
marks the beginning of
absorption development, which occurs at the level
of the fine-material-sphere jhánas or the immaterial-sphere jhánas.


§5 Signs

Parikammanimittaṃ, uggahanimittaṃ, paṭibháganimittañ ti tìṇi
nimittáni
ca veditabbáni.

The three signs should be understood as: the preliminary sign,
the learning sign, and the counterpart sign.

Guide to §5

The preliminary sign is the original object of concentration used
during the preliminary stage of practice. The
learning sign is a mental

332 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


replica of the object perceived in the mind exactly as it appears to the
physical eyes. The mentally visualized image freed of all defects is
the
counterpart sign. The counterpart sign, it is said, “appears as if
breaking out from the learning sign, and a hundred times or a thousand
times more purified, … like the moon’s disk coming out from behind
a cloud” (Vism. IV, 31). See too §17 below.


The Forty Meditation Subjects
(kammaṭṭhánasamuddesa)


§6 The Kasiṇas

Kathaṃ? Paṭhavìkasiṇaṃ, ápokasiṇaṃ, tejokasiṇaṃ, váyokasi-
ṇaṃ,
nìlakasiṇaṃ, pìtakasiṇaṃ, lohitakasiṇaṃ, odátakasiṇaṃ,
ákásakasiṇaṃ,
álokakasiṇañ ti imáni dasa kasiṇáni náma.

How? The ten kasiṇas are: the earth kasiṇa, the water kasiṇa,
the fire kasiṇa, the air kasiṇa, the blue kasiṇa, the yellow kasiṇa,
the red kasiṇa, the white kasiṇa, the space kasiṇa, and the light kasiṇa.


Guide to §6

The ten kasiụas: The word kasiṇa means “whole” or “totality.” It
is so called because the counterpart sign is to be expanded and
extended everywhere without limitation.

The earth kasiụa, etc.: In the case of the earth kasiṇa one prepares
a disk of about thirty centimeters in diameter, covers it with clay the
colour of the dawn, and smoothens it well. This is the kasiṇa-disk,
which serves as the preliminary sign for developing the earth kasiṇa.
One then places the disk about a meter away and concentrates on it
with the eyes partly opened, contemplating it as “earth, earth.”

To develop the water kasiṇa one may use a vessel full of clear water
and contemplate it as “water, water.” To develop the
fire kasiṇa one
may kindle a fire and view it through a hole in a piece of leather or a
piece of cloth, thinking “fire, fire.” One who develops the
air kasiṇaconcentrates on the wind that enters through a window or an opening
in the wall, thinking “air, air.”

To develop the colour kasiṇas one may prepare a disk of the prescribed
size and colour it blue, yellow, red or white. Then one should concentrate
upon it by mentally repeating the name of the colour. One may even
prepare an object from flowers of the required colour.

The light kasiṇa may be developed by concentrating on the moon
or on an unflickering lamplight, or on a circle of light cast on the

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 333

ground, or on a beam of sunlight or moonlight entering through a wall-
crevice or hole and cast on a wall.

The space kasiṇa can be developed by concentrating on a hole about
thirty centimeters in diameter, contemplating it as “space, space.”

For a full treatment of the kasiṇas, see Vism. IV and V.


§7 Foulness

Uddhumátakaṃ, vinìlakaṃ, vipubbakaṃ, vicchiddakaṃ,
vikkháyitakaṃ,
vikkhittakaṃ, hatavikkhittakaṃ, lohitakaṃ,
puḷavakaṃ,
aṭṭhikañ ti ime dasa asubhá náma.

The ten kinds of foulness are: a bloated corpse, a livid corpse, a
festering corpse, a dismembered corpse, an eaten corpse, a scattered-
in-pieces corpse, a mutilated and scattered-in-pieces corpse, a bloody
corpse, a worm-infested corpse, and a skeleton.


Guide to §7

The ten kinds of foulness are corpses in different stages of decay.
This set of meditation subjects is especially recommended for removing
sensual lust. See Vism. VI.


§8 The Recollections

Buddhánussati, dhammánussati, saṅghánussati, sìlánussati,
cágánussati,
devatánussati, upasamánussati, maraṇánussati,
káyagatásati,
ánápánasati ti imá dasa anussatiyo náma.

The ten recollections are: the recollection of the Buddha, the
recollection of the Dhamma, the recollection of the Sangha, the
recollection of morality, the recollection of generosity, the recollection
of the devas, the recollection of peace, the recollection of death,
mindfulness occupied with the body, and mindfulness of breathing.


Guide to §8

The recollection of the Buddha, etc.: The first three recollections
are practised by calling to mind the virtues of the Buddha, the Dhamma,
or the Sangha, as enumerated in the traditional formulas.
2

The recollection of morality is the practice of mindfully
recollecting the special qualities of virtuous conduct, considered as
untorn and free from breach and blemish.


334

IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA

TABLE 9.1: THE FORTY MEDITATION SUBJECTS AT A GLANCE


Subject

Temperament

Development

Sign

Jhána

Kasióa (10)
Earth kasiṇa
Water kasiṇa
Fire kasiṇa
Air kasiṇa
Blue kasiṇa
Yellow kasiṇa
Red kasiṇa
White kasiṇa
Space kasiṇa
Light kasiṇa


All
All
All
All

Hateful
Hateful
Hateful
Hateful
All

All


Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab


Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp


1st to 5th
1st to 5th
1st to 5th
1st to 5th
1st to 5th
1st to 5th
1st to 5th
1st to 5th
1st to 5th
1st to 5th

Foulness (10)
Bloated corpse
Discolored corpse
Festering corpse

Dismembered corpse
Eaten corpse
Scattered corpse
Mutilated corpse
Bloody corpse

Worm-infested corpse
Skeleton


Lustful
Lustful
Lustful
Lustful
Lustful
Lustful
Lustful
Lustful
Lustful
Lustful


Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab


Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp


1st only
1st only
1st only
1st only
1st only
1st only
1st only
1st only
1st only
1st only

Recollections (10)
Buddha
Dhamma
Sangha

Morality


Faithful
Faithful
Faithful
Faithful


Pr Ac . . .

Pr Ac . . .

Pr Ac . . .

Pr Ac . . .


Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .


None
None
None
None

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS

TABLE 9.1 — Continued



Subject

Temperament

Development

Sign

Jhána

Generosity
Devas
Peace
Death
Body
Breathing

Faithful
Faithful
Intellectual
Intellectual
Lustful
Deluded,

discursive

Pr Ac . . .

Pr Ac . . .

Pr Ac . . .

Pr Ac . . .

Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln Cp
Pr Ln Cp

None
None
None
None
1st only

1st to 5th

Illimitables (4)
Loving kindness
Compassion
Appreciative joy
Equanimity


Hateful
Hateful
Hateful
Hateful


Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab


Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .


1st to 4th
1st to 4th
1st to 4th
5th only

Perception (1)

Food as loathsome


Intellectual


Pr Ac . . .


Pr Ln . . .


None

Analysis (1)
Four elements


Intellectual


Pr Ac . . .


Pr Ln . . .


None

Immaterial States
Infinite space
Infinite consness.
Nothingness

Neither-perc.-nor-non-perc.


All
All
All
All


Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab
Pr Ac Ab


Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .

Pr Ln . . .


1st IS jhána
2nd IS jhána
3rd IS jhána
4th IS jhána

335

KEY: Pr = preliminary; Ac = access; Ab = absorption; Ln = learning; Cp = counterpart; . . . = nil.

336 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


The recollection of generosity involves mindful reflection on the
special qualities of generosity.

The recollection of the devas is practised by mindfully considering:
“The deities are born in such exalted states on account of their faith,
morality, learning, generosity, and wisdom. I too possess these same
qualities.” This meditation subject is a term for mindfulness with the
special qualities of one’s own faith, etc., as its object and with the
devas standing as witnesses.

The recollection of peace is contemplation on the peaceful attributes
of Nibbána.

The recollection of death is contemplation of the fact that one’s
own death is absolutely certain, that the arrival of death is utterly
uncertain, and that when death comes one must relinquish everything.
Mindfulness occupied with the body is contemplation of the thirty-
two repulsive parts of the body—hairs of the head, hairs of the body,

nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, marrow, etc.

Mindfulness of breathing is attentiveness to the touch sensation of
the in-breath and out-breath in the vicinity of the nostrils or upper lip,
wherever the air is felt striking as one breathes in and out.

On the ten recollections, see Vism. VII and VIII.


§9 The Illimitables

Mettá, karuṇá, muditá, upekkhá ti imá catasso appamaññáyo
náma,
brahmavihárá ti pi pavuccanti.

The four illimitables, also called divine abodes, are: loving
kindness, compassion, appreciative joy, and equanimity.


Guide to §9

The four illimitables: These states are called illimitables (appa-) because they are to be radiated towards all living beings
without limit or obstruction. They are also called
brahmaviháras,
“divine abodes” or sublime states, because they are the mental
dwellings of the Brahmá divinities in the Brahma-world.

Loving kindness (mettá) is the wish for the welfare and happiness
of all living beings. It helps to eliminate ill will.

Compassion (karuụá) is that which makes the heart quiver when
others are subject to suffering. It is the wish to remove the suffering of
others, and it is opposed to cruelty.

Appreciative joy (muditá) is the quality of rejoicing at the success
and prosperity of others. It is the congratulatory attitude, and helps to
eliminate envy and discontent over the success of others.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 337

Equanimity (upekkhá), as a divine abode, is the state of mind that
regards others with impartiality, free from attachment and aversion. An
impartial attitude is its chief characteristic, and it is opposed to
favouritism and resentment.

For a full explanation of the divine abidings, see Vism. IX.


§10 One Perception

Áháre paṭikkúlasaññá eká saññá náma.

The one perception is the perception of loathsomeness in food.


Guide to §10

The perception of the loathsomeness of food is the perception which
arises through reflection upon the repulsive aspects of nutriment, such
as the difficulty of searching for food, the repulsiveness of using it,
the digestive process, excretion, etc. See Vism. XI, 1-26.


§11 One Analysis

Catudhátuvavatthánaṃ ekaṃ vavatthánaṃ náma.

The one analysis is the analysis of the four elements.


Guide to §11

The analysis into the four elements involves contemplation of the
body as compounded out of the four great essentials—the earth element
as manifested in the solid parts of the body, the water element in the
bodily fluids, the fire element in the body’s heat, and the air element
in the breath and vital currents. See Vism. XI, 27-117.


§12 The Immaterial States

Ákásánañcáyatanádayo cattáro áruppá námá ti sabbathá pi
samathaniddese
cattáḷìsa kammaṭṭhánáni bhavanti.

The four immaterial states are the base of infinite space, and so
forth. Thus in the exposition of calm there are altogether forty
subjects of meditation.


Guide to §12

These are the objects of the four immaterial jhánas: (1) the base of
infinite space; (2) the base of infinite consciousness; (3) the base of

338 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


nothingness; and (4) the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception.
See Vism. X.


§13 Analysis of Suitability
(sappáyabheda)


Caritásu pana dasa asubhá káyagatásatisaṅkhátá koṭṭhásabhávaná
ca
rágacaritassa sappáyá.

Catasso appamaññáyo nìládìni ca cattári kasiṇáni dosacaritassa.
Ánápánaṃ
mohacaritassa vitakkacaritassa ca.

Buddhánussati ádayo cha saddhácaritassa.

Maraṇa-upasama-saññá-vavatthánáni buddhicaritassa.

Sesáni pana sabbáni pi kammaṭṭhánáni sabbesam pi sappáyáni.
Tatthá
pi kasiṇesu puthulaṃ mohacaritassa, khuddakaṃ vitakka-

caritass’ evá ti.

Ayam ettha sappáyabhedo.

With respect to temperaments, the ten kinds of foulness and
mindfulness occupied with the body, i.e., meditation on the thirty-
two parts, are suitable for those of a lustful temperament.

The four illimitables and the four coloured kasiṇas are suitable
for those of a hateful temperament.

Mindfulness of breathing is suitable for those of a deluded and
discursive temperament.

The six recollections of the Buddha, and so forth, are suitable
for those of a faithful temperament; recollection of death, of peace,
the perception of loathsomeness in food, and the analysis of the
four elements, are suitable for those of an intellectual temperament.

All of the remaining subjects of meditation are suitable for all
temperaments.

Of the kasiṇas, a wide one is suitable for one of deluded
temperament, and a small one for one of discursive temperament.

Herein, this is the analysis by way of suitability.


Analysis of Development
(bhávanábheda)


§14 By way of the Three Stages

Bhávanásu pana sabbatthá pi parikammabhávaná labbhat’ eva.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 339


Buddhánussati ádisu aṭṭhasu saññá-vavatthánesu ti dasasu
kammaṭṭhánesu
upacárabhávaná va sampajjati, natthi appaná.

Sesesu pana samatiṃsa kammaṭṭhánesu appanábhávaná pi
sampajjati.

The preliminary stage of development is attainable in all these
forty subjects of meditation. In ten subjects of meditation—the
eight recollections of the Buddha and so forth, the one perception,
and the one analysis—only access development is attained but
not absorption. In the thirty remaining subjects of meditation,
the absorption stage of development is also attained.


Guide to §14

In the ten subjects beginning with the recollection of the Buddha,
the mind is engaged in reflecting upon many different qualities and
themes, and this involves an intense application of thought (
vitakka)
which prevents one-pointedness from gaining the fixity needed to attain
absorption.


§15 By way of Jhána

Tatthá pi dasa kasiṇáni ánápánañ ca pañcakajjhánikáni. Dasa
asubhá
káyagatásati ca paṭhamajjhániká. Mettádayo tayo catukkaj-
jhániká.
Upekkhá pañcamajjhániká. Iti chabbìsati rúpávacaraj-
jhánikáni
kammaṭṭhánáni. Cattáro pana áruppá arúpajjhániká.

Ayam ettha bhávanábhedo.

Therein, the ten kasiṇas and mindfulness of breathing produce
five jhánas; the ten foulnesses and mindfulness occupied with the
body (only) the first jhána; the first three illimitables, such as loving
kindness, four jhánas; equanimity, the fifth jhána (only).

Thus these twenty-six subjects of meditation produce fine-
material-sphere jhánas.

The four immaterial states produce immaterial jhánas.
Herein, this is the analysis by way of development.

Guide to §15

The ten kinds of foulness and mindfulness occupied with the body
both require the exercise of
vitakka, and thus they are incapable of inducing

340 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


the jhánas higher than the first, which are free from vitakka. The first three
illimitables necessarily arise in association with joyful feeling (
somanassa)
and thus can lead only to the four lower jhánas, which are accompanied
by joyful feeling. The illimitable of equanimity arises in association with
neutral feeling, and thus can occur only at the level of the fifth jhána,
which is accompanied by equanimous feeling.



§16 The Signs

Analysis of the Terrain
(gocarabheda)

Nimittesu pana parikammanimittaṃ uggahanimittañ ca sabbatthá
pi
yathárahaṃ pariyáyena labbhant’ eva. Paṭibháganimittaṃ pana
kasiṇ’-ásubha-koṭṭhása-ánápánesv’
eva labbhati. Tattha hi
paṭibháganimittam
árabbha upacárasamádhi appanásamádhi ca
pavattanti.

Of the three signs, the preliminary sign and the learning sign
are generally found in relation to every object, in the appropriate
way. But the counterpart sign is found only in the kasiṇas, foulness,
the parts of the body, and mindfulness of breathing. It is by means
of the counterpart sign that access concentration and absorption
concentration occur.


§17 Appearance of the Signs in Meditation

Kathaṃ? Ádikammikassa hi paṭhavìmaṇðaládisu nimittaṃ
uggaṇhantassa
tam álambanaṃ parikammanimittan ti pavuccati.
ca
bhávaná parikammabhávaná náma.

How? When a beginner apprehends a particular sign from the
earth disk, etc., that object is called the preliminary sign, and that
meditation is called preliminary development.

Yadá pana taṃ nimittaṃ cittena samuggahitaṃ hoti, cakkhuná
passantass’
eva manodvárassa ápátham ágataṃ tadá tam ev’
álambanaṃ
uggahanimittaṃ náma. ca bhávaná samádhiyati.

When that sign has been thoroughly apprehended and enters into
range of the mind door just as if it were seen by the eye, then it is
called the learning sign, and that meditation becomes concentrated.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 341


Tathásamáhitassa pan’ etassa tato paraṃ tasmiṃ uggahanimitte
parikammasamádhiná
bhávanam anuyuñjantassa yadá tap-
paṭibhágaṃ
vatthudhammavimuccitaṃ paññattisaṅkhátaṃ
bhávanámayam
álambanaṃ citte sannisinnaṃ samappitaṃ hoti, tadá
taṃ
paṭibháganimittaṃ samuppannan ti pavuccati.

When one is thus concentrated, one then applies oneself to
meditation by means of that preliminary concentration based on that
learning sign. As one does so, an object which is the counterpart
of that (learning sign) becomes well established and fixed in the
mind—(an object) which is freed of the flaws of the original object,
reckoned as a concept, born of meditation. Then it is said that the
counterpart sign has arisen.


§18 Attainment of Jhána

Tato paṭṭháya paripanthavippahìná kámávacarasamádhisaṅkhátá
upacárabhávaná
nipphanná náma hoti. Tato paraṃ tam eva
paṭibháganimittaṃ
upacárasamádhiná samásevantassa rúpávacara-
paṭhamajjhánam
appeti.

Thereafter, access development is accomplished, consisting in
concentration of the sense sphere in which the obstacles have been
abandoned. Following this, as one cultivates the counterpart sign
by means of access concentration, one enters the first jhána of the
fine-material sphere.

Tato paraṃ tam eva paṭhamajjhánaṃ ávajjanaṃ, samápajjanaṃ,
adhiṭṭhánaṃ,
vuṭṭhánaṃ, paccavekkhaṇá ti imáhi pañcahi vasitáhi
vasìbhútaṃ
katvá vitakkádikam oḷárikaṅgaṃ pahánáya vicárádi-
sukhumaṅg’uppattiyá
padahato yathákkamaṃ dutiyajjhánádayo
yatháraham
appenti.

Following this, one masters the first jhána by means of the five
kinds of mastery—in adverting, attainment, resolution, emergence,
and reviewing. Then, by striving to abandon the successive gross
factors such as initial application, etc., and to arouse the successive
subtle factors, such as sustained application, etc., one enters the
second jhána, etc., in due sequence according to one’s ability.

Icc’ evaṃ paṭhavìkasiṇádìsu dvávìsatikammaṭṭhánesu paṭi-
bháganimittam
upalabbhati. Avasesesu pana appamaññá satta-
paññattiyaṃ
pavattanti.

342 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


Thus the counterpart sign is found in twenty-two meditation
subjects—the earth kasiṇa, etc.—but of the remaining (eighteen)
subjects, the illimitables occur with the concept of beings (as their
object).


Guide to §18

The five kinds of mastery: Of these, mastery in adverting (ávajjana-) is the ability to advert to the different jhána factors such as vitakka,, etc., quickly and easily in accordance with one’s wish. Mastery in
attainment (
samápajjanavasitá) is the ability to attain the different jhánas
quickly and easily, without many bhavaṅgas arising in the process of their
attainment. Mastery in resolution (
adhiṭṭhánavasitá) is the ability to
remain in the jhána for a length of time determined by one’s prior
resolution. Mastery in emergence (
vuṭṭhánavasitá) is the ability to emerge
from the jhánas quickly and easily. And mastery in reviewing
(
paccavekkhaṇávasitá) is the ability to review the jhána from which
one has just emerged. Besides these five masteries, the meditator is also
encouraged to develop skill in extending the visualized counterpart
sign by gradually increasing its size until it appears as if encompassing
the entire world.


§19 The Immaterial Attainments

Ákásavajjitakasiṇesu pana yaṃ kiñci kasiṇaṃ uggháṭetvá laddham
ákásaṃ
anantavasena parikammaṃ karontassa paṭhamáruppam
appeti.
Tam eva paṭhamáruppaviññáṇaṃ anantavasena parikammaṃ
karontassa
dutiyáruppam appeti. Tam eva paṭhamáruppaviñ-
ñáṇábhávaṃ
pana natthi kiñcì ti parikammaṃ karontassa tatiyárup-
pam
appeti. Tatiyáruppaṃ santam etaṃ paṇìtam etan ti parikammaṃ
karontassa
catuttháruppam appeti.

Next one withdraws any kasiṇa except the space kasiṇa, and does
the preliminary work by contemplating the space that remains as
infinite. By doing so, one enters the first immaterial attainment.
When one does the preliminary work by contemplating the first
immaterial-sphere consciousness as infinite, one enters the second
immaterial attainment. When one does the preliminary work by
contemplating the absence of the first immaterial-sphere
consciousness thus, “There is nothing,” one enters the third
immaterial attainment. When one does the preliminary work by

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 343


contemplating the third immaterial attainment thus, “This is peaceful,
this is sublime,” one enters the fourth immaterial attainment.


§20 Other Meditation Subjects

Avasesesu ca dasasu kammaṭṭhánesu buddhaguṇádikam
álambanam
árabbha parikammaṃ katvá tasmiṃ nimitte sádhukam
uggahite
tatth’ eva parikammañ ca samádhiyati, upacáro ca
sampajjati.

With the other ten meditation subjects, when one does the
preliminary work by taking the virtues of the Buddha, etc., as one’s
object, when that sign has been thoroughly acquired, one becomes
concentrated upon it by means of preliminary development and
access concentration is also accomplished.


§21 Direct Knowledge

Abhiññávasena pavattamánaṃ pana rúpávacarapañcamajjhánaṃ
abhiññápádaká
pañcamajjháná vuṭṭhahitvá adhiṭṭheyyádikam
ávajjetvá
parikammaṃ karontassa rúpádisu álambanesu yatháraham
appeti.

Abhiññá ca náma:

Iddhividhaṃ dibbasotaṃ paracittavijánaná
Pubbenivásánussati
dibbacakkhú ti pañcadhá.

Ayam ettha gocarabhedo.

Niṭṭhito ca samathakammaṭṭhánanayo.

Having emerged from the fifth jhána taken as a basis for direct
knowledge, having adverted to the resolution, etc., when one does
the preliminary work, one enters into the fifth fine-material-sphere
jhána occurring by way of direct knowledge with respect to such
objects as visible forms, etc.

The direct knowledges are fivefold: the supernormal powers, the
divine ear, knowledge of others’ minds, recollection of past lives,
and the divine eye.

Herein, this is the analysis of the terrain.

The method of meditation
for developing calm is finished.

344


Guide to §21

IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA

Having emerged from the fifth jhána, etc.: The Visuddhimaggaexplains the procedure for exercising the direct knowledges thus: “(After
accomplishing the preliminaries) he attains jhána as the basis for direct
knowledge and emerges from it. Then if he wants to become a hundred,
3
he does the preliminary work thus, ‘Let me become a hundred,’ after which
he again attains jhána as the basis for direct knowledge, emerges, and
resolves. He becomes a hundred simultaneously with the resolving
consciousness” (XII,57).

The direct knowledges are fivefold:

  1. Supernormal powers include the ability to display multiple forms
    of one’s body, to appear and vanish at will, to pass through walls
    unhindered, to dive in and out of the earth, to walk on water, to travel
    through the air, to touch and stroke the sun and moon, and to exercise
    mastery over the body as far as the Brahma-world.

  2. The divine ear enables one to hear subtle and coarse sounds,
    both far and near.

  3. The knowledge of others’ minds is the ability to read the thoughts
    of others and to know directly their states of mind.

  4. The recollection of past lives is the ability to know one’s past
    births and to discover various details about those births.

  5. The divine eye is the capacity for clairvoyance, which enables
    one to see heavenly or earthly events, both far or near. Included in the
    divine eye is the knowledge of the passing away and rebirth of beings
    (
    cutúpapátañáṇa), that is, direct perception of how beings pass away
    and re-arise in accordance with their kamma.

These kinds of direct knowledge are all mundane and are dependent
on mastery over all the jhánas. The texts also mention a sixth direct
knowledge. This is the knowledge of the destruction of the taints
(
ásavakkhayañáṇa), which is supramundane and arises through insight.


COMPENDIUM OF INSIGHT

(vipassanásaògaha)
Basic
Categories

§22 Stages of Purification

Vipassanákammaṭṭháne pana sìlavisuddhi, cittavisuddhi,
diṭṭhivisuddhi,
kaṅkhávitaraṇavisuddhi, maggámaggañáṇadassana-
visuddhi,
paṭipadáñáṇadassanavisuddhi, ñáṇadassanavisuddhi ti
sattavidhena
visuddhisaṅgaho.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 345

TABLE 9.2: THE SEVEN STAGES OF PURIFICATION


Purification

Practice

  1. Of virtue

  2. Of mind

  3. Of view


  4. By overcoming doubt


  5. By knowledge and
    vision of path and
    not path


  6. By knowledge and
    vision of the way


    Between VI and VII

  7. By knowledge and
    vision

Four kinds of purified virtue
Access and absorption concentration

Understanding characteristics, etc., of
mental and material phenomena

Discernment of conditions for mental and
material phenomena

  1. Knowledge of comprehension

  2. Knowledge of rise and fall (tender phase)

Distinguishing wrong path from right path
of contemplation

  1. Knowledge of rise and fall (mature phase)

  2. Knowledge of dissolution

  3. Knowledge of fearfulness

  4. Knowledge of danger

  5. Knowledge of disenchantment

  6. Knowledge of desire for deliverance

  7. Knowledge of reflection

  8. Knowledge of equanimity towards formations

  9. Knowledge of conformity

  10. Change-of-lineage

Knowledge of four supramundane paths

NOTE: The insight knowledges are enumerated in the right-hand column using arabic
numbers.



In insight meditation, the compendium of purifications is
sevenfold: (1) purification of virtue, (2) purification of mind, (3)
purification of view, (4) purification by overcoming doubt, (5)
purification by knowledge and vision as to what is the path and
what is not the path, (6) purification by knowledge and vision of
the way, and (7) purification by knowledge and vision.


Guide to §22

These seven stages of purification are to be attained in sequence,
each being the support for the one that follows. The first purification
corresponds to the morality aspect of the path, the second to the

346 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


concentration aspect, the last five to the wisdom aspect. The first six
stages are mundane, the last is the supramundane paths. See Table 9.2.


§23 The Three Characteristics

Aniccalakkhaṇaṃ, dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ, anattalakkhaṇañ ti tìṇi
lakkhaṇáni.

There are three characteristics: the characteristic of impermanence,
the characteristic of suffering, and the characteristic of non-self.


Guide to §23

The characteristic of impermanence is the mode of rise and fall
and change, that is, reaching non-existence after having come to
be.

The characteristic of suffering is the mode of being continuously
oppressed by rise and fall.

The characteristic of non-self is the mode of being insusceptible
to the exercise of mastery, that is, the fact that one cannot exercise
complete control over the phenomena of mind and matter.


§24 The Three Contemplations

Aniccánupassaná, dukkhánupassaná, anattánupassaná ti tisso
anupassaná.

There are three contemplations: the contemplation of imper-
manence, the contemplation of suffering, and the contemplation of
non-self.


§25 The Ten Insight Knowledges

(1) Sammasanañáṇaṃ, (2) udayabbayañáṇaṃ, (3) bhaṅgañáṇaṃ,

(4) bhayañáṇaṃ, (5) ádìnavañáṇaṃ, (6) nibbidáñáṇaṃ, (7)

muñcitukamyatáñáṇaṃ, (8) paṭisaṅkháñáṇaṃ, (9) saṅkhár’upek-
kháñáṇaṃ,
(10) anulomañáṇañ ti dasa vipassanáñáṇáni.

There are ten kinds of insight knowledge: (1) knowledge of com-
prehension, (2) knowledge of rise and fall (of formations),

(3) knowledge of the dissolution (of formations), (4) knowledge
(of dissolving things) as fearful, (5) knowledge of (fearful) things
as dangerous, (6) knowledge of disenchantment (with all
formations), (7) knowledge of desire for deliverance (8) knowledge

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 347


of reflecting contemplation, (9) knowledge of equanimity towards
formations, and (10) knowledge of conformity.


§26 The Three Emancipations

Suññato vimokkho, animitto vimokkho, appaṇihito vimokkho
ti
tayo vimokkhá.

There are three emancipations: the void emancipation, the signless
emancipation, and the desireless emancipation.


§27 The Three Doors to Emancipation

Suññatánupassaná, animittánupassaná, appaṇihitánupassaná
ti
tìṇi vimokkhamukháni ca veditabbáni.

There are three doors to emancipation: contemplation of the void,
contemplation of the signless, and contemplation of the desireless.


Guide to §§26-27

These categories will be explained in the course of the following
exposition.


Analysis of Purification
(visuddhibheda)


§28 Purification of Virtue

Kathaṃ? Pátimokkhasaṃvarasìlaṃ, indriyasaṃvarasìlaṃ,
ájìvapárisuddhisìlaṃ,
paccayasannissitasìlañ ti catupárisuddhis-
ìlaṃ
sìlavisuddhi náma.

Purification of virtue consists of the four kinds of purified virtue,
namely:

  1. virtue regarding restraint according to the Pátimokkha;

  2. virtue regarding restraint of the sense faculties;

  3. virtue consisting in purity of livelihood; and

  4. virtue connected with the use of the requisites.


Guide to §28

These four kinds of purified virtue are explained with reference to
the life of a bhikkhu, a Buddhist monk.

348 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


Virtue regarding restraint according to the Pátimokkha: The
Pátimokkha is the code of fundamental disciplinary rules binding upon a
Buddhist monk. This code consists of 227 rules of varying degrees of
gravity. Perfect adherence to the rules laid down in the Pátimokkha is
called “virtue regarding restraint according to the Pátimokkha.”

Virtue regarding restraint of the sense faculties means the exercise
of mindfulness in one’s encounter with sense objects, not allowing the
mind to come under the sway of attraction towards pleasant objects and
repulsion towards unpleasant objects.

Virtue consisting in purity of livelihood deals with the manner in which
a bhikkhu acquires the necessities of life. He should not acquire his
requisites in a manner unbecoming for a monk, who is dedicated to purity
and honesty.

Virtue connected with the use of the requisites means that the bhikkhu
should use the four requisites—robes, almsfood, lodging, and medicines—
after reflecting upon their proper purpose.

§29 Purification of Mind

Upacárasamádhi, appanásamádhi ti duvidho pi samádhi
cittavisuddhi
náma.

Purification of mind consists of two kinds of concentration,
namely: access concentration and absorption concentration.

Guide to §29

The Pali Buddhist tradition recognizes two different approaches to the
development of insight. One approach, called the vehicle of calm
(
samathayána), involves the prior development of calm meditation to the
level of access concentration or absorption concentration as a basis for
developing insight. One who adopts this approach, the
samathayánikameditator, first attains access concentration or one of the fine-material or
immaterial-sphere jhánas. Then he turns to the development of insight by
defining the mental and physical phenomena occurring in the jhána as
mentality-materiality and seeking their conditions (see §§30-31), after
which he contemplates these factors in terms of the three characteristics
(see §32). For this meditator, his prior attainment of access or absorption
concentration is reckoned as his purification of mind.

The other approach, called the vehicle of pure insight (suddha-), does not employ the development of calm as a founda-
tion for developing insight. Instead the meditator, after purifying his
morality, enters directly into the mindful contemplation of the changing
mental and material processes in his own experience. As this

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 349

contemplation gains in strength and precision, the mind becomes
naturally concentrated upon the ever-changing stream of experience
with a degree of concentration equal to that of access concentration.
This moment-by-moment fixing of the mind on the material and mental
processes in their present immediacy is known as momentary concen-
tration (
khaṇikasamádhi). Because it involves a degree of mental
stabilization equal to that of access concentration, this momentary con-
centration is reckoned as purification of mind for the
vipassanáyánikameditator, the meditator who adopts the vehicle of pure insight. Such
a meditator is also called a “dry insight worker” (
sukkhavipassaka)
because he develops insight without the “moisture” of the jhánas.
4


§30 Purification of View

Lakkhaṇa-rasa-paccupaṭṭhána-padaṭṭhána-vasena náma-
rúpapariggaho
diṭṭhivisuddhi náma.

Purification of view is the discernment of mind and matter with
respect to their characteristics, functions, manifestations, and
proximate causes.


Guide to §30

Purification of view is so called because it helps to purify one
of the wrong view of a permanent self. This purification is arrived
at in the course of meditation by discerning the personality as a
compound of mental and material factors which occur inter-
dependently, without any controlling self within or behind them.
This stage is also called the analytical knowledge of mind-and-
matter (
námarúpavavatthánañáṇa) because the mental and material
phenomena are distinguished by way of their characteristics, etc.


§31 Purification by Overcoming Doubt

Tesam eva ca námarúpánaṃ paccayapariggaho kaṅkhávita-
raṇavisuddhi
náma.

Purification by overcoming doubt is the discernment of the
conditions of that same mind and matter.


Guide to §31

Purification by overcoming doubt is so called because it develops
the knowledge which removes doubts about the conditions for

350 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


mind-and-matter during the three periods of time—past, present, and
future. It is achieved by applying, during the contemplative process,
one’s knowledge of dependent arising in order to understand that the
present compound of mind-and-matter has not arisen by chance or
through a hypothetical cause such as a creator god or primordial soul,
but has come into being from previous ignorance, craving, clinging
and kamma. One then applies this same principle to the past and future
as well. This stage is also called the knowledge of discerning
conditions (
paccayapariggahañáṇa).


§32 Purification of Path and Not-Path

Tato paraṃ pana tathápariggahitesu sappaccayesu tebhúmaka-
saṅkháresu
atìtádibhedabhinnesu khandhádinayam árabbha
kalápavasena
saṅkhipitvá aniccaṃ khayaṭṭhena, dukkhaṃ bhay-
aṭṭhena,
anattá asárakaṭṭhená ti addhánavasena santativasena khaṇa-
vasena
sammasanañáṇena lakkhaṇattayaṃ sammasantassa tesv’
eva
paccayavasena khaṇavasena ca udayabbayañáṇena udayabbayaṃ
samanupassantassa
ca.

When he has thus discerned the formations of the three planes
together with their conditions, the meditator collects them into
groups by way of such categories as the aggregates, etc., divided
into the past (present, future, internal, external, etc.).

He next comprehends, with the knowledge of comprehension,
those formations in terms of the three characteristics—impermanence
in the sense of destruction, suffering in the sense of fearfulness,
and non-self in the sense of corelessness—by way of duration,
continuity, and moment. Then he contemplates with the knowledge
of rise and fall the rising and falling (of those formations) by way
of condition and by way of moment.

Obháso pìti passaddhi adhimokkho ca paggaho
Sukhaṃ
ñáṇam upaṭṭhánam upekkhá ca nikanti ti.

Obhásádi-vipassan’upakkilese paripanthapariggahavasena
maggámaggalakkhaṇavavatthánaṃ
maggámaggañáṇadassana-
visuddhi
náma.

As he does so, there arise: an aura, zest, tranquillity, resolution,
exertion, happiness, knowledge, mindfulness, equanimity, and
attachment.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 351


Purification by knowledge and vision of what is the path and
what is not the path is the discrimination of the characteristics of
what is the path and what is not the path by discerning that those
imperfections of insight—the aura, etc.—are obstacles to progress.


Guide to §32

Collects them into groups: This shows the preparation for
knowledge of comprehension (
sammasanañáṇa), the phase in the
development of insight wherein the mental and material phenomena
are explored in terms of the three characteristics. The meditator first
considers all materiality—whether past, future, or present, internal or
external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—as comprised
by the materiality aggregate. Similarly, he considers all feelings,
perceptions, mental formations, and acts of consciousness to be
comprised by their respective aggregates—the feeling aggregate, the
perception aggregate, the formations aggregate, and the consciousness
aggregate.

He next comprehends, with the knowledge of comprehension: This
shows the actual ascription of the three characteristics to the formations
collected into the five aggregates. All those formations are characterized
by “impermanence in the sense of destruction” (
khayaṭṭhena) because
they undergo destruction exactly where they arise, and do not pass on
to some other state retaining their identity; they are “suffering in the
sense of fearfulness” (
bhayaṭṭhena) because whatever is impermanent
provides no stable security and thus is to be feared; and they are “non-
self in the sense of corelessness” (
asárakaṭṭhena) because they lack
any core of self or substance or any inner controller.

By way of duration, continuity, and moment: “By way of duration”
(
addhána) means in terms of an extended period of time. One begins by
considering that the formations in each single lifetime are all impermanent,
suffering, and non-self, then one progressively reduces the periods: to the
three stages of a single life, to the ten decades, to each year, month,
fortnight, day, hour, etc., until one recognizes that even in a single step
formations are impermanent, painful, and non-self. (See Vism. XX, 46-
65.) “By way of continuity” (
santati) means by way of a continuous series
of similar mental or material phenomena. “By way of moment” (
khaṇa)
means by way of momentary mental and material phenomena.

The knowledge of rise and fall (udayabbayañáụa) is the knowledge
in contemplating the arising and cessation of formations. By “rise” is
meant the generation, production, or arising of states; by “fall” is meant
their change, destruction, dissolution. The knowledge of rise and fall

352 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


is exercised “by way of condition” (paccayavasena) when one sees
how formations arise through the arising of their conditions and cease
through the cessation of their conditions. It is exercised “by way of
moment” (
khaṇavasena) when one contemplates the actual generation
and dissolution of the momentary phenomena in the present moment
as they arise and pass away. (See Vism. XX, 93-99.)

As he does so: The knowledge of rise and fall occurs in two phases.
During the first, “tender” knowledge of rise and fall, as the process of
contemplation gains momentum, ten “imperfections of insight”
(
vipassan’upakkilesá) arise in the meditator. He may witness an aura of
light (
obhása) emanating from his body. He experiences unprecedented
zest
(pìti), tranquillity (passaddhi), and happiness (sukha). His resolution
(
adhimokkha) increases, he makes a great exertion (paggaha), his
knowledge (
ñáṇa) ripens, his mindful awareness (upaṭṭhána) becomes
steady, and he develops unshaken equanimity
(upekkhá). And underlying
these experiences there is a subtle attachment (
nikanti)—an enjoyment of
these experiences and a clinging to them.

The discrimination of the characteristics of what is the path, etc.:
When such elevated experiences occur to a meditator, if he lacks
discrimination he will give rise to the misconception that he has reached
the supramundane path and fruit. He will then drop his insight
meditation and sit enjoying these experiences, unaware that he is
clinging to them. But if he possesses discrimination, he will recognize
these states as mere natural by-products of maturing insight. He will
contemplate them as impermanent, suffering, and non-self and proceed
with his insight contemplation, without becoming attached to them.
This discrimination between the ten imperfections as not being the
path, and the practice of insight contemplation as being the correct
path, is called purification by knowledge and vision of what is the
path and what is not the path.


§33 Purification of the Way

Tathá paripanthavimuttassa pana tassa udayabbayañáṇato
paṭṭháya
yávánulomá tilakkhaṇaṃ vipassanáparamparáya paṭipaj-
jantassa
nava vipassanáñáṇáni paṭipadáñáṇadassanavisuddhi náma.

When he is thus free from those obstacles to progress, as he
practises he passes through a succession of insights in regard to the
three characteristics, beginning with knowledge of rise and fall and
culminating in conformity. These nine insight knowledges are called
purification by knowledge and vision of the way.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 353


Guide to §33

These nine insight knowledges: The nine insight knowledges that
constitute purification by knowledge and vision of the way are as
follows (see §25):

  1. Knowledge of rise and fall: This is the same knowledge as that
    which preceded the imperfections of insight, but when the imperfections
    have been overcome, it now matures and develops with increased
    strength and clarity.

  2. Knowledge of dissolution (bhaṅgañáṇa): When the meditator’s
    knowledge becomes keen, he no longer extends his mindfulness to the
    arising or presence of formations, but brings it to bear only on their
    cessation, destruction, fall, and breakup. This is knowledge of dissolution.

  3. Knowledge of the fearful (bhayañáṇa): As the meditator
    contemplates the dissolution of formations in all three periods of time,
    he recognizes that all such dissolving things in all realms of existence
    are necessarily fearful.

  4. Knowledge of danger (ádìnavañáṇa): By recognizing that all
    formations are fearful, the meditator sees them as utterly destitute of
    any core or any satisfaction and as nothing but danger. He also
    understands that only in the unconditioned, free from arising and
    destruction, is there any security.

  5. Knowledge of disenchantment (nibbidáñáṇa): When he sees all
    formations as danger, he becomes disenchanted with them, and takes
    no delight in the field of formations belonging to any realm of
    existence.

  6. Knowledge of desire for deliverance (muñcitukamyatáñáṇa) is
    the desire, arisen in the course of contemplation, of being delivered
    from the whole field of formations and escaping from it.

  7. Knowledge of reflective contemplation (paṭisaṅkháñáṇa): In
    order to be delivered from the whole field of formations, the meditator
    again re-examines those same formations, attributing the three
    characteristics to them in various ways. When he clearly reviews those
    formations as marked by the three characteristics, this is knowledge of
    reflective contemplation.

  8. Knowledge of equanimity towards formations (saṅkhár’upek-
    kháñáṇa)
    : After he has passed through the reflective contemplation,
    the meditator sees nothing in formations to be taken as “I” and “mine,”
    so he abandons both terror and delight and becomes indifferent and
    neutral towards all formations. Thus there arises in him knowledge of
    equanimity towards formations.

  9. Knowledge of conformity (anulomañáṇa): This knowledge (also
    rendered “adaptation”) is the knowledge in the sense-sphere cittas that

354 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA

arise preceding the change-of-lineage citta in the cognitive process of
the supramundane path (dealt with in the following section). This phase
of insight is called conformity because it conforms to the functions of
truth both in the preceding eight kinds of insight knowledge and in
the path attainment to follow.


§34 Purification by Knowledge and Vision

Tass’ evaṃ paṭipajjantassa pana vipassanáparipákam ágamma
idáni
appaná uppajjissatì ti bhavaṅgaṃ vocchinditvá uppanna-
manodvárávajjanánantaraṃ
dve tìṇì vipassanácittáni yaṃ kiñci
aniccádilakkhaṇam
árabbha parikamm’-opacár’-ánulomanámena
pavattanti.
sikháppattá sánulomasaṅkhárupekkhá vuṭṭhána-
gáminìvipassaná
ti ca pavuccati.

When he thus practises contemplation, owing to the ripening of
insight (he feels), “Now the absorption (of the path) will arise.”
Thereupon, arresting the life-continuum, there arises mind-door
adverting, followed by two or three (moments of) insight
consciousness having for their object any of the characteristics such
as impermanence, etc. They are termed preparation, access, and
conformity (moments). That knowledge of equanimity towards
formations together with knowledge that conforms (to the truths),
when perfected, is also termed “insight leading to emergence.”

Tato paraṃ gotrabhúcittaṃ nibbánam álambitvá puthujjanagottam
abhibhavantaṃ
ariyagottam abhisambhontañ ca pavattati. Tass’
ánantaram
eva maggo dukkhasaccaṃ parijánanto samudayasaccaṃ
pajahanto
nirodhasaccaṃ sacchikaronto maggasaccaṃ bháva-
návasena
appanávìthim otarati. Tato paraṃ dve tìṇi phalacittáni
pavattitvá
nirujjhanti. Tato paraṃ bhavaṅgapáto va hoti.

Thereafter, the change-of-lineage consciousness, having Nibbána
as its object, occurs, overcoming the lineage of the worldlings and
evolving the lineage of the noble ones. Immediately after this, the
path (of stream-entry), fully understanding the truth of suffering,
abandoning the truth of its origin, realizing the truth of its cessation,
and developing the truth of the path to its cessation, enters upon
the (supramundane) cognitive process of absorption. After that, two
or three moments of fruition consciousness arise and cease. Then
there is subsidence into the life-continuum.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 355


Puna bhavaṅgaṃ vocchinditvá paccavekkhaṇañáṇáni pavattanti.

Maggaṃ phalañ ca nibbánaṃ paccavekkhati paṇðito
Hìne
kilese sese ca paccavekkhati na vá.

Chabbisuddhikkamen’ evaṃ bhávetabbo catubbidho
Ñáṇadassanavisuddhi
náma maggo pavuccati.

Ayam ettha visuddhibhedo.

Then, arresting the life-continuum, reviewing knowledge occurs.
The wise person reviews the path, fruit, Nibbána, and he either
reviews or does not review the defilements destroyed and the

remaining defilements.

Thus the fourfold path which has to be developed in sequence
by means of the sixfold purity is called purification by knowledge
and vision.

Herein, this is the section on purification.


Guide to §34

There arises mind-door adverting: On the cognitive process of
the path, see IV, §14. Three moments of insight consciousness occur
in an individual with normal faculties, two moments (omitting the
moment of preparation) in one with unusually acute faculties.

Insight leading to emergence (vuṭṭhánagáminìvipassaná): This is
the culminating phase of insight preceding the arising of the supra-
mundane path. The path is called emergence because, objectively, it
emerges from formations and takes Nibbána as object, and because
subjectively it emerges from defilements.

The change-of-lineage consciousness (gotrabhúcitta): This citta is the
first advertence to Nibbána and the proximity condition for the
supramundane path. It is called change-of-lineage because it marks the
transition from the “lineage” or family of the worldlings (
puthujjanagotra)
to the lineage or family of the noble ones (
ariyagotra). However, while
this knowledge is like the path in that it cognizes Nibbána, unlike the
path it cannot dispel the murk of defilements that conceals the Four Noble
Truths. In the approach to the second and higher paths this mind-moment
is called
vodána, cleansing, instead of change-of-lineage because the
practitioner already belongs to the lineage of the noble ones.

The path: The path consciousness (maggacitta) simultaneously
performs four functions, one with respect to each of the four truths.
These four functions, mentioned here, are the full understanding

356 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


(pariññá) of suffering; the abandoning (pahána) of craving, its origin;
the realization (
sacchikiriya) of Nibbána, its cessation; and the
development (
bhávaná) of the Noble Eightfold Path. For one of sharp
faculties who has skipped the preparatory moment three fruition cittas
occur following the path; for others, who have gone through the
preparatory moment, two fruition cittas occur.

Reviewing knowledge (paccavekkhaụañáụa): After each of the four
supramundane path attainments, the disciple reviews the path, fruition,
and Nibbána; usually, but not invariably, he reviews as well the
defilements abandoned and the defilements remaining. Thus there are
a maximum of nineteen kinds of reviewing knowledge: five each for
each of the first three paths, and four for the final path. This is because
an Arahant, who is fully liberated, has no more defilements remaining
to be reviewed.


Analysis of Emancipation
(vimokkhabheda)


§35 The Three Doors to Emancipation

Tattha anattánupassaná attábhinivesaṃ muñcantì suññatánupa-
ssaná
náma vimokkhamukhaṃ hoti. Aniccánupassaná vipallása-
nimittaṃ
muñcantì animittánupassaná náma. Dukkhánupassaná
taṇhápaṇidhiṃ
muñcantì appaṇihitánupassaná náma.

Therein, the contemplation of non-self, which discards the clinging
to a self, becomes the door to emancipation termed contemplation of
the void. The contemplation of impermanence, which discards the sign
of perversion, becomes the door to emancipation termed contemplation
of the signless. The contemplation of suffering, which discards desire
through craving, becomes the door to emancipation termed
contemplation of the desireless.


Guide to §35

When insight reaches its culmination, it settles upon one of the three
contemplations—of impermanence, or suffering, or non-self—as determined
by the inclination of the meditator. According to the Commentaries, one
in whom faith is the dominant faculty settles upon the contemplation of
impermanence; one in whom concentration is the dominant faculty settles
upon the contemplation of suffering; and one in whom wisdom is the
dominant faculty settles upon the contemplation of non-self. This final

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 357

phase of contemplation, being the meditator’s immediate access to the
emancipating experience of the supramundane path, is thus called his
“door to emancipation” (
vimokkhamukha). Here, it is the noble path that
is called emancipation, and the contemplation leading to the path that is
called the door to emancipation.

The contemplation of non-self is termed contemplation of the void
because it sees formations as being void of a self, a living being, a person.
The contemplation of impermanence is termed contemplation of the
signless because it abandons “the sign of perversion” (
vipallásanimitta),
that is, the deceptive appearance of permanence, stability, and durability
which lingers over formations owing to the perversion of perception. And
the contemplation of suffering is termed contemplation of the desireless
because it terminates desire by abandoning the false perception of pleasure
in formations.


§36 Emancipation in the Path and Fruit

Tasmá yadi vuṭṭhánagáminìvipassaná anattato vipassati, suññato
vimokkho
náma hoti maggo; yadi aniccato vipassati, animitto
vimokkho
náma; yadi dukkhato vipassati, appaṇihito vimokkho námá
ti
ca. Maggo vipassanágamanavasena tìṇi námáni labhati. Tathá
phalañ
ca maggágamanavasena maggavìthiyaṃ.

Hence, if with the insight leading to emergence one contemplates
on non-self, then the path is known as the void emancipation; if
one contemplates on impermanence, then the path is known as the
signless emancipation; if one contemplates on suffering, then the
path is known as the desireless emancipation. Thus the path receives
three names according to the way of insight. Likewise, the fruit
(occurring) in the cognitive process of the path receives these three
names according to the way of the path.


Guide to §36

When the meditator attains the path through the contemplation of
non-self, the path makes Nibbána its object through the aspect of
voidness as devoid of self and it is thus known as the void
emancipation. When he attains the path through the contemplation of
impermanence, the path makes Nibbána its object through the signless
aspect—as devoid of the sign of formations—and it is thus known as
the signless emancipation. When he attains the path through the
contemplation of suffering, the path makes Nibbána its object through

358 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


the desireless aspect—as being free from the desire of craving—and it
is thus known as the desireless emancipation. The fruit too receives
the same designation as the path that preceded it.


§37 Emancipation in Fruition Attainment

Phalasamápattivìthiyaṃ pana yathávuttanayena vipassantánaṃ
yathásakaṃ
phalam uppajjamánam pi vipassanágamanavasen’ eva
suññatádivimokkho
ti ca pavuccati. Álambanavasena pana sarasa-
vasena
ca námattayaṃ sabbattha sabbesam pi samam eva.

Ayam ettha vimokkhabhedo.

However, in the cognitive process of the attainment of fruition,
to those who contemplate in the foregoing manner, the fruits that
arise respectively in each case are termed the void emancipation,
etc., only in accordance with the way of insight. But as regards
objects and respective qualities, the three names are applied equally
to all (paths and fruits) everywhere.

Herein, this is the analysis of emancipation.


Guide to §37

When a noble disciple enters his respective fruition attainment, the
fruition experience is named after the type of insight that led
immediately to its attainment, not after the original path attainment
in the cognitive process of the path. That is, if he enters the fruition
attainment by the contemplation of non-self, the fruition is called the
void emancipation; if by the contemplation of impermanence, the
signless emancipation; and if by the contemplation of suffering, the
desireless emancipation. But loosely speaking all paths and fruits can
receive all three names because they all take as object Nibbána—which
is signless, desireless, and void—and they all share the qualities of
being signless, desireless, and void.


Analysis of Individuals
(puggalabheda)


§38 The Stream-Enterer

Ettha pana sotápattimaggaṃ bhávetvá diṭṭhivicikicchápahánena
pahìnápáyagamano
sattakkhattuparamo sotápanno náma hoti.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 359


Herein, having developed the path of stream-entry, by abandoning
wrong views and doubt one becomes a stream-enterer, one who has
escaped from rebirth in woeful states and will be reborn at most
seven more times.


Guide to §38

A stream-enterer is one who has entered the stream that leads
irreversibly to Nibbána, that is, the Noble Eightfold Path. A stream-
enterer has cut off the coarsest three fetters—personality view, doubt,
and adherence to rules and rituals; he has unshakable confidence in
the Buddha, Dhamma, and Sangha; and he is free from the prospect of
rebirth in any of the woeful realms. Of the four taints (
ásava), he has
eliminated the taint of wrong views, and of the fourteen unwholesome
cetasikas he has eliminated wrong view and doubt, and according to
the Commentaries, also envy and avarice. He has freed himself as well
from all degrees of defilements strong enough to lead to rebirth in the
woeful planes. His conduct is marked by scrupulous observance of the
Five Precepts: abstinence from taking life, stealing, sexual misconduct,
false speech, and use of intoxicants.

There are three types of stream-enterer:

  1. One who will be reborn seven times at most in the human and
    celestial worlds (
    sattakkhattuparama).

  2. One who takes birth in good families two or three times before
    attaining Arahantship (
    kolaṅkola).

  3. One who will be reborn only once more before attaining the
    goal
    (ekabìjì).


§39 The Once-Returner

Sakadágámimaggaṃ bhávetvá rágadosamohánaṃ tanukarattá
sakadágámì
náma hoti, sakid eva imaṃ lokaṃ ágantá.

Having developed the path of once-returning, with the attenuation
of lust, hatred, and delusion, one becomes a once-returner, one who
returns to this world only one more time.


Guide to §39

The once-returner has eliminated the grosser forms of lust, hate, and
delusion. Thus, although attenuated forms of these defilements can still
arise in him, they do not occur often and their obsessive force is weak.

360 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


TABLE 9.3: ERADICATION OF DEFILEMENTS BY THE PATHS



Stream-entry

Once-returning

Non-returning

Arahantship

1

Delusion





2

Shamelessness





3

Fearlessness of wrong





4

Restlessness





5

Greed (sensual)





Greed (other)





6

Wrong view





7

Conceit





8

Hatred





9

Envy





10

Avarice





11

Worry





12

Sloth





13

Torpor





14

Doubt






Total

4

0

3

8

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 361

Ledi Sayádaw points out that the Commentaries offer two conflicting
interpretations of the expression “this world” (
imaṃ lokaṃ), to which
the once-returner may return one more time. On one interpretation it
is the human world, to which he may return from a heavenly world; on
the other it is the sense-sphere world, to which he may return from a
Brahma-world. Ledi Sayádaw maintains that in spite of commentarial
support for the former interpretation, the second seems better supported
by the canonical texts.

According to the commentary to the Puggalapaññatti there are five
kinds of once-returner:

  1. One attains the fruit of once-returning in the human world, takes
    rebirth in the human world, and attains final Nibbána here.

  2. One attains the fruit of once-returning in the human world, takes
    rebirth in a heavenly world, and attains final Nibbána there.

  3. One attains the fruit in a heavenly world, takes rebirth in a
    heavenly world, and attains final Nibbána there.

  4. One attains the fruit in a heavenly world, takes rebirth in the
    human world, and attains final Nibbána here.

  5. One attains the fruit in the human world, takes rebirth in a
    heavenly world and passes the full life-span there, and then takes rebirth
    again in the human world, where one attains final Nibbána.

It should be noted that whereas the ekabìjì stream-enterer has only
one more rebirth, the fifth type of once-returner has two. Nevertheless,
he is still called “once-returner” because he returns only once more to
the human world.


§40 The Non-Returner

Anágámimaggaṃ bhávetvá kámarágavyápádánaṃ anavasesap-
pahánena
anágámì náma hoti, anágantá itthattaṃ.

Having developed the path of non-returning, by totally
abandoning sensual lust and ill will, one becomes a non-returner,
one who does not return to this (sensuous) state.


Guide to §40

A non-returner has fully eradicated sensual lust and ill will, the fetters
that bind to the sensuous world. He has also eradicated the taint of sensual
desire and the unwholesome cetasikas, hatred and worry, as well as all
greed taking a sensuous object. Thus he will be spontaneously reborn in
a fine-material realm and there attain final Nibbána. It should be noted
that while only non-returners are reborn in the Pure Abodes, there is no

362 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


fixed determination that all non-returners are reborn there.

The texts mention five types of non-returner:

  1. One who, having been reborn spontaneously in a higher world,
    generates the final path before he has reached the midpoint of the life-
    span (
    antará-parinibbáyì).

  2. One who generates the final path after passing the midpoint of
    the life-span, even when on the verge of death (
    upahacca-parinibbáyì).

  3. One who attains the final path without exertion (asaṅkhára-).

  4. One who attains the final path with exertion (sasaṅkhára-).

  5. One who passes from one higher realm to another until he reaches
    the Akaniṭṭha realm, the Highest Pure Abode, and there attains the final
    path (
    uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagámì).


§41 The Arahant

Arahattamaggaṃ bhávetvá anavasesakilesappahánena arahá náma
hoti
khìṇásavo loke aggadakkhiṇeyyo.

Ayam ettha puggalabhedo.

Having developed the path of Arahantship, with the total
abandonment of defilements one becomes an Arahant, a destroyer
of the taints, a supreme recipient of offerings in the world.

Herein, this is the analysis of individuals.


Guide to §41

The five fetters abandoned by the first three paths are called the lower
fetters (
orambhágiya-saṃyojana) because they bind beings to the lower
world, the sensuous plane of existence. One who has eradicated them, the
non-returner, no longer returns to the sensuous plane, but he is still bound
to the round of existence by the five higher fetters (
uddhambhágiya-s-). With the attainment of the path of Arahantship, these five
higher fetters are also eradicated: desire for fine-material existence, desire
for immaterial existence, conceit, restlesness, and ignorance. The fourth
path also destroys the remaining two taints—the taint of attachment to
existence and the taint of ignorance—for which reason the Arahant is called
a “destroyer of the taints” (
khìṇásava). The path of Arahantship eradicates,
too, the remaining unwholesome cetasikas left unabandoned by the earlier
paths: delusion, shamelessness, fearlessness of wrongdoing, restlessness,
conceit, sloth, and torpor.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 363

Analysis of Attainments
(samápattibheda)


§42 Accessibility

Phalasamápattiyo pan’ ettha sabbesam pi yathásakaphalavasena
sádháraṇá’va.
Nirodhasamápattisamápajjanaṃ pana anágámìnañ
c’eva
arahantánañ ca labbhati.

Herein, the attainment of fruition is common to all, each being
able to attain their respective fruition. But the attainment of cessation
is accessible only to non-returners and Arahants.


Guide to §42

The attainment of fruition (phalasamápatti) is a meditative
attainment by which a noble disciple enters into supramundane
absorption with Nibbána as object. It is attained for the purpose of
experiencing the bliss of Nibbána here and now. The cittas that occur
in this attainment are the fruition cittas corresponding to the disciple’s
level of realization. Thus each of the four grades of noble individuals
can enter their own proper fruition attainment—the stream-enterer
attaining the fruition attainment of stream-entry, etc. The attainment
is reached by first making the resolution to attain fruition and then
developing in sequence the insight knowledges beginning with
knowledge of rise and fall. (See Vism. XXIII, 6-15.)


§43 The Attainment of Cessation

Tattha yathákkamaṃ paṭhamajjhánádimahaggatasamápattiṃ
samápajjitvá
vuṭṭháya tattha gate saṅkháradhamme tattha tatth’eva
vipassanto
yáva ákiñcaññáyatanaṃ gantvá tato paraṃ adhiṭ-
ṭheyyádikaṃ
pubbakiccaṃ katvá n’evasaññánásaññáyatanaṃ
samápajjati.
Tassa dvinnaṃ appanájavanánaṃ parato vocchijjati
cittasantati.
Tato nirodhasamápanno náma hoti.

In this case, one enters successively upon the sublime attainments
beginning with the first jhána, and then after emerging from them,
one contemplates with insight the conditioned states within each of
those attainments.

Having proceeded thus up to the base of nothingness, one then
attends to the preliminary duties such as the resolution, etc., and
enters the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception. After two

364 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


occasions of javana in absorption, the continuum of consciousness
is suspended. Then one is said to have attained cessation.


Guide to §43

The attainment of cessation is a meditative attainment in which the
stream of consciousness and mental factors is completely cut off temporarily.
It can be obtained only by non-returners and Arahants who have mastery
over all the fine-material and immaterial jhánas. Further, it can be obtained
only within the sensuous plane or the fine-material plane of existence. It
cannot be obtained within the immaterial plane, for there is no attaining
of the four fine-material jhánas there, which are the prerequisites for entering
cessation.

To enter cessation the meditator must attain each jhána in proper
sequence. After emerging from each one, he contemplates its factors as
impermanent, suffering, and non-self. In this manner the procedure is carried
as far as the base of nothingness. After emerging from the base of
nothingness the meditator then makes four resolutions: (1) that any
requisites not connected to his body should not be destroyed during the
attainment (the requisites connected to his body, such as robes, are
automatically protected); (2) that he should emerge if his services are
needed by the Sangha; (3) that he should emerge if he is summoned by
the Buddha (during the Buddha’s lifetime); and (4) that he is not bound
to die within seven days.

After making these resolutions, he enters the fourth immaterial jhána,
which occurs for two moments of javana. Immediately after, he attains
cessation, wherein the stream of consciousness is temporarily suspended.


§44 Emergence from Cessation

Vuṭṭhánakále pana anágámino anágámiphalacittaṃ arahato
arahattaphalacittaṃ
ekaváram eva pavattitvá bhavaṅgapáto hoti.
Tato
paraṃ paccavekkhaṇañáṇaṃ pavattati.

Ayam ettha samápattibhedo.

Niṭṭhito ca vipassanákammaṭṭhánanayo.

At the time of emergence (from cessation), in the case of a non-
returner the fruit of non-returning consciousness occurs one time—
in the case of an Arahant, the fruit of Arahantship consciousness
(occurs one time)—and then there is subsidence into the life-
continuum. Following this, reviewing knowledge occurs.

IX. COMPENDIUM OF MEDITATION SUBJECTS 365


Herein, this is the analysis of attainments.

The method of meditation

for developing insight is finished.


§45 Conclusion

Bhávetabbaṃ pan’icc’evaṃ bhávanádvayam uttamaṃ
Paṭipattirasassádaṃ
patthayantena sásane.

One who aspires to enjoy the taste

Of practice in the Buddha’s Dispensation
Should develop this twofold meditation
So excellent in the way explained.


Guide to §45

The “twofold meditation” is calm and insight.


Iti Abhidhammatthasaṅgahe
Kammaṭṭhánasaṅgahavibhágo
náma
navamo
paricchedo.

Thus ends the ninth chapter

in the Manual of Abhidhamma entitled
the Compendium of Meditation Subjects.


COLOPHON

Cárittasobhitavisálakulodayena
Saddhábhivuddhaparisuddhaguṇodayena
Nambavhayena
paṇidháya paránukampaṃ
Yaṃ
patthitaṃ pakaraṇaṃ pariniṭṭhitaṃ taṃ
Puññena
tena vipulena tu múlasomaṃ
Dhaññádhivásamuditoditamáyugantaṃ
Paññávadátaguṇasobhitalajjibhikkhú
Maññantu
puññavibhavodayamaṅgaláya.

This treatise—composed out of compassion for others at the
request of Namba, a person of refined manners, belonging to a
respectable family, full of faith, and replete with sterling virtues—
has been completed.

366 IX. KAMMAṬṬHÁNASAṄGAHA


By this great merit may the modest monks, who are purified by
wisdom and who shine with virtues, remember till the end of the
world the most famous Múlasoma Monastery, the fortunate abode,
for the acquisition of merit and for their happiness.


Guide to Colophon

The teachers of Abhidhamma hold two different opinions about the
name of the monastery where Ácariya Anuruddha composed the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha. One school of thought takes the name to
be Tumúlasoma Vihára, holding
tumúla to be synonymous with mahá,
meaning “great”. No such word as
tumúla, however, exists in Pali or
Sanskrit. Both languages contain a word
tumula, which does not mean
great but uproar or “tumult,” a word to which it is etymologically
related. This word is generally used in connection with warfare; it
occurs in the Vessantara Játaka in the line,
Ath’ ettha vattatì saddo bheravo mahá: “Then sounded forth a mighty sound, a terrible
great tumult” (Mahánipáta, v.1809; PTS ed. vi,504).

The other line of interpretation holds that the name of the monastery
is Múlasoma Vihára. The syllable
tu is taken to be an indeclinable
conjunctive particle here used for the sake of euphony. Since Ácariya
Anuruddha has used
tu in a similar way elsewhere in his treatise (see
I, §32; VIII, §12), it seems probable that he is using it here as well.
Thus we should regard the name of the monastery as the Múlasoma
Vihára. In the Sri Lankan tradition it is generally believed that this
monastery was situated in the district of Chilaw and that at present
the Munnessaram Kovil stands on its site.
1

The phrase dhaññádhivása, which the author uses to describe this
monastery, does not mean “the abode of grain,” as earlier translations
have rendered it. The word
dhañña here bears the derivative meaning
of fortunate or meritorious. Ledi Sayádaw explains that the monastery
is so described because it was the residence of meritorious elders
beginning with its founder, an elder named Mahinda.


Iti Anuruddhácariyena racitaṃ
Abhidhammatthasaṅgahaṃ
náma
pakaraṇaṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ.

Thus ends the treatise called

the Manual of Abhidhamma composed
by Ácariya Anuruddha.


Notes
Appendices
Bibliography


NOTES

INTRODUCTION

  1. Asl. 2; Expos., p. 3.

  2. Asl. 2-3; Expos., pp. 3-4.

  3. The Dhammasaṅgaṇì also includes a Suttanta matrix consisting of forty-
    two dyads taken from the Suttas. However, this is ancillary to the Abhi-
    dhamma proper and serves more as an appendix for providing succinct
    definitions of key Suttanta terms. Moreover, the definitions themselves are
    not framed in terms of Abhidhamma categories and the Suttanta matrix is not
    employed in any subsequent books of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka.

  4. See, for example, the following: A.K. Warder, Indian Buddhism, 2nd rev.
    ed. (Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1980), pp. 218-24; Fumimaro Watanabe,
    Philosophy and its Development in the Nikáyas and Abhidhamma (Delhi:
    Motilal Banarsidass, 1983), pp. 18-67; and the article “Abhidharma Litera-
    ture” by Kogen Mizuno in
    Encyclopaedia of Buddhism, Fasc. 1 (Govt. of
    Ceylon, 1961).

  5. Asl. 410; Expos., p. 519.

  6. Asl. 13; Expos., p. 16-17.

  7. Asl. 16; Expos., p. 20.

  8. The first book of the Sarvástivádin Abhidharma, the Saṅgìtiparyáya, is
    ascribed to Sáriputta by Chinese sources (but not by Sanskrit and Tibetan
    sources), while the second book, the
    Dharmaskandha, is ascribed to him by
    Sanskrit and Tibetan sources (but not by Chinese sources). The Chinese
    canon also contains a work entitled the
    Śáriputra-abhidharma-śástra, the
    school of which is not known.

  9. These are reduced to the familar eighty-nine cittas by grouping together the
    five cittas into which each path and fruition consciousness is divided by
    association with each of the five jhánas.

  10. The Yamaka, in its chapter “Citta-yamaka,” uses the term khaṇa to refer to
    the subdivisions of a moment and also introduces the
    uppáda-khaṇa and
    bhaṅga-khaṇa, the sub-moments of arising and dissolution. However, the
    threefold scheme of sub-moments seems to appear first in the Abhidhamma
    Commentaries.

  11. Ven. A. Devananda Adhikarana Nayaka Thero, in Preface to Paramattha- and Paramattha-vibhávinì-vyákhyá (Colombo: Vidyá Ságara
    Press, 1926), p. iii.

    370 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

  12. G.P. Malalasekera, The Pali Literature of Ceylon (Colombo: M.D. Guna-
    sena, repr. 1958), pp. 168-70. Malalasekera points out that James Gray, in
    his edition of the
    Buddhaghosuppatti, gives a chronological list of saintly
    and learned men of Southern India, taken from the Talaing records, and there
    we find Anuruddha mentioned after authors who are supposed to have lived
    later than the seventh or eighth century. Since Bhadanta Sáriputta Mahásámi
    compiled a Sinhala paraphrase of the
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha during the
    reign of Parákramabáhu the Great (1164-97), this places Anuruddha earlier
    than the middle of the twelfth century.

  13. See the article “Anuruddha (5)” in Encyclopaedia of Buddhism, Fasc. 4
    (Govt. of Ceylon, 1965). Ven. Buddhadatta’s view is also accepted by
    Warder,
    Indian Buddhism, pp. 533-34.

  14. This author is commonly confused with another Burmese monk called
    Chapada who came to Sri Lanka during the twelfth century and studied under
    Bhadanta Sáriputta. The case for two Chapadas is cogently argued by Ven.

    A.P. Buddhadatta, Corrections of Geiger’s Mahávaṃsa, Etc. (Ambalangoda:
    Ananda Book Co., 1957), pp.198-209.


    CHAPTER I

    1. Paramassa uttamassa ñáṇassa attho gocaro. Vibhv.

    2. According to Vibhv. diṭṭhigata denotes just wrong view, the suffix gata

      having no particular meaning here.

    3. (i) Vici (vicinanto) = inquiring + kicch, to be vexed; (ii) vi = devoid of +

      cikicchá = remedy.

    4. Sometimes also called rúpajjhánas, “fine-material absorptions,” to distin-
      guish them from the
      arúpajjhánas which follow.

    5. Árammaṇ’upanijjhánato paccanìkajjhápanato jhánaṃ. Vism. IV,119.

    6. So hi árammaṇe cittaṃ áropeti. Asl.114.

    7. Vism. IV, 89-91.

    8. In The Path of Purification, his translation of the Visuddhimagga, Bhikkhu
      Ñáṇamoli has translated it as happiness. This rendering is often used for
      sukha, the next factor, and thus may lead to a confusion of the two.

    9. Vism. IV,94-100.

    10. For a detailed elaboration of this simile, see Asl. 117-18; Expos., pp. 155-
      56.

    11. This qualification is made in regard to the path of once-returning; see p. 67.

    12. For details, see Henepola Gunaratana, The Jhánas in Theravada Buddhist (BPS Wheel No. 351/353, 1988), pp. 60-62.


CHAPTER II

  1. Asl. 67; Expos., p. 90.

    NOTES

    371

  2. Káyaviññatti, vacìviññatti. See VI, §3.

  3. On the bases, see III, §§20-22.

  4. See above, p. 29.

  5. The following explanations of the characteristics, etc., of the different
    cetasikas have been collected from Vism. IV, 88-100; IX, 93-96; XIV,134-
    77; and Asl. 107-33, 247-60. See
    Expos., pp. 142-80, 330-46.

  6. So say the Commentaries, but it seems that tranquillity as proximate cause
    applies solely to the pleasant feeling arisen when developing concentration.
    A more general proximate cause for feeling would be contact, in accordance
    with the principle “with contact as condition, feeling comes to be” (
    phassa- vedaná). In fact, the entire treatment of feeling here is limited to a
    particular kind of feeling. For a fuller treatment of feeling in all its variety,
    see III, §§2-4, and Guide.

  7. Again, these last two commentarial statements seem fitting only for one-
    pointedness that has reached the level of profound concentration.

  8. See above, pp. 56-57.

  9. Or: the mounting of the mind onto the object (árammaṇe cittassa abhini-).

  10. Or: continued stroking of the object (árammaṇ’ánumajjana).

  11. In the Suttas chanda is often used as a synonym for lobha and rága, thus as
    meaning desire in the reprehensible sense as well. But the Suttas also
    recognize
    chanda as a potentially beneficial factor, as when they speak about
    the arousing of desire for the abandoning of unwholesome states and for the
    acquisition of wholesome states. See for example the definition of right effort
    at D.22/ii,312 (= M.141/iii, 251-52).

  12. As these two factors are the opposites of shame and fear of wrongdoing, their
    meaning can be more fully understood by contrast with these beautiful
    cetasikas. See below, p. 86.

  13. Since seeing the noble ones leads to hearing the true Dhamma, which can
    prevent wrong view from getting a grip on the mind.

  14. Ketukamyatá, lit. a desire to fly the banner (to advertise oneself).

  15. Because conceit arises only in greed-rooted cittas dissociated from views.

  16. For the nine grounds for annoyance (or causes of malice, aghátavatthu), see
    D.33/iii, 262.

  17. The complete version of these similes is found in the Milindapañha, cited at
    Asl. 119-20. See
    Expos., pp. 157-58.

    372 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

  18. Apilápana, also rendered “not wobbling.” The commentators explain that
    sati keeps the mind as steady as a stone instead of letting it bob about like
    a pumpkin in water.

  19. Asl. 103-104; Expos., pp. 136-37.

  20. It should be noted that while compassion involves empathy with those beset
    by suffering, it is never accompanied by sadness or sorrow, which is a feeling
    pertaining only to unwholesome cittas.

  21. While non-hatred and mental neutrality are found in the supramundane cittas,
    they do not occur there as the illimitables of loving kindness and equanimity
    towards beings.


CHAPTER III

  1. Tranquillity (passaddhi), it seems, is the proximate cause only for the joyful
    feeling that arises in meditative development.

  2. On the heart-base, see below §20.

  3. These definitions of the five feelings are found at Vism.XIV,128.

  4. Asl. 263; Expos., pp. 349-50.The five types of sensitivity are considered
    species of derived matter, as are the first four sense objects. The tangible
    object, however, consists of three primary elements. See VI, §3.

  5. See the explanation of javana in §8 below. Mental pleasure does precede the
    javana phase in the joyful investigating consciousness that arises in the case
    of an exceptionally pleasant object, but this too follows the bare sense
    consciousness.

  6. Suppatiṭṭhitabhávasádhanasaṅkháto múlabhávo. Vibhv.

  7. Vism. XVII, 70.

  8. That is, in a five-door process. In a mind-door process the javana phase
    follows the mind-door adverting consciousness.

  9. This is so in the case of non-Arahants. For Arahants the javanas are ethically
    indeterminate. Javana is treated more fully in Chapter IV.

  10. That is, the four cittas rooted in greed and accompanied by wrong view and
    the citta accompanied by doubt will be absent in the stream-enterer and once-
    returner, while the two cittas rooted in hatred will be absent in the non-
    returner.

  11. The word rúpa has two primary meanings: (1) matter, or materiality; and (2)
    visible form. The former is a generic category within which the latter is
    included as a species.

  12. The distinction between primary matter and derived matter will be dealt with
    more fully at VI, §2.

  13. See Vism. VIII, 111.


CHAPTER IV

NOTES

373

  1. For the mind-door process the heart-base is only required in those realms
    where matter is found. While a mind-door process can also take any of the
    five sense data as object, mental object is listed to show its distinctive datum.

  2. An exception, however, is made for bodily and verbal intimation and for the
    four material characteristics (see VI, §4). The two types of intimation have
    the temporal duration of one mind-moment. Of the four characteristics,
    production and continuity are equal in duration to the arising moment,
    impermanence to the dissolution moment, and decay to forty-nine sub-
    moments of mind.

  1. The simile is introduced in Asl. 271-72, Expos., pp. 359-60, however without
    continuation beyond the eating of the mango. Later tradition (as in Vibhv.)
    adds the swallowing of the fruit and going back to sleep as counterparts of
    registration and the lapse back into the bhavaṅga.

  2. See Vism. XXII, 23, note 7.

  3. Smv. 10-11. Dispeller of Delusion, 1:10-11.

  4. From this stipulation it seems that if aversion arises towards an extremely
    desirable object, the registration cittas will not be accompanied by joy (as
    stated in §17); instead they will be wholesome-resultants accompanied by
    equanimity.


CHAPTER V

  1. Though the logic of the temporal sequence seems to imply that in the case
    of the Brahmá realms, too, the
    mahákappa is intended, the commentators
    base their interpretation upon another tradition (derived from the Suttas)
    which holds that the periodic destruction of the world by fire extends through
    the realm of Mahá Brahmás. Since this destruction takes place at the end of
    one
    asaṅkheyyakappa within the mahákappa, the conclusion follows that the
    Mahá Brahmás cannot live longer than a single
    asaṅkheyyakappa. The
    sources for this other tradition are D.1/i,17-18 and D.27/iii,84-85.

  2. For a detailed analysis of the ten courses of action, see Asl. 97-102; Expos.,

    pp. 128-35.

  3. These three views are found at D.2, M.60, M.76, and elsewhere. For the
    commentarial analysis, see Bhikkhu Bodhi,
    The Discourse on the Fruits of (BPS 1989), pp. 69-83.

  4. See Asl. 267-88; Expos., pp. 354-79.


CHAPTER VI

  1. According to the Mahániddesa: ruppati, kuppati, ghaṭṭìyati, pìḷìyati, bhijjati.

  2. Sìtoṇhádi-virodhippaccayehi vikáraṃ ápajjati ápádiyati. Vibhv.

    374 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

  3. This explanation of the characteristics, etc., of the great essentials is taken
    from Vism. XI, 93 and 109.

  4. A detailed exposition of derived matter is found at Vism. XIV, 36-70, on
    which the account given here is based.

  5. Here the prefix sa, “with,” does not imply association (sampayutta) but the
    ability to be made an object of the taints.


CHAPTER VII

  1. The Brahmajála Sutta (D.1) enumerates sixty-two species of wrong views
    concerning the nature of the self and the world. These all fall into the two
    extreme views of eternalism, which affirms their eternal existence, and
    annihilationism, which posits their eventual destruction.

  2. For a detailed account, see Ledi Sayádaw, The Requisites of Enlightenment

    (BPS Wheel No. 171/174, 1971).

  3. For the sutta and its commentaries, see Soma Thera, The Way of Mindfulness(Kandy: BPS, 1981). The best modern expositions are Nyanaponika Thera,
    The Heart of Buddhist Meditation (London: Rider, 1962), and U Silananda,
    The Four Foundation of Mindfulness (Boston: Wisdom, 1990).

  4. The explanation given here is derived from Ledi Sayádaw. The view
    expressed by Ven. Nárada in the previous editions of the Manual, that the
    iddhipádas are solely supramundane, appears to be mistaken.

  5. For a detailed analysis of the aggregates, see Vism. XIV.

  6. The sense bases and elements are dealt with in detail in Vism. XV.

  7. The Four Noble Truths are explained in detail in Vism. XVI.


CHAPTER VIII

  1. The explanations to follow are based on Vism. XVII and Smv. VI.

  2. The sources for these explanations are: Vism. XVII, 66-100; U Nárada,
    Guide to Conditional Relations, 1:8-79; and Ledi Sayádaw, The Buddhist of Relations, pp. 1-57.

  3. One line of Abhidhamma interpretation adopted by the teachers would
    restrict the base-object-prenascence support condition to the heart-base
    arisen at the seventeenth mind-moment preceding the death consciousness,
    on an occasion when the last javana process takes the heart-base as object.
    Ledi Sayádaw argues at length in the
    Paramatthadìpanì against this narrow
    interpretation, and his position is accepted here.

  4. Ledi Sayádaw, Buddhist Philosophy of Relations, pp. 50-51.

  5. Asl. 392; Expos., p. 501. There is a word-play here that cannot be reproduced
    in English: the word
    náma, “name” or “mind,” is derived from a verbal root
    nam meaning “to bend.”

    NOTES

    375

  6. For more on the developed theory of concepts in the Abhidhamma, see Vism.
    VIII, note 11.


CHAPTER IX

  1. Asl. 144; Expos., p.191.

  2. See The Mirror of the Dhamma (BPS Wheel No. 54 A/B, 1984), pp. 5-8.

  3. That is, to exercise the supernormal power of manifesting a hundred replicas
    of one’s physical body.

  4. For a fuller discussion of the differences between the samathayána and

vipassanáyána approaches, see Gunaratana, The Jhánas, pp. 51-55.


COLOPHON

  1. Ven. A. Devananda Adhikarana Nayaka Thero, in Preface to Paramattha-, p. ii. Some scholars identify the Múlasoma Vihára with a
    monastery mentioned in the
    Mahávaṃsa (XXXIII, 84) that was built by King
    Vaṭṭagámaṇi (88-76 B.C.) for his queen Somá. The monastery is referred to
    thus: “When he had sent for Somadevì he raised her again to her rank and
    built, in her honour, the Somáráma, bearing her name.” The translator,
    Geiger, has a note to this verse stating that the monastery must be sought for
    near the Abhayagiri Vihára, perhaps in the place of the building popularly
    called “the Queen’s Pavilion.” Ven. Saddhátissa, however, in his introduc-
    tion to his edition of the
    Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha (p. xvi), states that stone
    inscriptions dating back to the tenth century record that the Múlasoma Vihára
    was built by King Vaṭṭagámaṇi and his minister Múla at Polonnaruwa, in
    honour of Somadevì the queen. Ven. Saddhátissa also mentions the popular
    Sri Lankan tradition which holds that the Munnessaram Hindu temple was
    the original Múlasoma Vihára where Anuruddha used to reside.


APPENDIX I

TEXTUAL SOURCES FOR THE 89
AND
121 CITTAS



Dhs. Vism. Asl.

UNWHOLESOME CITTAS—12


Greed-rooted

1st

365

90-91

336

"

2nd

399


339-40

"

3rd

400

"

340

"

4th

402

"

341

"

5th

403

"

"

"

6th

409

"

"

"

7th

410

"

"

"

8th

412

"

"

Hatred-rooted

1st

413

92

341-44

"

2nd

421

"

344

Delusion-rooted

1st

422

93

344-45

"

2nd

427

"

346

ROOTLESS CITTAS—18




Unwholesome-resultant




Eye-consciousness

556

101

384-85

Ear-consciousness, etc.

"

"

"

Receiving

562

"

"

Investigating

564

"

"

Wholesome-resultant




Eye-consciousness

431

96

348-49

Ear-consciousness, etc.

443

"

349-50

Receiving

455

97

350

Investigating (joy)

469

97-98

351-52

Investigating (equanimity)

484

97-98

351-52

Functional




Five-door adverting

566

107

385-86

Mind-door adverting

574

108

388

Smile-producing

568

108

386-88

APPENDIX


377

Dhs.

SENSE-SPHERE BEAUTIFUL—24

Vism.

Asl.

Wholesome

1st

1

83-85

141-207

"

2nd

146

"

207

"

3rd

147

"

208

"

4th

149

"

"

"

5th

150

"

"

"

6th

156

"

"

"

7th

157

"

"

"

8th

159

"

"

Resultant

1st-8th

498

100

353-79

Functional

1st-8th

576

109

388


FINE-MATERIAL SPHERE—15


Wholesome

1st jhána

160,167

86

216-25

"

2nd jhána

161,168

"

239-43

"

3rd jhána

163,170

"

225

"

4th jhána

165,172

"

228-34

"

5th jhána

174

"

235-39

Resultant

1st jhána

499

103

379-80

"

2nd-5th jhána

500

"

"

Functional

1st jhána

577

109

388-89

"

2nd-5th jhána

578

"

"

IMMATERIAL SPHERE—12

Wholesome

1st

265

87

270

"

2nd

266

"

275

"

3rd

267

"

276

"

4th

268

"

277-83

Resultant

1st

501

104

379-80

"

2nd

502

"

"

"

3rd

503

"

"

"

4th

504

"

"

Functional

1st

579

109

388-89

"

2nd

580

"

"

"

3rd

581

"

"

"

4th

582

"

"

378 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA



SUPRAMUNDANE—8 or 40

Dhs.

Vism.

Asl.

Wholesome




Stream-entry path

277

88

289-319

" 1st jhána

Stream-entry path

277

307-10

2nd-5th jhána

342

307-10

Once-return path

361

88

319-20

Non-return path

362

"

320

Arahant path

363

"

320-29

Resultant




Stream-entry fruit

505

105

380-84

" 1st jhána

505

" 2nd-5th jhána

508

Higher three fruits

553

105

380-84


NOTE: References to the Dhammasaṅgaṇì are by paragraph number; to the
Visuddhimagga, by paragraph number of Chapter XIV in The Path of Purification;
to the
Atthasálinì, by page number of The Expositor.


APPENDIX II

TEXTUAL SOURCES FOR THE
52
MENTAL FACTORS



ETHICALLY VARIABLE
FACTORS—13

Dhs.

Vism.

Asl.

Universals—7




(1) Contact

2

134

144

(2) Feeling

3

125-28

145

(3) Perception

4

129-30

146

(4) Volition

5

135

147

(5) One-pointedness

11

139

156

(6) Life faculty

19

138

163

(7) Attention

152

175

Occasionals—6




(8)

Initial application

7

88-98*

151

(9)

Sustained application

8

"

152

(10)

Decision

151

175

(11)

Energy

13

137

158

(12)

Zest

9

94-100*

153

(13)

Desire

150

175

UNWHOLESOME FACTORS—14

(14)

Delusion

390

163

332

(15)

Shamelessness

387

160

331

(16)

Fearlessness of wrong

388

160

331

(17)

Restlessness

429

165

346

(18)

Greed

389

162

332

(19)

Wrong view

381

164

331

(20)

Conceit

1116

168

340

(21)

Hatred

418

171

342

(22)

Envy

1121

172

342

(23)

Avarice

1122

173

343

(24)

Worry

1161

174

343

(25)

Sloth

1156

167

340

(26)

Torpor

1157

167

340

(27)

Doubt

425

177

344

380 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

Dhs. Vism. Asl.

BEAUTIFUL FACTORS—25

Beautiful Universals—19


(28) Faith

12

140

157

(29) Mindfulness

14

141

159

(30) Shame

30

142

164

(31) Fear of wrongdoing

31

142

164

(32) Non-greed

32

143

167

(33) Non-hatred

33

143

167

(34) Neutrality of mind

153

153

176

(35) Tranquillity of mental body

40

144

171

(36) Tranquillity of consness.

41

144

171

(37) Lightness of mental body

42

145

172

(38) Lightness of consness.

43

145

172

(39) Malleability of mental body

44

146

172

(40) Malleability of consness.

45

146

172

(41) Wieldiness of mental body

46

147

172

(42) Wieldiness of consness.

47

147

172

(43) Proficiency of mental body

48

148

172

(44) Proficiency of consness.

49

148

172

(45) Rectitude of mental body

50

149

173

(46) Rectitude of consness.

51

149

173

Abstinences—3

(47) Right speech


299


155


296

(48) Right action

300

155

297

(49) Right livelihood

301

155

298

Illimitables—2




(50) Compassion

154

176

(51) Appreciative joy

154

176

Non-Delusion—1




(52) Wisdom faculty

16

143

161

NOTE: References to the three sources are by the method explained in
the Note to Appendix I. References to the
Visuddhimagga marked by
an asterisk are to paragraph number of Chapter IV rather than
Chapter XIV.


BIBLIOGRAPHY


  1. Editions of the Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha Consulted

    Kosambi, Dhammánanda. Abhidhammatthasaṅgaha and Navanìta- Colombo: Mangala Traders, n.d. (Pali in Sinhala script.)

    Nárada Maháthera. A Manual of Abhidhamma. 4th ed. Kandy: BPS,
    1980. (Pali in Roman script with English translation.)

    Rewata Dhamma, Bhadanta. Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha with. Varanasi: Bauddhaswadhyaya Satra, 1965. (Pali
    in Devanagari script.)

    Saddhátissa, Hammalawa. The Abhidhammatthasaṅgaha and the. Oxford: PTS, 1989. (Pali in
    Roman script.)


  2. Commentaries on the Saṅgaha Consulted

    1. Abhidhammatthavibhávinì-Ṭìká by Acariya Sumaṅgalasámi:
      Paññánanda, Rev. Welitara, ed.
      Abhidharmártha Saṅgraha

      Prakaraṇa, containing the Abhidharmártha Vibhávini-Ṭìká.

      Colombo 1898. (Pali in Sinhala script.)

      Rewata Dhamma, Bhadanta, ed. See entry under “Editions of the

      Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha consulted” above.

      Saddhátissa, Hammalawa, ed. See entry under “Editions of the Abhi- Saṅgaha consulted” above.

    2. Paramatthadìpanì-Ṭìká by Ledi Sayádaw:

      Ledi Sayádaw. Paramatthadìpanì Saṅgaha Mahá-Ṭìká. Chaṭṭha
      Saṅgáyana CD-ROM, Ver. 3.0, Vipassana Research Institute,

      Dhammagiri, Igatpuri, India, 1999

    3. Other Commentaries Consulted:

      Kosambi, Dhammánanda. Navanìta-Ṭìká. See entry under “Editions
      of the
      Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha consulted” above.

      Rewata Dhamma, Bhadanta. Abhidharma Prakásinì. 2 vols. Varanasi:
      Varanaseya Sanskrit University, 1967. (Hindi commentary.)

      382 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

  3. The Abhidhamma Piṭaka in Translation

    Dhammasaṅgaṇì: C.A.F. Rhys Davids, trans. A Buddhist Manual of
    Psychological
    Ethics. 1900. Reprint. London: PTS, 1974.

    Vibhaṅga: U Thittila, trans. The Book of Analysis. London: PTS, 1969.

    Dhátukathá: U Nárada, trans. Discourse on Elements. London: PTS,
    1962.

    Puggalapaññatti: B.C. Law, trans. A Designation of Human Types.

    London: PTS, 1922, 1979.

    Kathávatthu: Shwe Zan Aung and C.A.F. Rhys Davids, trans. Points
    of
    Controversy. London: PTS, 1915, 1979.

    Paṭṭhána: U Nárada, trans. Conditional Relations. London: PTS, Vol.

    1, 1969; Vol. 2, 1981.

  4. Abhidhamma Commentaries in Translation

    Abhidhammatthavibhávinì: R.P. Wijeratne and Rupert Gethin, trans.
    Summary of the Topics of Abhidhamma (Abhidhammatthasaṅgaha)
    and
    Exposition of the Topics of Abhidhamma (Abhidham-
    matthavibhávinì)
    . Oxford: PTS, 2002.

    Atthasálinì (Commentary on the Dhammasaṅgaṇì): Pe Maung Tin,
    trans.
    The Expositor. 2 vols. London: PTS, 1920-21, 1976.

    Kathávatthu Commentary: B.C. Law, trans. The Debates Commen-
    tary
    . London: PTS 1940, 1988.

    Sammohavinodanì (Commentary on the Vibhaṅga): Bhikkhu
    Ñáṇamoli, trans.
    The Dispeller of Delusion. Vol. 1. London: PTS,
    1987; Vol. 2. Oxford: PTS, 1991.

  5. Other Works Consulted

Aung, Shwe Zan and Rhys Davids, C.A.F. Compendium of Philoso-. London: PTS, 1910, 1979. Pioneering English translation
of the
Abhidhammattha Saṅgaha, with interesting Introduction
and Appendix.

Devananda, Ven. A., Adhikarana Nayaka Thero. Paramattha- and Paramattha-vibhávinì-vyákhyá. Colombo: Vidyá
Ságara Press, 1926.

Ledi Sayádaw. Buddhist Philosophy of Relations (Paṭṭhánuddesa. 1935. Reprint. Kandy: BPS, 1986.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

383

Malalasekera, G.P. The Pali Literature of Ceylon. 1928. Reprint.

Kandy: BPS, 1994.

Mizuno, Kogen. “Abhidharma Literature.” Encyclopaedia of Bud-. Fasc. 1. Government of Ceylon, 1961.

Ñáṇamoli, Bhikkhu, trans. The Path of Purification (Visuddhimagga).

Kandy: BPS, 1975.

Nárada, U. Guide to Conditional Relations. Part 1. London: PTS,
1979.

Nyanaponika Thera. Abhidhamma Studies: Buddhist Explorations Time and Consciousness. 4th edition. Kandy: BPS, 1998;
Boston: Wisdom Publications, 1998.

Nyanatiloka Thera. Guide through the Abhidhamma Piṭaka. Kandy:
BPS, 1971.

Perera, H.R. “Anuruddha (5).” Encyclopaedia of Buddhism. Fasc. 4.

Government of Ceylon, 1965.

Van Gorkom, Nina. Abhidhamma in Daily Life. Bangkok: Dhamma
Study Group, 1975.

Warder, A.K. Indian Buddhism. 2nd rev. ed. Delhi: Motilal
Banarsidass, 1980.

Watanabe, Fumimaro. Philosophy and its Development in the Nikáyas Abhidhamma. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.


Glossary
&

Index


PALI-ENGLISH GLOSSARY


akusala—unwholesome
aṅga—factor
ajjhatta—internal
ajjhattika—internal

aññamañña—mutuality (condition)

aññasamána—ethically variable
(mental factor)

aññátávindriya—faculty of one who
has final knowledge

aññindriya—faculty of final knowl-
edge

ati-iṭṭha—extremely desirable
atiparitta—very slight (object)
atimahanta—very great (object)
atìta—past

attaváda—doctrine of self
atthapaññatti—concept-as-meaning
atthi—presence (condition)
adukkhamasukha—neither-painful-

nor-pleasant (feeling)

adosa—non-hatred
addha—period (of time)
addhána—duration

adhiṭṭhána—(1) locus, foundation;

(2) resolution

adhipati—predominant; predominance
(condition)

adhimokkha—decision
anaññátaññassámìtindriya—faculty

“I will know the unknown”

anattá—non-self
anantara—proximity (condition)
anágata—future

anágámì—non-returner
anicca—impermanent
aniccatá—impermanence

aniṭṭha—undesirable
anipphanna—non-concretely pro-

duced (matter)

animitta—signless
aniyatayogì—unfixed adjunct
anupassaná—contemplation
anupádisesa—without residue re-

maining (Nibbána element)

anuloma—conformity
anusaya—latent disposition
anussati—recollection
anottappa—fearlessness of wrong-

doing

aparápariyavedanìya—indefinitely
effective (kamma)

apáyabhúmi—woeful plane

appaṭigharúpa—non-impinging mat-
ter

appaṇihita—desireless
appaná—absorption
appamaññá—illimitable
abyákata—(kammically) indetermi-

nate

abhijjhá—covetousness
abhiññá—direct knowledge
amoha—non-delusion
arahatta—Arahantship
arahant—Arahant (liberated one)
ariya—noble, noble one
ariyasacca—noble truth
arúpa—immaterial
arúpávacara—immaterial sphere
alobha—non-greed
avacara—sphere

avigata—non-disappearance (condi-
tion)

388 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

avijjá—ignorance
avinibbhogarúpa—inseparable mate-

rial phenomena

avibhúta—obscure (object)
asaṅkhata—unconditioned
asaṅkhárika—unprompted (con-

sciousness)

asaññasatta—non-percipient being
asáraka—coreless
asubha—foulness

asura—asura (“titan”)

asekkha—one beyond training (i.e.,
an Arahant)

ahirika—shamelessness
ahetuka—rootless
ahosi—defunct (kamma)

ákára—mode
ákása—space

ákásánañcáyatana—base of infinite
space

ákiñcaññáyatana—base of nothing-
ness

áciṇṇa—habitual (kamma)
ádìnava—danger
ápátha—avenue (of sense)
ápo—water

áyatana—base

áyu, áyuppamáṇa—life-span
árammaṇa—object
áruppa—immaterial (sphere or state)
álambana—object

áloka—light
ávajjana—adverting

ásanna—death-proximate (kamma)

ásava—taint
ásevana—repetition (condition)

iṭṭha—desirable
iṭṭhamajjhatta—desirable-neutral
itthatta—femininity
idaṃsaccábhinivesa—dogmatic belief

that “This alone is the truth”

iddhipáda—means to accomplishment
iddhividha—supernormal powers
indriya—faculty

iriyápatha—bodily posture

issá—envy

ukkaṭṭha—superior (kamma)
uggaha—learning (sign)
ujjukatá—rectitude
utu—temperature
udayabbaya—rise and fall
uddhacca—restlessness

upakkilesa—imperfection (of insight)
upaghátaka—destructive (kamma)
upacaya—production
upacára—access
upacchedaka—destructive (kamma)
upaṭṭhána—awareness
upatthambaka—supportive (kamma)
upanissaya—decisive support (condi-

tion)

upapajjavedanìya—subsequently ef-
fective (kamma)

upapìḷaka—obstructive (kamma)
upádána—clinging
upádárúpa—derivative matter
upádinnarúpa—clung-to matter
upekkhá—equanimity
uppáda—(1) arising; (2) arising

(sub-moment)

ekaggatá—one-pointedness
ogha—flood

ojá—nutritive essence
ottappa—fear of wrongdoing
obhása—aura
omaka—inferior (kamma)
oḷárikarúpa—gross matter

kaṭattá—reserve (kamma)

kappa—aeon

kabaḷìkára áhára—edible food

kamma—kamma, action, deed

PALI-ENGLISH GLOSSARY

389

kammaññatá—wieldiness
kammaṭṭhána—meditation subject
kammanimitta—sign of kamma
kammapatha—course of kamma
karuṇá—compassion
kalápa—group

kasiṇa—kasiṇa (meditation device)

káma—(1) sense (sphere), sensuous
(plane); (2) sensual (desire or
pleasure)

kámávacara—sense sphere
káya—body (physical or mental)
káyaviññatti—bodily intimation
kála—time
kálavimutta—independent of time
kicca—function

kiriya, kriyá—functional
kilesa—defilement
kukkucca—worry
kusala—wholesome

khaṇa—moment; sub-moment
khandha—aggregate
khaya—destruction

gati—destiny
gatinimitta—sign of destiny
gantha—knot
gandha—smell
garuka—weighty (kamma)
gocara—object

gocaraggáhika—taking objects
gocararúpa—objective matter
gotrabhú—change-of-lineage

ghána—nose
gháyana—smelling

cakkhu—eye
carita—temperament
citta—consciousness
cittavìthi—cognitive process

cittasantána—stream of conscious-
ness

cittuppáda—consciousness, act or
state of consciousness

cuti—death
cetaná—volition
cetasika—mental factor

chanda—desire (to do or to attain)

janaka—productive (kamma)
jaratá—decay
jarámaraṇa—decay-and-death

javana—javana (i.e., active phase of
cognitive process)

játi—birth
jivhá—tongue

jìvitarúpa—material phenomenon of
life

jìvitindriya—life faculty

jhána—jhána (i.e., meditative absorp-
tion)

jhánaṅga—jhána factor

ñáṇa—knowledge

ṭhána—(1) stage; (2) presence (sub-
moment)

ṭhiti—presence (sub-moment)

taṇhá—craving
tatramajjhattatá—neutrality of mind
tadárammaṇa—registration
tiracchánayoni—animal kingdom
tihetuka—triple rooted

tejo—fire
thìna—sloth

dasaka—decad

dassana— (1) seeing; (2) vision (as
knowledge)

dána—giving
diṭṭhadhammavedanìya—immediately

effective (kamma)

diṭṭhi—view, wrong view
diṭṭhigata—wrong view
dibbacakkhu—divine eye
dibbasota—divine ear

390 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

dukkha—(1) suffering; (2) pain, pain-
ful (feeling)

deva—god
domanassa—displeasure
dosa—hatred
dvára—door
dváravimutta—door-freed

dvipañcaviññáṇa—two sets of five-
fold sense consciousness

dhamma— (1) Dhamma (i.e., Bud-
dha’s teaching); (2) phenomenon,
state; (3) mental object

dhammavicaya—investigation of
states (enlightenment factor)

dhátu—element

natthi—absence (condition)
navaka—nonad
nánakkhaṇika—asynchronous

(kamma condition)

náma— (1) mind, mental; (2) name
námapaññatti—concept-as-name
námarúpa—mind-and-matter
nikanti—attachment
nipphanna—concretely produced

(matter)

nibbána—Nibbána
nibbidá—disenchantment
nimitta—sign
niyatayogì—fixed adjunct
niyama—procedure
niraya—hell
nirodha—cessation

nirodhasamápatti—attainment of ces-
sation

nissaya—support (condition)
nìvaraṇa—hindrance
n’evasaññánásaññáyatana—base of

neither-perception-nor-non-percep-

tion

pakatúpanissaya—natural decisive
support (condition)

pakiṇṇaka—(1) occasional (mental
factor); (2) miscellaneous

paggaha—exertion
paccaya—condition
paccayasatti—conditioning force
paccayuppanna—conditionally arisen
paccavekkhaṇa—reviewing
paccupaṭṭhána—manifestation
paccuppanna—present
pacchájáta—postnascence (condition)
pañcadvára—five sense doors
pañcadvárávajjana—five-sense-door

adverting (consciousness)

paññatti—concept
paññá—wisdom
paññindriya—wisdom faculty

paṭigha—(1) aversion; (2) (sensory)
impingement

paṭiccasamuppáda—dependent aris-
ing

paṭipadá—way
paṭibhága—counterpart (sign)
paṭisaṅkhá—reflective contemplation
paṭisandhi—rebirth-linking
paṭṭhána—conditional relations
paṭhavì—earth
padaṭṭhána—proximate cause
paracittavijánaná—knowledge of

others’ minds

paramattha—ultimate reality
parikamma—preliminary
pariggaha—discernment
paricchedarúpa—limiting material

phenomenon (i.e., space)

pariññá—full understanding

paritta—(1) limited (i.e., sense
sphere); (2) slight (object)

pavatta, pavatti—course of existence
pasádarúpa—sensitive matter
passaddhi—tranquillity
pahána—abandoning
páka—resultant


páguññatá—proficiency
pìti—zest
puggala—individual

PALI-ENGLISH GLOSSARY


manodvárávajjana—mind-door
adverting (consciousness)

manodhátu—mind element

391

puñña—merit, meritorious
puthujjana—worldling
pubbenivásánussati—recollection of

past lives

purisatta—masculinity
purejáta—prenascence (condition)
peta—peta (“hungry ghost”)
pettivisaya—sphere of petas

phala—fruit, fruition
phassa—contact
phusana—touching
phoṭṭhabba—tangible (object)

bala—power
bahiddhá—external
báhira—external

bojjhaṅga—factor of enlightenment

bodhipakkhiyadhamma—requisite of
enlightenment

bhaṅga—dissolution; dissolution
(sub-moment)

bhaya—fear, fearful
bhava—existence
bhavaṅga—life-continuum

bhávaná—meditation, development
(of the eightfold path, or of calm
and insight)

bhávarúpa—sexual material phenom-
ena

bhútarúpa—essential matter

bhúmi—plane (of existence or of
consciousness)

magga—path
maggaṅga—path factor
macchariya—avarice
manasikára—attention
manussa—human being
mano—mind
manodvára—mind door

manoviññáṇadhátu—mind-conscious-

ness element
manosañcetaná—mental volition
maraṇa—death
mahaggata—sublime
mahanta—great (object)
mahákiriya—great functional (con-

sciousness)

mahákusala—great wholesome (con-
sciousness)

mahábhúta—great essential (matter)

mahávipáka—great resultant (con-
sciousness)

mána—conceit
mánasa—consciousness
micchádiṭṭhi—wrong view
middha—torpor
muñcitukamyatá—desire for deliver-

ance

muditá—appreciative joy
mudutá—malleability
múla—root
mettá—loving kindness

mogha—futile (cognitive process)
momúha—sheer delusion
moha—delusion

yoga—bond

rasa—(1) function; (2) taste

rága—lust, attachment

rúpa—(1) matter, material phenom-
enon; (2) fine-material (sphere or
plane); (3) visible form

rúpakalápa—material group

rúpávacara—fine-material sphere

lakkhaṇa—characteristic
lakkhaṇarúpa—characteristic of mat-

ter

lahutá—lightness

392 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

loka—world
lokiya—mundane
lokuttara—supramundane
lobha—greed

vacì—speech
vacìviññatti—vocal intimation
vaṭṭa—round of existence
vaṇṇa—colour

vatthu—(1) base; (2) entity
vavatthána—analysis
vasitá—mastery
váyáma—effort

váyo—air
vikárarúpa—mutable matter

vigata—disappearance (condition)
vicára—sustained application
vicikicchá—doubt
viññatti—intimation
viññáṇa—consciousness
viññáṇañcáyatana—base of infinite

consciousness

vitakka—initial application

vinibbhogarúpa—separable material
phenomena

vipassaná—insight
vipáka—result, resultant

vippayutta—dissociated from; disso-
ciation (condition)

vibhúta—clear (object)
vimokkha—emancipation
vimokkhamukha—door to emancipa-

tion

virati—abstinence
viriya—energy
visaya—object
visuddhi—purification
vìthi—process

vìthicitta—consciousness belonging
to a cognitive process

vìthimutta—process-freed (i.e., out-
side the cognitive process)

vìmaṃsá—investigation
vuṭṭhána—emergence
vedaná—feeling
votthapana—determining
vohára—conventional expression
vyápáda—ill will

sa-upádisesa—with residue remain-
ing (Nibbána element)

saṃyojana—fetter
sakadágámì—once-returner
saṅkappa—intention
saṅkhata—conditioned
saṅkhára—(1) formation; (2) mental

formation (4th aggregate); (3) kam-

mic formation; (4) prompting

saṅkhepa—group

saṅgaha—(1) compendium; (2) com-
bination, inclusion

sacca—truth
sacchikiriya—realization
saññá—perception
sati—mindfulness
satipaṭṭhána—foundation of mind-

fulness

sadda—sound
saddhá—faith

sanidassanarúpa—visible matter
santati—continuity
santìraṇa—investigating (conscious-

ness), investigation

sandhi—connection
sappaccaya—with conditions
sappaṭigharúpa—impinging matter
sabháva—intrinsic nature
samatha—calm
samanantara—contiguity (condition)
samádhi—concentration
samápajjana—(act of) attainment
samápatti—(meditative) attainment
samuṭṭhána—origination; mode of

origin

PALI-ENGLISH GLOSSARY

393

samudaya—origin (as noble truth)
sampaṭicchana—receiving
sampayutta—associated with; asso-

ciation (condition)

sampayoga—association
sammappadhána—supreme effort
sammasana—comprehension

(knowledge)

sammá-ájìva—right livelihood
sammákammanta—right action
sammádiṭṭhi—right view
sammávácá—right speech
sammáváyáma—right effort
sammásaṅkappa—right intention
sammásati—right mindfulness
sammásamádhi—right concentration
sammuti—conventional (reality or

truth)

saḷáyatana—six sense bases
savana—hearing
sasaṅkhárika—prompted (conscious-

ness)

sahagata—accompanied by
sahajáta—conascence (condition)
sahita—together with
sahetuka—rooted, with roots

sádháraṇa—universal, common
sáyana—tasting
sásava—subject to taints
sìla—virtue

sìlabbataparámása—adherence to
rites and ceremonies

sukha—happiness, pleasure, pleasant
(feeling)

sukhumarúpa—subtle matter
sugati—blissful (plane)
suññata—void
suddhávása—Pure Abode
sekkha—trainee (i.e., three lower

grades of noble disciples)

sota—ear
sota—stream

sotápatti—stream-entry
sotápanna—stream-enterer
sobhana—beautiful
somanassa—joy

hadayavatthu—heart-base
hasana—smiling
hasituppáda—smile-producing (con-

sciousness)

hiri—shame
hetu—root


INDEX


All technical terms, except the few left untranslated, have been indexed under their
English renderings, which will be found in the Pali-English Glossary preceding the
Index. References are to chapter and section number, inclusive of both translation
and explanatory guide. Numbers in parenthesis following the section number signify the
number of the item in the numerical list found within the section referred to.


absence condition (natthipaccaya) VIII 13
absorption (
appaná) IV 14-16, 22; V 25-26;

VI 11; IX 14, 34. See also jhána; path

abstinence (virati) II 6, 15, 17, 21, 23, 25;

V 24

access (upacára) IV 14; IX 14, 18, 20, 34

adverting (ávajjana) I 10; III 8 (3), 9, 10;

five-sense-door (pañcadvár°) I 10; II 28;

III 9, 10, 21; IV 6; mind-door

(manodvár°) I 10; III 8, 9, 13, 18, 21.

See also cognitive process
aeon (
kappa) V 14

aggregate (khandha) I 2, 5, 18-20; VII 34,

35, 40

air element (váyodhátu) III 16; VI 3 (1), 4
Ajátasattu, King V 19

Ánanda, Ácariya IV 6

animal kingdom (tiracchánayoni) V 4
appreciative joy (
muditá) II 7 (2), 15, 17,

19, 21; IX 9

Arahant I 10, 15, 18-20, 26-28; II 23;

III 13, 18; IV 16, 17, 22, 25, 26; V 20;

VI 11; IX 41

Arahantship I 26-28, 31; IV 15, 16
association condition (
sampayuttapaccaya)

VIII 13

asura V 4, 11, 12

attention (manasikára) II 2 (7); III 13

avarice (macchariya) II 4 (10); II 13, 17, 26

aversion (paṭigha) I 5; II 13, 26; III 3, 21;

IV 27. See also hatred

base (áyatana). See jhána: immaterial; sense
base

base (vatthu) II 1; III 20-22; VI 7; VIII 16,

22, 25

beautiful (sobhana): consciousness I 12;
II 15-16, 18, 23-25; mental factors II 5-

8, 15-16

birth (játi) VI 4 (11); VIII 3 (10,11), 7

bodily intimation (káyaviññatti) II 1; V 22,
24; VI 4 (9), 11, 14

bodily knot (káyagantha) VII 6, 14

body (káya) III 4; VI 3 (2); VIII 15, 23,

25; IX 8

bond (yoga) VII 5, 14

Buddha I 1, 10, 15; IV 21; IX 8

calm (samatha) I 18-20; IX 1, 2-21 passim

cessation (nirodha): attainment of IV 22;

IX 42-44; of suffering VII 38, 40

change-of-lineage (gotrabhú) III 18; IV 14;

IX 34

characteristic (lakkhaṇa): of consciousness
I 3; of matter VI 4 (11), 14; of mental

factors II 2-8; three universal IX 23, 32,

33, 35, 36, 37

clinging (upádána) VII 7, 14, 35; VIII 3

(8,9), 7, 8

cognitive process (cittavìthi) III 8; IV 1-30
passim; VIII 16; death proximate V 35-
38; five-door I 10; IV 4, 5, 6-11; mind-

door I 10; III 16, 17; IV 4, 12-16; path

IX 34

compassion (karuṇá) II 7 (1), 15, 17, 19,

21; IX 9

comprehension knowledge (sammasana–) IX 32

conascence condition (sahajátapaccaya)

VIII 20, 21, 22

conceit (mána) II 4 (7), 13, 17, 26

concentration (samádhi) I 18-20, 30-31;

VII 33; IX 16-20

concept (paññatti) I 2, 18-20; III 16, 17,

18; V 39; VIII 17, 29-32

concrete matter (nipphannarúpa) VI 2, 3

condition (paccaya) VIII 1, 2, 11-28
conditional relations (
paṭṭhánanaya) VIII 2,

11-28

396 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA

conformity (anuloma) IV 14; IX 33, 34

consciousness (citta): I 2, 3-32 passim; II 1,

5; III 1, 16; V 2; VII 1; and mental factors

II 10-17, 18-30; VIII 20, 21, 22; as cause

of matter VI 9, 11, 14, 15, 18, 22; defi-

nition I 3; functions III 8-11; kinds I 3,

17, 29, 30-32; planes I 3, 29; stream of

V 36, 41, 42. See also cognitive process;
consciousness (
viññáṇa)

consciousness (viññáṇa) I 2; IV 3, 4; VIII 3

(2, 3, 4); body- I 8, 9; III 3-4; elements

of III 21-22; VII 37, 39; VIII 22, 25;

fivefold sense I 8, 9; II 28; III 4, 9, 10,

14, 21; IV 17; VIII 22; VIII 24

contact (phassa) II 2 (1); VIII 3 (5, 6)

contemplation (anupassaná) IX 24, 35, 36
contiguity condition (
samanantarapaccaya)

VIII 13

continuity (santati) VI 4 (11)

course of existence (pavatti) V 27, 29;

VI 23-24, 27, 28, 29; VIII 14, 25

covetousness (abhijjhá) V 22

craving (taṇhá) V 37; VI 30; VII 13; VIII 3

(7, 8), 7, 8, 9; IX 35. See also greed
Cúḷanága Thera V 30

danger, knowledge of (ádìnavañáṇa) IX 33
death (
maraṇa) III 17; IV 21; V 34-40;

VI 25, 26; IX 8; consciousness (cuticitta)

III 8 (14), 10, 13, 17, 18; V 10, 11, 13,

15, 17, 35, 37, 41

decay (jaratá) VI 4 (11); and-death (jará–) VIII 3 (11), 7

decision (adhimokkha) II 3 (3), 11, 26
decisive support condition (
upanissaya–

paccaya) VIII 17, 27

defilement (kilesa) VII 12, 14; VIII 8

Delightful Gods (tusita) V 5, 12

delusion (moha) I 4, 6; II 4 (1), 13; III 5-

7; -rooted consciousness I 4, 6, 7
dependent arising (
paṭicca samuppáda)

VIII 2, 3-10

derivative matter (upádárúpa) III 4, 16;

VI 2

desire (chanda) II 3 (6), 11, 26

desire for deliverance (muñcitukamyatá)

IX 33

desireless (appaṇihita) VI 31; IX 35, 36, 37

determining (votthapana) I 10; II 28; III 8

(11), 9, 10, 14, 18; IV 6, 8; VI 11

Devadatta V 19

development (bhávaná) IX 4, 14, 16-20.

See also calm; insight


Dhamma I 1; IX 8

Dhammasaṅgaṇì I 21; VIII 11

direct knowledge (abhiññá) III 17, 18;

IV 22; VI 11; IX 21

disappearance condition (vigatapaccaya)

VIII 13

disenchantment, knowledge of (nibbidá-) IX 33

displeasure (domanassa) I 5; III 2-4; IV 18
dissociation condition (
vippayuttapaccaya)

VIII 25

dissolution, knowledge of (bhaṅgañáṇa)

IX 33

divine abodes (brahmavihára). See illimit–
ables

divine ear (dibbasota) IX 21
divine eye (
dibbacakkhu) IX 21

door (dvára) III 12-15, 20; IV 2, 4; V 38;

VI 7; door-freed III 13, 14, 17; of kamma
V 22, 24.
See also mind door

doubt (vicikicchá) I 6; II 4 (14), 13, 14;

consciousness I 6; II 13, 14, 26; VII 22;
purification by overcoming IX 31

ear (sota) VI 3 (2)

earth element (paṭhavìdhátu) III 16; VI 3
(1), 4

edible food (kabalìkáráhára) VI 3 (7);

VII 21; VIII 23; loathsomeness in IX 10.

See also nutriment

element (dhátu) VII 37, 40. See alsoconsciousness: elements of; great essentials
emancipation (
vimokkha) IX 26, 27, 35-37

energy (viriya) II 3 (4), 11; VII 25, 33
enlightenment: factors of (
bojjhaṅga)

VII 29; requisites of (bodhipakkhiyá

dhammá ) VII 24-33

envy (issá) II 4 (9), 13, 17, 26

equanimity (upekkhá): as feeling I 4, 6, 8,

9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 18-20; III 2-4; IV 15-

16, 17; as mental balance II 5 (7), 7;

VII 29; IX 9; towards formations IX 33,

34

ethically variable (aññasamána) II 2-3, 11-

12

existence (bhava) VIII 3 (9, 10), 7, 8

eye (cakkhu) III 12; IV 6; VI 3 (2)

faculty (indriya) III 2; V 31; VI 7, 14;

VII 18, 20, 22, 23, 27, 28; condition

VIII 24

faith (saddhá) II 5 (1); VII 33

fear, knowledge of (bhayañáṇa) IX 33

INDEX

397


fearlessness of wrongdoing (anottappa) II 4
(3), 13

fear of wrongdoing (ottappa) II 5 (4)
feeling (
vedaná) I 2, 4, 5, 13, 16, 17; II 2

(2); III 2-4; VIII 3 (6, 7)

femininity (itthatta) VI 3 (4), 24

fetter (saṃyojana) VII 10, 11, 14;

IX 38, 40, 41

final knowledge (aññá) VII 18, 22

fine-material plane (rúpabhúmi) I 3, 18-20;

III 9, 20, 22; IV 27, 28, 29; V 6, 40; life

spans V 14; matter in VI 27-29; rebirth-
linking V 13, 31

fine-material sphere (rúpávacara): con-
sciousness I 3, 18-21; III 21; kamma

V 25, 31; rebirth III 17, 39; results III 9;

  1. 13, 31. See also jhána; sublime

    fire element (tejodhátu) III 16; VI 3 (1), 12

    flood (ogha) VII 4, 14
    foulness (
    asubha) IX 7

    Four Great Kings (cátummahárájiká)

    V 5,12

    fruition (phala) I 27, 28, 31-32; III 18;

    IV 14, 15, 16, 22; IX 34, 36, 44; attain–

    ment of (°samápatti) IV 22; IX 37, 42

    functional (kiriya, kriyá) I 3, 10; IV 15-16;

    fine-material sphere I 20, 21; immaterial

    sphere I 24, 25; sense sphere I 15, 16;

    II 15, 23-24, 25; III 18, IV 17

    future (anágata) III 17; VIII 5
    giving (
    dána) V 24

    gods (devá) V 5, 11, 12; IX 8

    great essential (mahábhúta) III 4, 16; VI 2,

    3 (1); VIII 20, 21, 22; IX 11

    greed (lobha) I 4; II 4 (5), 13-14; III 5-7;

    VIII 3 (7, 8); -rooted consciousness I 4,

    7; II 13-14, 26

    happiness (sukha) I 18-20

    hatred (dosa) I 4, II 4 (8), 13-14, 26; III 5-

    7; V 23; -rooted consciousness I 5, 7

    hearing (savana) III 8, 9

    heart-base (hadayavatthu) III 20, 21; V 37;

  2. 3 (5), 14; VIII 16, 20, 21, 22, 25

    heinous crimes (ánantariyakamma) V 19
    hell (
    niraya) V 4

    hindrance (nìvaraṇa) I 18-20; VIII 8, 14

    human beings (manussá) III 9; V 5, 11

    ignorance (avijjá) V 37; VIII 3 (1), 7, 8,

    9, 10. See also delusion

    illimitable (appamaññá) II 7, 15, 19, 23,

    25; III 18; IX 9

    ill will (vyápáda) V 22

    impermanence (aniccatá) VI 4; IX 23, 32,

    35, 36

    immaterial attainments (áruppa). See jhána:
    immaterial

    immaterial plane (arúpabhúmi) I 3, 22-24;

    III 20, 22; IV 27, 29; V 7, 40; life spans

    V 16; rebirth-linking V 15, 32
    immaterial sphere (
    arúpávacara): con-

    sciousness I 3, 22-25, 32; III 18, 21;

    kamma V 26, 32; rebirth III 17; V 39;

    results III 9; V 15, 32

    indeterminate (abyákata) I 3, 8, 12; III 5-7

    individual (puggala) III 13; IV 24-26;

    IX 38-41

    Indriyabhávaná Sutta IV 17

    infinite consciousness, base of (viññáṇañ-) I 22-24; V 7; IX 19

    infinite space, base of (ákásánañcáyatana)

    I 22-24; V 7; IX 19

    initial application (vitakka) I 18-20; II 2 (7),

    3 (1), 11; IV 14

    inseparable matter (avinibbhogarúpa) VI 7,
    14

    insight (vipassaná) I 26-28, 30-31; IX 22-

    44; imperfections of IX 32; knowledges

    IX 25, 32-33; leading to emergence

    IX 34, 36

    intimation (viññatti). See bodily intimation;
    vocal intimation

    investigating (santìraṇa) I 8, 9; II 28; III 8,

    9, 10, 14; IV 6, 17, 18; and rebirth-

    linking III 9, 10; V 10, 11, 27, 28, 29;

    and registration III 9, 10; IV 17

    javana III 8 (12), 9, 10, 13, 14, 17; V 20,

    38; VI 11; VIII 13; absorption IV 14, 15,

    16, 22, 23; by individuals IV 24-26; by

    planes IV 27; sense-sphere IV 6, 12-13,

    17, 18, 21, 23

    jhána: attainment of I 3; IV 14; IX 15, 18;

    condition VIII 14; factors I 18-20; II 25;

  3. 16, 22, 23; VIII 14; fine-material I 3,

    18-20, 21, 25; II 21-22; IV 16; V 6, 25,

    40; immaterial I 22-24, 25, 32; IV 16; V 7,

    26, 40; IX 12, 19; rebirth and V 6, 31,

    39, 40; supramundane I 30-31, 32; II 19;
    VII 32-33.
    See also absorption; sublime
    joy (
    somanassa) I 4, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 18-

    20; III 2-4; IV 15-16, 17; VI 11

    kamma I 3; II 2; III 17; IV 2, 17; V 2, 18-

    26, 34, 35, 36, 38; VIII 3 (1, 2, 9, 10);

    and results V 27-33; as cause of matter

    398 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA


    V 18; VI 9, 10, 14, 15, 17, 22; condition

  4. 14, 27; functions V 18; order of
    ripening V 19; place of ripening V 21-
    26; round of VIII 8; time of ripening V 20.

    See also resultant; sign: of rebirth
    kammic formation (
    saṅkhára) V 37; VIII 3

    (1, 2), 7, 8

    kasiṇa I 18-20, 22-24; VIII 30; IX 6, 19

    knowledge (ñáṇa) I 13-17; II 25; and
    vision, purification by IX 34; insight
    IX 25, 32-33; of others’ minds III 18;

  5. 21. See also wisdom

latent disposition (anusaya) VIII 9, 14

Ledi Sayádaw I 6, 21; III 13; IV 6, 12, 17;

V 10-11, 18, 38; VIII 2, 27; IX 39

life-continuum (bhavaṅga) III 8 (2), 12, 13,

17, 18; IV 6, 12; V 10, 11, 13, 15, 17,

38, 40, 41; adventitious IV 18; function

of III 8 (2), 9, 10

life faculty (jìvitindriya): mental II 2 (6);

VII 18; physical V 34; VI 3; VII 18;

VIII 24

life span (áyuppamáṇa) V 12, 14, 16, 34

lightness (lahutá): mental II 5 (10, 11);

physical VI 4 (10), 14

loving kindness (mettá) II 5, 7; IX 9
Mahá Dhammarakkhita Thera V 30
malleability (
mudutá): mental II 5 (12, 13);

physical VI 4 (10)

mango simile IV 6

masculinity (purisatta) VI 3 (4); VIII 24

matter (rúpa) I 2; II 1; IV 6; VI 1-29 passim;

VII 1; VIII 3, 15, 16; classifications VI 6-

8; enumeration VI 2-5; groups VI 16-22;
origins VI 9-15; occurrence VI 23-29.
See mind (náma): -and-matter

means to accomplishment (iddhipáda)

VII 26

meditation (bhávaná) I 18-20, 22-24, 26-

28; V 23, 25, 26: IX 1-45 passim; subjects

of (kammaṭṭhána) IX 1, 2, 6-15
mental body (
námakáya) II 5

mental factor (cetasika) I 2; II 1-30 passim;
III 12, 16, 20; VII 1, 14, 23, 32-33;

associations of II 10-17, 30; beautiful II 5-

8, 15-16; combinations of II 18-29, 30;
definition II 1; ethically variable II 2-3,
11-12; fixed and unfixed II 17;

unwholesome II 4, 13-14

mental object (dhammárammaṇa) III 16,
17; VII 39

merit (puñña) V 24

mind (náma) VIII 3 (3, 4), 13, 14, 15, 16,

17; -and-matter (°rúpa) I 3; VIII 3 (3, 4),

14, 17, 18; IX 30-31

mind (mano): base (°áyatana) VII 39;
VIII 3 (4); door (°
dvára) I 10; III 12, 13;

IV 4, 12; V 22, 24, 38; element (°dhátu)

II 28; III 10, 14, 18, 21

mind, purification of (cittavisuddhi) IX 29
mindfulness (
sati) II 5 (2); VII 27-28, 29,

31, 33; foundations of (°paṭṭhána) VII 24,

31

moment (khaṇa) IV 6; VI 10, 11

mundane (lokiya) I 3, 25; II 15; VI 6
mutuality condition (
aññamaññapaccaya)

VIII 21

name (náma) VIII 29

neither-perception-nor-non-perception, base
of (
n’evasaññánásaññáyatana) I 22-24;

V 7; IX 19

neutrality of mind (tatramajjhattatá) II 5 (7)
Nibbána I 2, 3, 26-28; III 16, 17, 18; VI 30-

32; VII 1, 39, 40; VIII 29; IX 34, 36, 37,

42

Noble Eightfold Path I 26-28; II 15; VII 30,

38, 40; IX 34

noble one (ariya) I 1, 26-28; IV 25; V 8,

40; IX 34, 38-41, 42

noble truth (ariyasacca) VII 38, 40; IX 34
non-concrete matter (
anipphannarúpa)

VI 2, 4

non-delusion (amoha) II 8; III 5-7. See also

knowledge; wisdom

non-disappearance condition (avigatapac– VIII 26

non-greed (alobha) II 5 (5); III 5-7

non-hatred (adosa) II 5 (6); III 5-7

non-percipient beings (asaññasattá) III 17;
IV 28; V 8, 13, 31, 39, 40; VI 28; 29

non-returner (anágámì) I 26-28, 31; IV 22,

25, 26; V 6, 31; IX 40

non-self (anattá) IX 23, 32, 35, 36

nose (ghána) VI 3 (2)

nothingness, base of (ákiñcaññáyatana)

I 22-24; V 7; IX 19

nutriment (áhára) VI 3 (7), 9, 13, 14, 15,

21, 22; VII 21; VIII 23

object (árammaṇa) I 25; II 1; III 13, 16-

19; IV 17; V 17; V 35-39, 41; VI 3;

VIII 16, 17, 19; condition VIII 17, 27

once-returner (sakadágámì) I 26-28, 31;

IV 26, IX 39

one-pointedness (ekaggatá) I 18-20; II 2 (5)

INDEX

399

origin (of suffering) (samudaya) VII 38, 40
pain (
dukkha) I 8; III 2-4

past (atìta) III 17; V 38; VIII 5

path (magga) I 26, 28, 31-32; III 18; IV 14,

16, 22; VII 38; IX 34, 35, 36; condition

VIII 14; factor VII 17, 22, 23, 30, 38;

VIII 14; and not path, purification of

IX 32

Paṭṭhána III 20; VIII 2, 11, 22

perception (saññá) I 2, 22-24; II 2 (3)

peta V 4

plane (bhúmi): of consciousness I 3, 29; of
existence I 3; III 13; IV 27-29; V 2, 3-8,

40

pleasure (sukha) I 9; III 2-4

postnascence condition (pacchájátapac–) VIII 15

posture (iriyápatha) VI 11
power (
bala) VII 19, 22, 23, 28

predominance (adhipati) VII 20, 22, 23;

VIII 19

prenascence condition (purejátapaccaya)

VIII 16

preparation (parikamma) IV 14, 22; IX 34
presence condition (
atthipaccaya) VIII 26,

27

present (paccuppanna) III 17; V 38; VIII 5
process (
vìthi). See cognitive process
process-freed (
vìthimutta) IV 2; V 1-42

passim

production (upacaya) IV 4 (11)

proficiency (páguññatá ) II 5 (16, 17)

prompted (sasaṅkhárika) I 4, 5, 6, 13, 14,

15, 21; II 13, 26; V 30

prompting (saṅkhára) I 4, 16, 17
proximity condition (
anantarapaccaya)

VIII 13

Pure Abodes (suddhávása) V 6, 8, 31;

IX 40

purification (visuddhi) VII 33; IX 22, 28-

34

rebirth-linking (paṭisandhi) III 8 (1), 9, 10,

18; V 9-17, 27, 28-32, 38-40; VIII 3 (2,

3), 20, 21, 22, 25; consciousness II 28;

III 8 (1), 13, 17, 18; V 37, 41; matter at:

VI 23, 27-29; VIII 3 (3), 14

receiving (sampaṭicchanna) I 8, 9; II 28;

III 8 (9), 9, 10, 21; IV 6, 17

recollection (anussati): of past lives IX 21;
ten IX 8

rectitude (ujjukatá) II 5 (18, 19)

registration (tadárammaṇa) III 8 (13), 9,

10, 18; IV 6, 12, 17-20, 27

repetition condition (ásevanapaccaya)

VIII 13

restlessness (uddhacca) I 6; II 4 (4), 13;

consciousness I 6; II 13, 26; V 27
resultant (
vipáka): condition VIII 14;

consciousness I 3, 14; III 18; IV 17; V 27-

33; VIII 3 (2, 3, 4, 9), 14; fine-material-

sphere I 19, 21; III 9, 10, 14; V 13, 31;

immaterial-sphere I 23, 25; III 9, 10, 14,

21, 32; round of VIII 8; sense-sphere I 16;

III 9, 10, 14; IV 17; V 11, 28-30;

supramundane I 27, 28; unwholesome

I 8; IV 17; V 27; wholesome I 9, 14;

II 23-24, 25; IV 17; V 28-30. See also

fruition; kamma

reviewing (paccavekkhaṇa) IV 21; IX 34
right (
sammá): action (°kammanta) II 6 (2),
15; V 24; intention (°
saṅkappa) VII 30,

33; livelihood (°ájìva) II 6 (3), 15; speech

vácá) II 6 (1), 15; V 24; view (°diṭṭhi)
VII 30.
See also Noble Eightfold Path;
path: factors

rise and fall, knowledge of (udayabbaya-) IX 32, 33

root (múla, hetu) I 3, 4, 8, 13-16; III 5-7;

V 23, 29; VII 15; VIII 14; and rebirth
IV24-26; V28-30; V40; condition
VIII 14

round of existence (vaṭṭa) VIII 3, 8, 10
Sammádiṭṭhi Sutta VIII 10
Sammohavinodanì IV 17

Sangha I 1

Sáriputta Thera VIII 10
seeing (
dassana) III 8 (4), 9

self, doctrine of (attaváda) VII 7

sense base (áyatana) VII 36, 40; VIII 3 (4,

5), 16

sense sphere (kámávacara): consciousness
I 3, 4-17; II 23-29; III 17; IV 6-13;

kamma V 22-24; rebirth III 17; V 38;

results V 27-30

sensitive matter (pasádarúpa) I 8; III 12, 16,

20, 21; IV 4, 6; VI 3 (2), 7; VIII 24

sensuous plane (kámabhúmi) I 3; III 9, 20,

22; IV 27, 29; V 3, 5, 10-12, 40; matter

in VI 23-25, 29; sensuous blissful plane
sugati-bhúmi) IV 24, 26; V 5, 11, 28

sexual matter (bhávarúpa) VI 3 (4)

shame (hiri) II 5 (3)

shamelessness (ahirika) II 4 (2), 13

400 A COMPREHENSIVE MANUAL OF ABHIDHAMMA


sign (nimitta): of meditation I 18-20; IX 5,
16, 17, 18, 35; of rebirth III 17; IV 2; V 35,

38, 39

signless (animitta) VI 31; IX 35, 36, 37

sloth (thìna) II 4 (12), 13; and torpor II 17,

26; VIII 8

smelling (gháyana) III 8-9

smiling (hasana) I 10; VI 11; conscious–ness
I 10; II 28; III 17, 18, 21; IV 27

sound (sadda) III 16, 17; VI 14

space (ákása) VI 4 (8); VIII 30. See also

infinite space, base of
sphere (
avacara) I 3

stream-enterer (sotápanna) IV 26; IX 38. See trainee

stream-entry (sotápatti) I 26-28, 31; III 21;

IV 26; IX 34

sublime (mahaggata) I 25; II 15, 18, 21-22,

25; III 10, 14, 17, 18; IV 14, 22. See also

fine-material sphere; immaterial sphere
subtle matter (
sukhumarúpa) III 16; VI 7
suffering (
dukkha) III 2; VII 38, 40; VIII 3

(11): IX 23, 32, 35, 36

supernormal power (iddhividha) IX 21
support condition (
nissayapaccaya) VIII 22
supramundane (
lokuttara) I 3, 26-28, 30-32;

II 15, 18, 19, 25; III 17, 18, 21; IV 14, 25;

VI 30; VII 38. See also fruition; Nibbána;
path

supreme effort (sammappadhána) VII 25,31
sustained application (
vicára) I 18-20; II 3 (2),

11

taint (ásava) VII 3, 13, 14; VIII 10; IX 38,

40, 41

tangible (object) (phoṭṭhabba) III 16; VI 3 (3)
tasting (
sáyana) III 8-9

temperament (carita) IX 3, 13

temperature (utu) VI 9, 12, 15, 19, 21, 22

Thirty-three Gods (távatiṃsa) V 5, 12

time (kála) III 17; IV 6; VIII 30

tongue (jivhá) VI 3 (2)

torpor (middha) II 4 (13), 13. See also sloth:
and torpor

touching (phusana) III 8-9

trainee (sekkha) I 13, 18; III 13, 18; IV 16,

25, 26; V 40; VI 11

tranquillity (passaddhi) II 5 (8, 9); VII 29
Twin Miracle IV 21

ultimate reality (paramattha) I 2; VI 32;

VII 1

unconditioned (asaṅkhata) I 2; VI 31-32

unprompted (asaṅkhárika) I 4-6; I 13-15,

21; II 26; V 30

unwholesome (akusala): compendium of
VII 3-14; consciousness I 3, 4-7; II 18, 26-

27; III 18, 21; V 23; kamma V 22, 27;

mental factors II 4; II 13-14; IX 38-41;

roots I 3; III 5-7; VIII 14

Vibhaṅga V 12

Vibhávinì-Ṭìká I 6, 21; II 25; III 12, 17;

IV 6; V 18, 38

view (diṭṭhi). See right: view; wrong view
view, purification of (
diṭṭhivisuddhi) IX 30
virtue (
sìla) V 24; IX 8, 28

visible form (rúpa) III 16, 17; IV 6; V 38
vocal intimation (
vacìviññatti) II 1; V 22,

24; VI 4 (9), 11, 14

void (suññata) VI 31; IX 35, 36, 37

volition (cetaná) II 2 (4); V 18, 22, 23, 24;

VI 10; VIII 3 (1, 2, 9), 14

water element (ápodhátu) III 16; VI 3 (1)
way (
paṭipadá), purification of IX 33
wholesome (
kusala): consciousness I 3, 12;

IV 15-16; V 24; fine-material-sphere I 18;

V 25, 31; immaterial-sphere I 22; V 25,

32; kamma V 24-30; roots I 3; III 5-7;

VIII 14; sense-sphere I 13, 16; II 15, 23-

24; III 18; V 24, 28-30; supramundane

I 26, 28, 30-32

wieldiness (kammaññatá): mental II 5 (14,

15); physical VI 4 (10)

wisdom (paññá) I 26-28, 30-31; II 8, 15-

16; VII 29, 33. See also knowledge; non-
delusion

woeful plane (apáyabhúmi) III 9; IV 24,
26; V 4, 8, 10, 12, 27

world (loka). See plane: of existence
worldling (
puthujjana) I 13, 18; III 13, 18;

IV 16, 25, 26; V 40; VI 11; IX 34

worry (kukkucca) II 4 (11), 17, 26

wrong view (diṭṭhi) I 4, 17; II 4 (6), 13,

26; V 22; VII 13; VIII 3 (8)

Yáma Gods V 5, 12

Yamaka IV 6

zest (pìti) I 18-20; II 3 (5), 11, 23, 25, 26;

VII 33

Of Reated Interest from BPS


Abhidhamma Studies

Researches in Buddhist Psychology

Nyanaponika Thera

Bold and brilliant essays exploring the psychological and
philosophical foundations of the Abhidhamma. Shows the practical
relevance to the spiritual life of the Abhidhamma's methodical
psychological analysis.

BP 303S, 160pp.


The Requisites of Enlightenment

Ledi Sayádaw

This treatise by the great Burmese scholar-monk analyzes the thirty-
seven modes of practice in which the Buddha summed up the way
to enlightenment. It offers not only a wealth of information on the
Dhamma, but also a forcefully reasoned and stirring appeal to earnest
endeavour towards the goal.

BP 412S, 128 pp.


The Path of Purification: Visuddhimagga

Translated by Bhikkhu Ñáṇamoli

The Visuddhimagga is the most important non-canonical work of
Theravada Buddhism. Written in the 5th century by acariya
Buddhaghosa, the book serves as a systematic encyclopaedia of
Buddhist doctrine and a detailed guide to meditation. The translation
by Ven. Nanamoli itself ranks as an outstanding scholarly
achievement.

BP 207H, 950 pp.


The Heart of Buddhist Meditation

Nyanaponika Thera

A modern Buddhist classic, translated into seven languages. With
the combined powers of deep personal insight and clear exposition,
the author conveys the essential principles making up the Buddha's
way of mindfulness.

BP 509S, 224 pp.


The Four Planes of Existence in Theravada Buddhism

Dr. Sunthorn Na-Rangsi

A general introduction to Buddhist cosmology, in particular on the
31 realms of existence, as described in Canonical and exegetical
Theravada literature.

WH 462, 85 pp.


The Discourse on The Root of ExistenceThe Múlapariyáya Sutta and Its Commentaries
Translated by Bhikkhu Bodhi

This profound and difficult discourse of the Buddha aims at exposing
and eliminating the concept of the ego at its most fundamental level.
The commentary offers a detailed explanation of the sutta while a
long introduction investigates the text's meaning and its implications
for philosophy and psychology.

BP 210S, 90 pp.


The Great Discourse on Causation

The Mahánidana Sutta and Its Commentaries

Translated by Bhikkhu Bodhi

The Mahánidana Sutta is the Buddha's longest discourse on dependent
arising, often taken to be the key to his entire teaching. The
commentary treats this doctrine according to the Abhidhamma
method, explained in an appendix. A penetrative introduction lays
bare the sutta's structure and the philosophical significance of
dependent arising.

BP 211S, 160 pp.


The Vision of Dhamma

Nyanaponika Thera

This volume brings between two covers the author's original writings
from the BPS's Wheel and Bodhi Leaves series. These writings offer
one of the most mature, comprehensive, and authoritative expressions
of Buddhism by a contemporary Western monk, the co-founder of
the BPS.

BP 414S, 374 pp.


All Prices as in the latest catalogue (http://www.bps.lk)


BUDDHIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY


The BPS is an approved charity dedicated to making known the
Teaching of the Buddha, which has a vital message for people of
all creeds. Founded in 1958, the BPS has published a wide variety
of books and booklets covering a great range of topics. Its
publications include accurate annotated translations of the Buddha’s
discourses, standard reference works, as well as original contemporary
expositions of Buddhist thought and practice. These works present
Buddhism as it truly is—a dynamic force which has influenced
receptive minds for the past 2500 years and is still as relevant today
as it was when it first arose. For more information write to:


The Administrative Secretary
BUDDHIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY

P.O. Box 61

54 Sangharaja Mawatha
Kandy • Sri Lanka

Tel: 0094 81 223 7283 • Fax: 0094 81 222 3679

E-mail: bps@sltnet.lk
Web site:
http://www.bps.lk